part qw welding - daum
TRANSCRIPT
ASME B&PVC sec9$$$$u5 04-28-99 13:24:42 pd: sec9 Rev 14.04
PART QW WELDING
ARTICLE IWELDING GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
QW-100 GENERAL
Section IX of the ASME Boiler and Pressure VesselCode relates to the qualification of welders, weldingoperators, brazers, and brazing operators, and the proce-dures that they employ in welding and brazing accordingto the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code andthe ASME B31 Code for Pressure Piping. It is dividedinto two parts: Part QW gives requirements for weldingand Part QB contains requirements for brazing.
QW-100.1 The purpose of the Welding ProcedureSpecification (WPS) and Procedure Qualification Record(PQR) is to determine that the weldment proposedfor construction is capable of providing the requiredproperties for its intended application. It is presupposedthat the welder or welding operator performing thewelding procedure qualification test is a skilled work-man. That is, the welding procedure qualification testestablishes the properties of the weldment, not the skillof the welder or welding operator. In addition to thisgeneral requirement, special considerations for notchtoughness are required by other Sections of the Code.Briefly, a WPS lists the variables, both essential andnonessential, and the acceptable ranges of these variableswhen using the WPS. The WPS is intended to providedirection for the welder /welding operator. The PQRlists what was used in qualifying the WPS and thetest results.
QW-100.2 In performance qualification, the basiccriterion established for welder qualification is to deter-mine the welder’s ability to deposit sound weld metal.The purpose of the performance qualification test for thewelding operator is to determine the welding operator’smechanical ability to operate the welding equipment.
1
QW-100.3 Welding Procedure Specifications (WPS)written and qualified in accordance with the rules ofthis Section, and welders and welding operators ofautomatic and machine welding equipment also qualifiedin accordance with these rules may be used in anyconstruction built to the requirements of the ASMEBoiler and Pressure Vessel Code or the ASME B31Code for Pressure Piping.
However, other Sections of the Code state the condi-tions under which Section IX requirements are manda-tory, in whole or in part, and give additional require-ments. The reader is advised to take these provisionsinto consideration when using this Section.
Welding Procedure Specifications, Procedure Quali-fication Records, and Welder /Welding Operator Per-formance Qualification made in accordance with therequirements of the 1962 Edition or any later Editionof Section IX may be used in any construction builtto the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code or theASME B31 Code for Pressure Piping.
Welding Procedure Specifications, Procedure Quali-fication Records, and Welder /Welding Operator Per-formance Qualification made in accordance with therequirements of the Editions of Section IX prior to1962, in which all of the requirements of the 1962Edition or later Editions are met, may also be used.
Welding Procedure Specifications and Welder/Weld-ing Operator Performance Qualification records meetingthe above requirements do not need to be amended to in-clude any variables required by later Editions and Ad-denda.
Qualification of new Welding Procedure Specifica-tions or Welders/Welding Operators and requalificationof existing Welding Procedure Specifications orWelders/Welding Operators shall be in accordance withthe current Edition (see Foreword) and Addenda of Sec-tion IX.
ASME B&PVC sec9$$$$u5 04-28-99 13:24:42 pd: sec9 Rev 14.04
A99
A99
QW-101 1998 SECTION IX QW-123.1
QW-101 Scope
The rules in this Section apply to the preparationof Welding Procedure Specifications and the qualifica-tion of welding procedures, welders, and welding opera-tors for all types of manual and machine weldingprocesses permitted in this Section. These rules mayalso be applied, insofar as they are applicable, to othermanual or machine welding processes permitted in otherSections.
QW-102 Terms and Definitions
Some of the more common terms relating to weldingand brazing are defined in QW-492.
Wherever the word pipe is designated, tube shallalso be applicable.
QW-103 Responsibility
QW-103.1 Welding.Each manufacturer1 or contrac-tor1 is responsible for the welding done by his organiza-tion and shall conduct the tests required in this Sectionto qualify the welding procedures he uses in the con-struction of the weldments built under this Code, andthe performance of welders and welding operators whoapply these procedures.
QW-103.2 Records.Each manufacturer or contractorshall maintain a record of the results obtained in weldingprocedure and welder and welding operator performancequalifications. These records shall be certified by themanufacturer or contractor and shall be accessible tothe Authorized Inspector. Refer to recommended Formsin Nonmandatory Appendix B.
QW-110 WELD ORIENTATION
The orientations of welds are illustrated in QW-461.1 or QW-461.2.
QW-120 TEST POSITIONS FOR GROOVEWELDS
Groove welds may be made in test coupons orientedin any of the positions in QW-461.3 or QW-461.4 and
1 Wherever these words are used in Section IX, they shall includeinstaller or assembler.
2
as described in the following paragraphs, except thatan angular deviation of615 deg. from the specifiedhorizontal and vertical planes, and an angular deviationof 65 deg. from the specified inclined plane are permit-ted during welding.
QW-121 Plate Positions
QW-121.1 Flat Position 1G. Plate in a horizontalplane with the weld metal deposited from above. Referto QW-461.3 sketch (a).
QW-121.2 Horizontal Position 2G.Plate in a verticalplane with the axis of the weld horizontal. Refer toQW-461.3 sketch (b).
QW-121.3 Vertical Position 3G.Plate in a verticalplane with the axis of the weld vertical. Refer to QW-461.3 sketch (c).
QW-121.4 Overhead Position 4G.Plate in a hori-zontal plane with the weld metal deposited from under-neath. Refer to QW-461.3 sketch (d).
QW-122 Pipe Positions
QW-122.1 Flat Position 1G. Pipe with its axishorizontal and rolled during welding so that the weldmetal is deposited from above. Refer to QW-461.4sketch (a).
QW-122.2 Horizontal Position 2G. Pipe with itsaxis vertical and the axis of the weld in a horizontalplane. Pipe shall not be rotated during welding. Referto QW-461.4 sketch (b).
QW-122.3 Multiple Position 5G. Pipe with its axishorizontal and with the welding groove in a verticalplane. Welding shall be done without rotating the pipe.Refer to QW-461.4 sketch (c).
QW-122.4 Multiple Position 6G. Pipe with its axisinclined at 45 deg. to horizontal. Welding shall bedone without rotating the pipe. Refer to QW-461.4sketch (d).
QW-123 Test Positions for Stud Welds
QW-123.1 Stud Welding.Stud welds may be madein test coupons oriented in any of the positions asdescribed in QW-121 for plate and QW-122 for pipe(excluding QW-122.1). In all cases, the stud shall be
QW-123.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS QW-143
perpendicular to the surface of the plate or pipe. SeeQW-461.7 and QW-461.8.
QW-130 TEST POSITIONS FOR FILLETWELDS
Fillet welds may be made in test coupons orientedin any of the positions of QW-461.5 or QW-461.6,and as described in the following paragraphs, exceptthat an angular deviation of615 deg. from the specifiedhorizontal and vertical planes is permitted duringwelding.
QW-131 Plate Positions
QW-131.1 Flat Position 1F. Plates so placed thatthe weld is deposited with its axis horizontal and itsthroat vertical. Refer to QW-461.5 sketch (a).
QW-131.2 Horizontal Position 2F.Plates so placedthat the weld is deposited with its axis horizontal onthe upper side of the horizontal surface and againstthe vertical surface. Refer to QW-461.5 sketch (b).
QW-131.3 Vertical Position 3F. Plates so placedthat the weld is deposited with its axis vertical. Referto QW-461.5 sketch (c).
QW-131.4 Overhead Position 4F.Plates so placedthat the weld is deposited with its axis horizontal onthe underside of the horizontal surface and against thevertical surface. Refer to QW-461.5 sketch (d).
QW-132 Pipe Positions
QW-132.1 Flat Position 1F. Pipe with its axisinclined at 45 deg. to horizontal and rotated duringwelding so that the weld metal is deposited from aboveand at the point of deposition the axis of the weld ishorizontal and the throat vertical. Refer to QW-461.6sketch (a).
QW-132.2 Horizontal Positions 2F and 2FR(a) Position 2F.Pipe with its axis vertical so that
the weld is deposited on the upper side of the horizontalsurface and against the vertical surface. The axis ofthe weld will be horizontal and the pipe is not to berotated during welding. Refer to QW-461.6 sketch (b).
(b) Position 2FR.Pipe with its axis horizontal andthe axis of the deposited weld in the vertical plane.The pipe is rotated during welding. Refer to QW-461.6sketch (c).
3
QW-132.3 Overhead Position 4F.Pipe with its axisvertical so that the weld is deposited on the undersideof the horizontal surface and against the vertical surface.The axis of the weld will be horizontal and the pipeis not to be rotated during welding. Refer to QW-461.6 sketch (d).
QW-132.4 Multiple Position 5F. Pipe with its axishorizontal and the axis of the deposited weld in thevertical plane. The pipe is not to be rotated duringwelding. Refer to QW-461.6 sketch (e).
QW-140 TYPES AND PURPOSES OF TESTSAND EXAMINATIONS
QW-141 Mechanical Tests
Mechanical tests used in procedure or performancequalification are as follows.
QW-141.1 Tension Tests.Tension tests as describedin QW-150 are used to determine the ultimate strengthof groove-weld joints.
QW-141.2 Guided-Bend Tests.Guided-bend testsas described in QW-160 are used to determine thedegree of soundness and ductility of groove-weld joints.
QW-141.3 Fillet-Weld Tests.Tests as described inQW-180 are used to determine the size, contour, anddegree of soundness of fillet welds.
QW-141.4 Notch-Toughness Tests.Tests as de-scribed in QW-171 and QW-172 are used to determinethe notch toughness of the weldment.
QW-141.5 Stud-Weld Test.Deflection bend, ham-mering, torque, or tension tests as shown in QW-466.4,QW-466.5, and QW-466.6, and a macro-examinationperformed in accordance with QW-202.5, respectively,are used to determine acceptability of stud welds.
QW-142 Special Examinations for Welders
Radiographic examination may be substituted formechanical testing of QW-141 for groove-weld perform-ance qualification as permitted in QW-304 to provethe ability of welders to make sound welds.
QW-143 Examination for Welding Operators
An examination of a weld by radiography may besubstituted for mechanical testing of QW-141 for grooveweld performance qualification as permitted in QW-
QW-143 1998 SECTION IX QW-152
305 to prove the ability of welding operators to makesound welds.
QW-144 Visual Examination
Visual examination as described in QW-194 is usedto determine that the final weld surfaces meet specifiedquality conditions.
QW-150 TENSION TESTS
QW-151 Specimens
Tension test specimens shall conform to one of thetypes illustrated in QW-462.1(a) through QW-462.1(e)and shall meet the requirements of QW-153.
QW-151.1 Reduced Section — Plate.Reduced-section specimens conforming to the requirements givenin QW-462.1(a) may be used for tension tests on allthicknesses of plate.
(a) For thicknesses up to and including 1 in. (25 mm),a full thickness specimen shall be used for each requiredtension test.
(b) For plate thickness greater than 1 in. (25 mm),full thickness specimens or multiple specimens maybe used, provided QW-151.1(c) and QW-151.1(d) arecomplied with.
(c) When multiple specimens are used, in lieu offull thickness specimens, each set shall represent a singletension test of the full plate thickness. Collectively, allof the specimens required to represent the full thicknessof the weld at one location shall comprise a set.
(d) When multiple specimens are necessary, the entirethickness shall be mechanically cut into a minimumnumber of approximately equal strips of a size thatcan be tested in the available equipment. Each specimenof the set shall be tested and meet the requirementsof QW-153.
QW-151.2 Reduced Section — Pipe.Reduced-sec-tion specimens conforming to the requirements givenin QW-462.1(b) may be used for tension tests on allthicknesses of pipe having an outside diameter greaterthan 3 in. (76 mm).
(a) For thicknesses up to and including 1 in. (25 mm),a full thickness specimen shall be used for each requiredtension test.
(b) For pipe thicknesses greater than 1 in. (25 mm),full thickness specimens or multiple specimens maybe used, provided QW-151.2(c) and QW-151.2(d) arecomplied with.
4
(c) When multiple specimens are used, in lieu offull thickness specimens, each set shall represent asingle tension test of the full pipe thickness. Collectively,all of the specimens required to represent the fullthickness of the weld at one location shall comprisea set.
(d) When multiple specimens are necessary, the entirethickness shall be mechanically cut into a minimumnumber of approximately equal strips of a size thatcan be tested in the available equipment. Each specimenof the set shall be tested and meet the requirementsof QW-153.
For pipe having an outside diameter of 3 in. or less,reduced-section specimens conforming to the require-ments given in QW-462.1(c) may be used for ten-sion tests.
QW-151.3 Turned Specimens.Turned specimensconforming to the requirements given in QW-462.1(d)may be used for tension tests.
(a) For thicknesses up to and including 1 in. (25 mm),a single turned specimen may be used for each requiredtension test, which shall be a specimen of the largestdiameterD of QW-462.1(d) possible for test couponthickness [per Note (a) of QW-462.1(d)].
(b) For thicknesses over 1 in. (25 mm), multiplespecimens shall be cut through the full thickness ofthe weld with their centers parallel to the metal surfaceand not over 1 in. (25 mm) apart. The centers of thespecimens adjacent to the metal surfaces shall notexceed5/8 in. (16 mm) from the surface.
(c) When multiple specimens are used, each set shallrepresent a single required tension test. Collectively,all the specimens required to represent the full thicknessof the weld at one location shall comprise a set.
(d) Each specimen of the set shall be tested andmeet the requirements of QW-153.
QW-151.4 Full-Section Specimens for Pipe.Ten-sion specimens conforming to the dimensions given inQW-462.1(e) may be used for testing pipe with anoutside diameter of 3 in. (76 mm) or less.
QW-152 Tension Test Procedure
The tension test specimen shall be ruptured undertensile load. The tensile strength shall be computed bydividing the ultimate total load by the least cross-sectional area of the specimen as calculated from actualmeasurements made before the load is applied.
ASME B&PVC sec9$$$$u5 04-28-99 13:24:42 pd: sec9 Rev 14.04
A99
A99
QW-153 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS QW-161.6
QW-153 Acceptance Criteria — Tension Tests
QW-153.1 Tensile Strength.Except for P-No. 21through P-No. 25 and P-No. 35 materials, minimumvalues are provided under the column heading “Mini-mum Specified Tensile, ksi” of QW/QB-422. In orderto pass the tension test, the specimen shall have atensile strength that is not less than:
(a) the minimum specified tensile strength of thebase metal; or
(b) the minimum specified tensile strength of theweaker of the two, if base metals of different minimumtensile strengths are used; or
(c) the minimum specified tensile strength of theweld metal when the applicable Section provides forthe use of weld metal having lower room temperaturestrength than the base metal;
(d) if the specimen breaks in the base metal outsideof the weld or fusion line, the test shall be acceptedas meeting the requirements, provided the strength isnot more than 5% below the minimum specified tensilestrength of the base metal.
QW-153.1.1 Additional Requirements for Spe-cific Base Metals
(a) For Aluminum Alclad materials 0.499 in. andless, the specified minimum tensile strength is forfull thickness specimens that include cladding. ForAluminum Alclad materials 0.5 in. and greater, thespecified minimum tensile strength is for both fullthickness specimens that include cladding and specimenstaken from the core.
(b) For copper and copper-based alloys, the minimumspecified tensile value provided by QW/QB-422 is thatgiven for the base metal in the annealed condition andis the acceptance value for qualification.
(c) All P-No. 23 minimum specified tensile values,provided by QW/QB-422, are not designated in therespective SB documents and are the acceptance valuesfor qualifications using T4 or T6 temper base metaland tested in the as-welded condition.
QW-160 GUIDED-BEND TESTS
QW-161 Specimens
Guided-bend test specimens shall be prepared bycutting the test plate or pipe to form specimens ofapproximately rectangular cross section. The cut sur-faces shall be designated the sides of the specimen.The other two surfaces shall be called the face androot surfaces, the face surface having the greater widthof weld. The specimen thickness and bend radius areshown in QW-466.1, QW-466.2, and QW-466.3.
5
Guided-bend specimens are of five types, dependingon whether the axis of the weld is transverse or parallelto the longitudinal axis of the specimen, and whichsurface (side, face, or root) is on the convex (outer)side of bent specimen. The five types are defined asfollows.
QW-161.1 Transverse Side Bend.The weld istransverse to the longitudinal axis of the specimen,which is bent so that one of the side surfaces becomesthe convex surface of the bent specimen. Transverseside-bend test specimens shall conform to the dimen-sions shown in QW-462.2.
Specimens of base metal thickness over 11⁄2 in. (38mm) may be cut into approximately equal strips between3⁄4 in. (19 mm) and 11⁄2 in. (38 mm) wide for testing,or the specimens may be bent at full width (seerequirements on jig width in QW-466). If multiplespecimens are used, one complete set shall be madefor each required test. Each specimen shall be testedand meet the requirements in QW-163.
QW-161.2 Transverse Face Bend.The weld istransverse to the longitudinal axis of the specimen,which is bent so that the face surface becomes theconvex surface of the bent specimen. Transverse face-bend test specimens shall conform to the dimensionsshown in QW-462.3(a). For subsize transverse facebends, see QW-161.4.
QW-161.3 Transverse Root Bend.The weld istransverse to the longitudinal axis of the specimen,which is bent so that the root surface becomes theconvex surface of the bent specimen. Transverse root-bend test specimens shall conform to the dimensionsshown in QW-462.3(a). For subsize transverse rootbends, see QW-161.4.
QW-161.4 Subsize Transverse Face and RootBends. See Note (2) of QW-462.3(a).
QW-161.5 Longitudinal-Bend Tests.Longitudinal-bend tests may be used in lieu of the transverse side-,face-, and root-bend tests for testing weld metal orbase metal combinations which differ markedly inbending properties between
(a) the two base metals; or(b) the weld metal and the base metal.
QW-161.6 Longitudinal Face Bend. The weld isparallel to the longitudinal axis of the specimen, whichis bent so that the face surface becomes the convexsurface of the bent specimen. Longitudinal face-bendtest specimens shall conform to the dimensions shownin QW-462.3(b).
ASME B&PVC sec9$$$$u5 04-28-99 13:24:42 pd: sec9 Rev 14.04
QW-161.7 1998 SECTION IX QW-181.1
QW-161.7 Longitudinal Root Bend. The weld isparallel to the longitudinal axis of the specimen, whichis bent so that the root surface becomes the convexside of the bent specimen. Longitudinal root-bend testspecimens shall conform to the dimensions shown inQW-462.3(b).
QW-162 Guided-Bend Test Procedure
QW-162.1 Jigs. Guided-bend specimens shall bebent in test jigs that are in substantial accordance withQW-466. When using the jigs illustrated in QW-466.1or QW-466.2, the side of the specimen turned towardthe gap of the jig shall be the face for face-bendspecimens, the root for root-bend specimens, and theside with the greater defects, if any, for side-bendspecimens. The specimen shall be forced into the dieby applying load on the plunger until the curvature ofthe specimen is such that a1⁄8 in. (3.2 mm) diameterwire cannot be inserted between the specimen and thedie of QW-466.1, or the specimen is bottom ejectedif the roller type of jig (QW-466.2) is used.
When using the wrap around jig (QW-466.3), theside of the specimen turned toward the roller shall bethe face for face-bend specimens, the root for root-bend specimens, and the side with the greater defects,if any, for side-bend specimens.
When specimens wider than 11⁄2 in. (38 mm) are tobe bent as permitted in QW-462.2, the test jig mandrelmust be at least1⁄4 in. (6 mm) wider than the specimenwidth.
QW-163 Acceptance Criteria — Bend Tests
The weld and heat affected zone of a transverseweld-bend specimen shall be completely within thebent portion of the specimen after testing.
The guided-bend specimens shall have no open de-fects in the weld or heat affected zone exceeding1⁄8in. (3.2 mm), measured in any direction on the convexsurface of the specimen after bending. Open defectsoccurring on the corners of the specimen during testingshall not be considered unless there is definite evidencethat they result from lack of fusion, slag inclusions,or other internal defects. For corrosion-resistant weldoverlay cladding, no open defect exceeding1⁄16 in.(1.6 mm), measured in any direction, shall be permittedin the cladding, and no open defects exceeding1⁄8 in.(3.2 mm) shall be permitted in the bond line.
6
QW-170 NOTCH-TOUGHNESS TESTS
QW-171 Notch-Toughness Tests — CharpyV-Notch
QW-171.1 General. Charpy V-notch impact testsshall be made when required by other Sections.
Test procedures and apparatus shall conform to therequirements of SA-370.
QW-171.2 Acceptance.The acceptance criteria shallbe in accordance with that Section specifying impactrequirements.
QW-171.3 Location and Orientation of Test Speci-men. The impact test specimen and notch location andorientation shall be as given in the Section requiringsuch tests.
When qualifying pipe in the 5G or 6G position, thenotch-toughness specimens shall be removed from theshaded portion of QW-463.1(f).
QW-172 Notch-Toughness Tests — DropWeight
QW-172.1 General.Drop weight tests shall be madewhen required by other Sections.
Test procedures and apparatus shall conform to therequirements of ASTM Specification E 208.
QW-172.2 Acceptance.The acceptance criteria shallbe in accordance with that Section requiring dropweight tests.
QW-172.3 Location and Orientation of Test Speci-men. The drop weight test specimen, the crack starterlocation, and the orientation shall be as given in theSection requiring such tests.
When qualifying pipe in the 5G or 6G position, thenotch-toughness specimens shall be removed from theshaded portion of QW-463.1(f).
QW-180 FILLET-WELD TESTS
QW-181 Procedure and PerformanceQualification Specimens
QW-181.1 Procedure.The dimensions and prepara-tion of the fillet-weld test coupon for procedure qualifi-cation as required in QW-202 shall conform to therequirements in QW-462.4(a) or QW-462.4(d). The testcoupon for plate-to-plate shall be cut transversely toprovide five test specimen sections, each approximately2 in. (51 mm) long. For pipe-to-plate or pipe-to-pipe,the test coupon shall be cut transversely to providefour approximately equal test specimen sections. The
QW-181.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS QW-184
test specimens shall be macro-examined to the require-ments of QW-183.
QW-181.1.1 Production Assembly Mockups.Production assembly mockups may be used in lieu ofQW-181.1. The mockups for plate-to-shape shall becut transversely to provide five approximately equal testspecimens not to exceed approximately 2 in. (51 mm) inlength. For pipe-to-shape mockups, the mockup shallbe cut transversely to provide four approximately equaltest specimens. For small mockups, multiple mockupsmay be required to obtain the required number of testspecimens. The test specimens shall be macro-examinedto the requirements of QW-183.
QW-181.2 Performance. The dimensions and thepreparation of the fillet-weld test coupon for perform-ance qualification shall conform to the requirements inQW-462.4(b) or QW-462.4(c). The test coupon forplate-to-plate shall be cut transversely to provide acenter section approximately 4 in. (102 mm) long andtwo end sections, each approximately 1 in. (25 mm)long. For pipe-to-plate or pipe-to-pipe, the test couponshall be cut to provide two quarter sections test speci-mens opposite to each other. One of the test specimensshall be fracture tested in accordance with QW-182and the other macro-examined to the requirements ofQW-184. When qualifying pipe-to-plate or pipe-to-pipein the 5F position, the test specimens shall be removedas indicated in QW-463.2(h).
QW-181.2.1 Production Assembly Mockups.Production assembly mockups may be used in lieu ofthe fillet-weld test coupon requirements of QW-181.2.
(a) Plate-to-shape(1) The mockup for plate-to-shape shall be cut
transversely to provide three approximately equal testspecimens not to exceed approximately 2 in. (51 mm)in length. The test specimen that contains the start andstop of the weld shall be fracture tested in accordancewith QW-182. A cut end of one of the remaining testspecimens shall be macro-examined in accordance withQW-184.
(b) Pipe-to-shape(1) The mockup for pipe-to-shape shall be cut trans-
versely to provide two quarter sections approximately op-posite to each other. The test specimen that contains thestart and stop of the weld shall be fracture tested in accord-ance with QW-182. A cut end of the other quarter sectionshall be macro-examined in accordance with QW-184.When qualifying pipe-to-shape in the 5F position, the frac-ture specimen shall be removed from the lower 90 deg sec-tion of the mockup.
7
QW-182 Fracture Tests
The stem of the 4 in. performance specimen center sec-tion in QW-462.4(b) or the stem of the quarter section inQW-462.4(c), as applicable, shall be loaded laterally insuch a way that the root of the weld is in tension. The loadshall be steadily increased until the specimen fractures orbends flat upon itself.
If the specimen fractures, the fractured surface shallshow no evidence of cracks or incomplete root fusion,and the sum of the lengths of inclusions and porosityvisible on the fractured surface shall not exceed3⁄8 in.in QW-462.4(b) or 10% of the quarter section in QW-462.4(c).
QW-183 Macro-Examination — ProcedureSpecimens
One face of each cross section of the five test specimensin QW-462.4(a) or four test specimens in QW-462.4(d), asapplicable shall be smoothed and etched with a suitableetchant (see QW-470) to give a clear definition to the weldmetal and heat affected zone. The examination of the crosssections shall include only one side of the test specimen atthe area where the plate or pipe is divided into sections i.e.,adjacent faces at the cut shall not be used. In order to passthe test:
Visual examination of the cross sections of the weldmetal and heat affected zone shall show complete fusionand freedom from cracks; and
There shall not be more than1⁄8 in. (3.2 mm)difference in the length of the legs of the fillet.
QW-184 Macro-Examination — PerformanceSpecimens
The cut end of one of the end plate sections, approxi-mately 1 in. long, in QW-462.4(b) or the cut end of one ofthe pipe quarter sections in QW-462.4(c), as applicable,shall be smoothed and etched with a suitable etchant (seeQW-470) to give a clear definition of the weld metal andheat affected zone. In order to pass the test:
Visual examination of the cross section of the weldmetal and heat affected zone shall show complete fusionand freedom from cracks, except that linear indicationsat the root not exceeding1⁄32 in. (0.8 mm) shall beacceptable; and
The weld shall not have a concavity or convexitygreater than1⁄16 in. (1.6 mm); and
QW-184 1998 SECTION IX QW-192.3
There shall be not more than1⁄8 in. (3.2 mm)difference in the lengths of the legs of the fillet.
QW-190 OTHER TESTS ANDEXAMINATIONS
QW-191 Radiographic Examination
QW-191.1The radiographic examination in QW-142for welders and in QW-143 for welding operators shallmeet the requirements of Article 2, Section V. Theacceptance standards of QW-191.2 shall be met.
QW-191.2 Radiographic Acceptance Criteria
QW-191.2.1 TerminologyLinear Indications.Cracks, incomplete fusion, inade-
quate penetration, and slag are represented on theradiograph as linear indications in which the length ismore than three times the width.
Rounded Indications.Porosity and inclusions suchas slag or tungsten are represented on the radiographas rounded indications with a length three times thewidth or less. These indications may be circular, ellip-tical, or irregular in shape; may have tails; and mayvary in density.
QW-191.2.2 Acceptance Standards.Welder andwelding operator performance tests by radiography ofwelds in test assemblies shall be judged unacceptablewhen the radiograph exhibits any imperfections inexcess of the limits specified below.
(a) Linear Indications(1) any type of crack or zone of incomplete fusion
or penetration;(2) any elongated slag inclusion which has a length
greater than:(a) 1⁄8 in. for t up to 3⁄8 in., inclusive(b) 1⁄3t for t over 3⁄8 to 21⁄4 in., inclusive(c) 3⁄4 in. for t over 21⁄4 in.
(3) any group of slag inclusions in line that havean aggregate length greater thant in a length of12t, except when the distance between the successiveimperfections exceeds 6L whereL is the length of thelongest imperfection in the group.
(b) Rounded Indications(1) The maximum permissible dimension for
rounded indications shall be 20% oft or 1⁄8 in. (3.2 mm),whichever is smaller.
(2) For welds in material less than1⁄8 in. (3.2mm) in thickness, the maximum number of acceptablerounded indications shall not exceed 12 in a 6 in.(152 mm) length of weld. A proportionately fewer
8
number of rounded indications shall be permitted inwelds less than 6 in. (152 mm) in length.
(3) For welds in material1⁄8 in. (3.2 mm) orgreater in thickness, the charts in Appendix I representthe maximum acceptable types of rounded indicationsillustrated in typically clustered, assorted, and randomlydispersed configurations. Rounded indications less than1⁄32 in. (0.8 mm) in maximum diameter shall not beconsidered in the radiographic acceptance tests of weld-ers and welding operators in these ranges of materialthicknesses.
QW-191.2.3 Production Welds.The acceptancestandard for welding operators who qualify on produc-tion welds shall be that specified in the referencingCode Section. The acceptance standard for welders whoqualify on production welds as permitted by QW-304.1shall be per QW-191.2.2.
QW-191.3 Record of Tests.The results of welderand welding operator performance tests by radiographyshall be recorded in accordance with QW-301.4.
QW-192 Stud-Weld Tests — ProcedureQualification Specimens
QW-192.1 Required Tests.Ten stud-weld tests arerequired to qualify each procedure. The equipment usedfor stud welding shall be completely automatic exceptfor manual starting.
Every other welding stud (five joints) shall be testedeither by hammering over until one-fourth of its lengthis flat on the test piece, or by bending the stud to anangle of at least 15 deg. and returning it to its originalposition using a test jig and an adapter location dimen-sion that are in accordance with QW-466.4.
The remaining five welded stud joints shall be testedin torque using a torque testing arrangement that issubstantially in accordance with QW-466.5. Alterna-tively, where torquing is not feasible, tensile testingmay be used, and the fixture for tensile testing shallbe similar to that shown in QW-466.6 except that studswithout heads may be gripped on the unwelded endin the jaws of the tensile testing machine.
QW-192.2 Acceptance Criteria — Bend and Ham-mer Tests. In order to pass the test(s), each of thefive stud welds and heat affected zones shall be freeof visible separation or fracture after bending and returnbending or after hammering.
QW-192.3 Acceptance Criteria — Torque Tests.In order to pass the test(s), each of the five stud weldsshall be subjected to the required torque shown in thefollowing table before failure occurs.
QW-192.3 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS QW-195.1
Required Torque for TestingThreaded Carbon Steel Studs
Nominal Diameter Threads/in. Testing Torque,of Studs, in. and Series Designated ft-lb
1⁄4 28 UNF 5.01⁄4 20 UNC 4.2
5⁄16 24 UNF 9.55⁄16 18 UNC 8.6
3⁄8 24 UNF 173⁄8 16 UNC 15
7⁄16 20 UNF 277⁄16 14 UNC 24
1⁄2 20 UNF 421⁄2 13 UNC 37
9⁄16 18 UNF 609⁄16 12 UNC 54
5⁄8 18 UNF 845⁄8 11 UNC 74
3⁄4 16 UNF 1473⁄4 10 UNC 132
7⁄8 14 UNF 2347⁄8 9 UNC 212
1 12 UNF 3481 8 UNC 318
Required Torque for TestingThreaded Austenitic Stainless Steel Studs
Nominal Diameter Threads/in. Testing Torque,of Studs, in. and Series Designated ft-lb
1⁄4 28 UNF 4.51⁄4 20 UNC 4.0
5⁄16 24 UNF 9.05⁄16 18 UNC 8.0
3⁄8 24 UNF 16.53⁄8 16 UNC 14.5
7⁄16 20 UNF 26.07⁄16 14 UNC 23.0
1⁄2 20 UNF 40.01⁄2 13 UNC 35.5
5⁄8 18 UNF 80.005⁄8 11 UNC 71.00
3⁄4 16 UNF 140.003⁄4 10 UNC 125.00
7⁄8 14 UNF 223.007⁄8 9 UNC 202.00
1 14 UNF 339.001 8 UNC 303.00
Alternatively, where torquing to destruction is notfeasible, tensile testing may be used. For carbon andaustenitic stainless steel studs, the failure strength shallnot be less than 35,000 psi (241 MPa) and 30,000 psi(207 MPa), respectively. For other metals, the failure
9
strength shall not be less than1⁄2 of the minimumspecified tensile strength of the stud material. Thefailure strength shall be based on the minor diameterof the threaded section of externally threaded studsexcept where the shank diameter is less than the minordiameter, or on the original cross-sectional area wherefailure occurs in a nonthreaded, internally threaded, orreduced-diameter stud.
QW-192.4 Acceptance Criteria — Macro-Exami-nation. In order to pass the macro-examination, eachof five sectioned stud welds and the heat affected zoneshall be free of cracks when examined at a magnificationof ×10, which is required by QW-202.5 when studsare welded to metals other than P-No. 1.
QW-193 Stud-Weld Tests — PerformanceQualification Specimens
QW-193.1 Required Tests.Five stud-weld tests arerequired to qualify each stud-welding operator. Theequipment used for stud welding shall be completelyautomatic except for manual starting. The performancetest shall be welded in accordance with a qualifiedWPS per QW-301.2.
Each stud (five joints) shall be tested either byhammering over until one-fourth of its length is flaton the test piece or by bending the stud to an angleof at least 15 deg. and returning it to its original positionusing a test jig and an adapter location dimension thatare in accordance with QW-466.4.
QW-193.2 Acceptance Criteria — Bend and Ham-mer Tests. In order to pass the test(s), each of thefive stud welds and heat affected zones shall be freeof visible separation or fracture after bending and returnbending or after hammering.
QW-194 Visual Examination — Performance
Performance test coupons shall show complete jointpenetration with complete fusion of weld metal andbase metal.
QW-195 Liquid Penetrant Examination
QW-195.1 The liquid penetrant examination in QW-214 for corrosion-resistant weld metal overlay shallmeet the requirements of Article 6, Section V. Theacceptance standards of QW-195.2 shall be met.
QW-195.2 1998 SECTION IX QW-196.2.2
QW-195.2 Liquid Penetrant Acceptance CriteriaQW-195.2.1 Terminology
(a) relevant indications— indications with majordimensions greater than1⁄16 in. (1.6 mm).
(b) linear indications— an indication having a lengthgreater than three times the width
(c) rounded indications — an indication of circularor elliptical shape with the length equal to or less thanthree times the width
QW-195.2.2 Acceptance Standards.Procedureand performance tests examined by liquid penetranttechniques shall be judged unacceptable when the exam-ination exhibits any indication in excess of the limitsspecified below:
(a) relevant linear indications;(b) relevant rounded indications greater than3⁄16 in.
(4.8 mm);(c) four or more relevant rounded indications in a
line separated by1⁄16 in. (1.6 mm) or less (edge-to-edge).
QW-196 Resistance Weld Testing
QW-196.1 Metallographic ExaminationQW-196.1.1 Welds shall be cross-sectioned, pol-
ished, and etched to reveal the weld metal. The sectionshall be examined at a magnification of 10 times.
10
QW-196.1.2 The weld nugget shall be sound for1.25 times the thickness of the thinner member.
QW-196.1.3For spot welds, the nugget size shallbe measured at the interface between the sheets being
joined, and it shall equal or exceed 0.9√t, where t isthe thickness of the thinner sheet. For projection welds,the nugget size shall not be less than the initial sizeof the projection. For seam welds, the width of thefused weld cut transverse to the seam shall be not less
than 0.9√t, wheret is the thickness of the thinnest sheet.
QW-196.2 Mechanical TestingQW-196.2.1Shear test specimens shall be prepared
as shown on QW-462.9. For spot and projection welds,each test specimen shall equal or exceed the minimumstrength, and the average strength specified in QW-462.10 and QW-462.11 for the appropriate material.Further, for each set, 90% shall have shear strengthvalues between 0.9 and 1.1 times the set average value.The remaining 10% shall lie between 0.8 and 1.2 timesthe set average value.
QW-196.2.2Peel test specimens shall be preparedas shown in QW-462.8. The specimens shall be peeledor separated mechanically, and fracture shall occur inthe base metal by tearing out of the weld in order forthe specimen to be acceptable.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Appendix I
11
98
ARTICLE IIWELDING PROCEDURE QUALIFICATIONS
QW-200 GENERAL
QW-200.1 Each manufacturer and contractor shallprepare written Welding Procedure Specifications whichare defined as follows.
(a) Welding Procedure Specification (WPS).A WPSis a written qualified welding procedure prepared toprovide direction for making production welds to Coderequirements. The WPS or other documents may beused to provide direction to the welder or weldingoperator to assure compliance with the Code require-ments.
(b) Contents of the WPS.The completed WPS shalldescribe all of the essential, nonessential, and, whenrequired, supplementary essential variables for eachwelding process used in the WPS. These variables arelisted in QW-250 through QW-280 and are defined inArticle IV, Welding Data.
The WPS shall reference the supporting ProcedureQualification Record(s) (PQR) described in QW-200.2.The manufacturer or contractor may include any otherinformation in the WPS that may be helpful in makinga Code weldment.
(c) Changes to the WPS.Changes may be made inthe nonessential variables of a WPS to suit productionrequirements without requalification provided suchchanges are documented with respect to the essential,nonessential, and, when required, supplementary essen-tial variables for each process. This may be by amend-ment to the WPS or by use of a new WPS.
Changes in essential or supplementary essential (whenrequired) variables require requalification of the WPS(new or additional PQRs to support the change inessential or supplementary essential variables).
(d) Format of the WPS.The information required tobe in the WPS may be in any format, written or tabular,to fit the needs of each manufacturer or contractor, aslong as every essential, nonessential, and, when required,supplementary essential variables outlined in QW-250through QW-280 is included or referenced.
13
Form QW-482 (see Nonmandatory Appendix B) hasbeen provided as a guide for the WPS. This Formincludes the required data for the SMAW, SAW,GMAW, and GTAW processes. It is only a guide anddoes not list all required data for other processes. Italso lists some variables that do not apply to allprocesses (e.g., listing shielding gas which is not re-quired for SAW). The guide does not easily lend itselfto multiple process procedure specification (e.g., GTAWroot with SMAW fill).
(e) Availability of the WPS.A WPS used for Codeproduction welding shall be available for referenceand review by the Authorized Inspector (AI) at thefabrication site.
QW-200.2 Each manufacturer or contractor shall berequired to prepare a procedure qualification recordwhich is defined as follows.
(a) Procedure Qualification Record (PQR).A PQRis a record of the welding data used to weld a testcoupon. The PQR is a record of variables recordedduring the welding of the test coupons. It also containsthe test results of the tested specimens. Recorded vari-ables normally fall within a small range of the actualvariables that will be used in production welding.
(b) Contents of the PQR.The completed PQR shalldocument all essential and, when required, supplemen-tary essential variables of QW-250 through QW-280for each welding process used during the welding ofthe test coupon. Nonessential or other variables usedduring the welding of the test coupon may be recordedat the manufacturer’s or contractor’s option. All vari-ables, if recorded, shall be the actual variables (includingranges) used during the welding of the test coupon. Ifvariables are not monitored during welding, they shallnot be recorded. It is not intended that the full rangeor the extreme of a given range of variables to beused in production be used during qualification unlessrequired due to a specific essential or, when required,supplementary essential variable.
QW-200.2 1998 SECTION IX QW-200.4
The PQR shall be certified accurate by the manufac-turer or contractor. The manufacturer or contractormay not subcontract the certification function. Thiscertification is intended to be the manufacturer’s orcontractor’s verification that the information in the PQRis a true record of the variables that were used duringthe welding of the test coupon and that the resultingtensile, bend, or macro (as required) test results are incompliance with Section IX.
When more than one welding process or filler metalis used to weld a test coupon, the approximate depositweld metal thickness of each welding process and fillermetal shall be recorded.
(c) Changes to the PQR.Changes to the PQR arenot permitted except as described below. It is a recordof what happened during a particular welding test.Editorial corrections or addenda to the PQR are permit-ted. An example of an editorial correction is an incorrectP-Number, F-Number, or A-Number that was assignedto a particular base metal or filler metal. An exampleof an addendum would be a change resulting from aCode change. For example, Section IX may assign anew F-Number to a filler metal or adopt a new fillermetal under an established F-Number. This may permit,depending on the particular construction Code require-ments, a manufacturer or contractor to use other fillermetals that fall within that particular F-Number where,prior to the Code revision, the manufacturer or contrac-tor was limited to the particular electrode classificationthat was used during qualification. Additional informa-tion can be incorporated into a PQR at a later dateprovided the information is substantiated as havingbeen part of the original qualification condition by labrecord or similar data.
All changes to a PQR require recertification (includingdate) by the manufacturer or contractor.
(d) Format of the PQR.Form QW-483 (see Nonman-datory Appendix B) has been provided as a guide forthe PQR. The information required to be in the PQR maybe in any format to fit the needs of each manufacturer orcontractor, as long as every essential and, when required,supplementary essential variable, required by QW-250through QW-280, is included. Also the type of tests,number of tests, and test results shall be listed inthe PQR.
Form QW-483 does not easily lend itself to covercombinations of welding processes or more than oneF-Number filler metal in one test coupon. Additionalsketches or information may be attached or referencedto record the required variables.
(e) Availability of the PQR.PQRs used to supportWPSs shall be available, upon request, for review by
14
the Authorized Inspector (AI). The PQR need not beavailable to the welder or welding operator.
(f) Multiple WPSs With One PQR/Multiple PQRsWith One WPS.Several WPSs may be prepared fromthe data on a single PQR (e.g., a 1G plate PQR maysupport WPSs for the F, V, H, and O positions onplate or pipe within all other essential variables). Asingle WPS may cover several essential variable changesas long as a supporting PQR exists for each essentialand, when required, supplementary essential variable(e.g., a single WPS may cover a thickness range from1⁄16 in. (1.6 mm) through 11⁄4 in. (32 mm) if PQRsexist for both the1⁄16 in. (1.6 mm) through3⁄16 in.(4.8 mm) and3⁄16 in. (4.8 mm) through 11⁄4 in. (32 mm)thickness ranges).
QW-200.3 To reduce the number of welding proce-dure qualifications required, P-Numbers are assignedto base metals dependent on characteristics such ascomposition, weldability, and mechanical properties,where this can logically be done; and for steel andsteel alloys (QW/QB-422) Group Numbers are assignedadditionally to P-Numbers. These Group Numbers clas-sify the metals within P-Numbers for the purpose ofprocedure qualification where notch-toughness require-ments are specified. The assignments do not imply thatbase metals may be indiscriminately substituted for abase metal which was used in the qualification testwithout consideration of the compatibility from thestandpoint of metallurgical properties, postweld heattreatment, design, mechanical properties, and servicerequirements. Where notch toughness is a consideration,it is presupposed that the base metals meet the specificrequirements.
In general, notch-toughness requirements are manda-tory for all P-No. 11 quenched and tempered metals,for low temperature applications of other metals asapplied to Section VIII, and for various classes ofconstruction required by Section III. Acceptance criteriafor the notch-toughness tests are as established in theother Sections of the Code.
For certain materials permitted by the ASME / ANSIB31 Code for Pressure Piping or by selected CodeCases of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Codebut which are not included within the ASME Boilerand Pressure Vessel Code Material Specifications (Sec-tion II), S-Number groupings are assigned in QW/QB-422. These groupings are similar to the P-Numbergroupings of QW/QB-422. Qualification limits are givenin QW-420.2.
QW-200.4 Combination of Welding Procedures(a) More than one procedure having different essen-
tial or nonessential variables may be used in a single
ASME B&PVC sec9$$$u10 04-28-99 06:22:32 pd: sec9 Rev 14.04
A99
QW-200.4 PROCEDURE QUALIFICATIONS QW-202.1
production joint. Each procedure may include one ora combination of processes, filler metals, or othervariables.
Where two or more procedures involving differentprocesses or other essential variables are used in onejoint, QW-451 shall be used to determine the rangeof base metal thickness qualified and the maximumthickness of deposited weld metal qualified for eachprocess or procedure. Alternatively, qualification forroot deposits only may be made in accordance withQW-200.4(b). The deposited weld metal of each processor procedure shall be included in the tension and bendspecimens, and in the notch-toughness specimen (whenrequired). One or more processes or procedures maybe deleted from a qualified combination procedure.Each such process or procedure may be used separatelyprovided:
(1) the remaining essential, nonessential, and sup-plementary essential variables are applied;
(2) the base metal and deposited weld metal thick-ness limits of QW-451 are applied.
(b) For GTAW, SMAW, GMAW, PAW, and SAW,or combinations of these processes, a PQR for a processrecording a test coupon that was at least1⁄2 in. (13 mm)thick may be combined with one or more other PQRsrecording another welding process and any greater basemetal thickness. In this case, the process recorded onthe first PQR may be used to deposit the root layersusing the process(es) recorded on that PQR up to 2t(for short-circuiting type of GMAW, see QW-404.32)in thickness on base metal of the maximum thicknessqualified by the other PQR(s) used to support the WPS.The requirements of Note (1) of QW-451.1 and QW-451.2 shall apply.
QW-201 Manufacturer’s or Contractor’sResponsibility
Each manufacturer or contractor shall list the parame-ters applicable to welding that he performs in construc-tion of weldments built in accordance with this Code.These parameters shall be listed in a document knownas a Welding Procedure Specification (WPS).
Each manufacturer or contractor shall qualify the WPSby the welding of test coupons and the testing of specimens(as required in this Code), and the recording of the weldingdata and test results in a document known as a ProcedureQualification Record (PQR). The welders or welding oper-ators used to produce weldments to be tested for qualifica-tion of procedures shall be under the full supervision andcontrol of the manufacturer or contractor during the pro-duction of these test weldments. The weldments to betested forqualification of proceduresshall bewelded either
15
by direct employees or by individuals engaged by contractfor their services as welders or welding operators under thefull supervisionandcontrolof themanufacturerorcontrac-tor. It is not permissible for the manufacturer or contractorto have the supervision and control of welding of the testweldments performed by another organization. It is per-missible, however, to subcontract any or all of the work ofpreparation of test metal for welding and subsequent workon preparation of test specimens from the completed weld-ment, performance of nondestructive examination, andmechanical tests, provided the manufacturer or contractoraccepts the responsibility for any such work.
The Code recognizes a manufacturer or contractoras the organization which has responsible operationalcontrol of the production of the weldments to be madein accordance with this Code. If in an organizationeffective operational control of welding procedure quali-fication for two or more companies of different namesexists, the companies involved shall describe in theirQuality Control system/Quality Assurance Program, theoperational control of procedure qualifications. In thiscase separate welding procedure qualifications are notrequired, provided all other requirements of Section IXare met.
A WPS may require the support of more than onePQR, while alternatively, one PQR may support anumber of WPSs.
The manufacturer or contractor shall certify that hehas qualified each Welding Procedure Specification,performed the procedure qualification test, and docu-mented it with the necessary Procedure QualificationRecord (PQR).
QW-201.1 The Code recognizes that manufacturersor contractors may maintain effective operational controlof PQRs and WPSs under different ownership thanexisted during the original procedure qualification. Whena manufacturer or contractor or part of a manufactureror contractor is acquired by a new owner(s), the PQRsand WPSs may be used by the new owner(s) withoutrequalification, provided all of the following are met:
(a) the new owner(s) takes responsibility for theWPSs and PQRs;
(b) the WPSs reflect the name of the new owner(s);(c) the Quality Control System/Quality Assurance
Program reflects the source of the PQRs as being fromthe former manufacturer or contractor.
QW-202 Type of Tests Required
QW-202.1 Mechanical Tests.The type and numberof test specimens which shall be tested to qualify agroove weld procedure are given in QW-451, and shall
ASME B&PVC sec9$$$u10 04-28-99 06:22:32 pd: sec9 Rev 14.04
QW-202.1 1998 SECTION IX QW-203
be removed in a manner similar to that shown in QW-463. If any test specimen required by QW-451 failsto meet the applicable acceptance criteria, the testcoupon shall be considered as failed, and a new testcoupon shall be welded. Where qualification is for filletwelds only, the requirements are given in QW-202.2(c)and (d); and where qualification is for stud welds only,the requirements are given in QW-202.5.
QW-202.2 Groove and Fillet Welds(a) Qualification for Groove Full Penetration Welds.
Groove-weld test coupons shall qualify the thicknessranges of both base metal and deposited weld metal to beused in production. Limits of qualification shall be in ac-cordance with QW-451. WPS qualification for groovewelds shall be made on groove welds using tension andguided-bend specimens. Notch-toughness tests shall bemade when required by other Section(s) of the Code. TheWPS shall be qualified for use with groove welds withinthe range of essential variables listed.
(b) Qualification for Partial Penetration GrooveWelds.Partial penetration groove welds shall be quali-fied in accordance with the requirements of QW-451for both base metal and deposited weld metal thickness,except there need be no upper limit on the base metalthickness provided qualification was made on basemetal having a thickness of 11⁄2 in. (38 mm) or more.
(c) Qualification for Fillet Welds (Except for P-No.11 Metals Excluding P-No. 11A Group Nos. 1 and 2).WPS qualification for fillet welds may be made ongroove-weld test coupons using test specimens specifiedin (a) or (b) above. Fillet-weld procedures so qualifiedmay be used for welding all thicknesses of base metalfor all sizes of fillet welds, and all diameters of pipeor tube in accordance with QW-451.4. Nonpressure-retaining fillet welds, as defined in other Sections ofthe Code, may as an alternate be qualified with filletwelds only. Tests shall be made in accordance withQW-180. Limits of qualification shall be in accordancewith QW-451.3.
(d) Qualification for Fillet Welds in P-No. 11 Metals(Excluding P-No. 11A Group Nos. 1 and 2).WPSqualification for all fillet welds (including nonpressure-retaining) shall be made on:
(1) groove-weld tests in accordance with (a) or(b) above; and
(2) fillet-weld tests in accordance with QW-180.
QW-202.3 Weld Repair and Buildup. WPS qual-ified on groove welds shall be applicable for weldrepairs to groove and fillet welds and for weld buildupunder the following provisions.
(a) There is no limitation on the thickness of basemetal or deposited weld metal for fillet welds.
16
(b) For other than fillet welds, the thickness rangefor base metal and deposited weld metal for eachwelding process shall be in accordance with QW-451,except there need be no upper limit on the base metalthickness provided qualification was made on basemetal having a thickness of 11⁄2 in. (38 mm) or more.
QW-202.4 Dissimilar Base Metal Thicknesses.WPS qualified on groove welds shall be applicablefor production welds between dissimilar base metalthicknesses provided:
(a) the thickness of the thinner member shall bewithin the range permitted by QW-451;
(b) the thickness of the thicker member shall be asfollows.
(1) For P-No. 8, P-No. 41, P-No. 42, P-No. 43,P-No. 44, P-No. 45, P-No. 46, P-No. 51, P-No. 52,P-No. 53, P-No. 61, and P-No. 62 metal in whichnotch toughness is not a requirement, there shall beno limitation on the maximum thickness of the thickerproduction member in joints of similar P-Number mate-rials provided qualification was made on base metalhaving a thickness of1⁄4 in. (6 mm) or greater.
(2) For all other metal, the thickness of the thickermember shall be within the range permitted by QW-451, except there need be no limitation on the maximumthickness of the thicker production member providedqualification was made on base metal having a thicknessof 11⁄2 in. (38 mm) or more.
More than one procedure qualification may be re-quired to qualify for some dissimilar thickness combina-tions.
QW-202.5 Stud Welding. Procedure qualificationtests for stud welds shall be made in accordance withQW-192. The procedure qualification tests shall qualifythe welding procedures for use within the range of theessential variables of QW-261. For studs welded toother than P-No. 1 metals, five additional welds shallbe made and subjected to a macro-test, except that thisis not required for studs used for extended heatingsurfaces.
QW-203 Limits of Qualified Positions forProcedures
Unless specifically required otherwise by the weldingvariables (QW-250), a qualification in any positionqualifies the procedure for all positions. The weldingprocess and electrodes must be suitable for use in thepositions permitted by the WPS. A welder or weldingoperator making and passing the WPS qualification testis qualified for the position tested. See QW-301.2.
A99
QW-210 PROCEDURE QUALIFICATIONS QW-217
QW-210 PREPARATION OF TEST COUPON
QW-211 Base Metal
The base metals may consist of either plate, pipe,or other product forms. Qualification in plate alsoqualifies for pipe welding and vice versa. The dimen-sions of the test coupon shall be sufficient to providethe required test specimens.
QW-212 Type and Dimensions of GrooveWelds
Except as otherwise provided in QW-250, the typeand dimensions of the welding groove are not essentialvariables.
QW-213 P-No. 11 Base Metals
For vessels or parts of vessels constructed with P-No. 11 base metals, weld grooves for thickness lessthan 5⁄8 in. (16 mm) shall be prepared by thermalprocesses, when such processes are to be employedduring fabrication. This groove preparation shall alsoinclude back gouging, back grooving, or removal ofunsound weld metal by thermal processes, when theseprocesses are to be employed during fabrication.
QW-214 Corrosion-Resistant Weld MetalOverlay
QW-214.1The size of test coupons, limits of qualifi-cation, required examinations and tests, and test speci-mens shall be as specified in QW-453.
QW-214.2 Essential variables shall be as specifiedin QW-250 for the applicable welding process.
QW-215 Electron Beam Welding and LaserBeam Welding
QW-215.1 The WPS qualification test coupon shallbe prepared with the joint geometry duplicating thatto be used in production. If the production weld is toinclude a lap-over (completing the weld by reweldingover the starting area of the weld, as for a girth weld),such lap-over shall be included in the WPS qualificationtest coupon.
QW-215.2 The mechanical testing requirements ofQW-451 shall apply.
17
QW-215.3 Essential variables shall be as specifiedin QW-260 and QW-264 for the applicable weldingprocess.
QW-216 Hard-Facing Weld Metal Overlay
Oxyfuel Gas Welding (OFW) and Plasma-Arc Weld-ing (PAW) both refer to a Spray Fuse Method of hardsurfacing. The following requirements apply regardlessof which hard-surfacing process is used.
QW-216.1The size of test coupons, limits of qualifi-cation, required examinations and tests, and test speci-mens shall be as specified in QW-453.
QW-216.2 Essential variables shall be as specifiedin QW-250 for the applicable welding process.
QW-216.3Oxyfuel Gas Welding (OFW) and Plasma-Arc Welding (PAW) both refer to a Spray Fuse methodof hard surfacing. The test coupons for these methodsshall be prepared in accordance with QW-216.1 andQW-216.2.
QW-216.4 If a weld deposit is to be used under ahardfacing weld metal overlay, a base metal with anassigned P-Number and a chemical analysis nominallymatching the weld deposit chemical analysis may besubstituted to qualify the PQR.
QW-217 Joining of Composite (Clad Metals)
The WPS for groove welds in clad metal shall bequalified as provided in (a) below when any part ofthe cladding thickness, as permitted by the referencingCode Section, is included in the design calculations.Either (a) or (b) below may be used when the claddingthickness is not included in the design calculations.
(a) The essential and nonessential variables of QW-250 shall apply for each welding process used inproduction. The procedure qualification test couponshall be made using the same P-Number base metal,cladding, and welding process, and filler metal combina-tion to be used in production welding. For metal notincluded in QW/QB-422, the metal used in the compos-ite test plate shall be within the range of chemicalcomposition of that to be used in production. Thequalified thickness range for the base metal and fillermetal(s) shall be based on the actual test couponthickness for each as applied to QW-451, except that theminimum thickness of filler metal joining the claddingportion of the weldment shall be based on a chemicalanalysis performed in accordance with QW-453. Tensileand bend tests required in QW-451 for groove welds
QW-217 1998 SECTION IX QW-251.4
shall be made, and they shall contain the full thicknessof cladding through the reduced section of the specimen.The bond line between the original cladding and thebase metal may be disregarded when evaluating side-bend tests if the cladding was applied by a processother than fusion welding.
(b) The essential and nonessential variables of QW-250 shall apply for each welding process used inproduction for joining the base metal portion of theweldment. The PQRs that support this portion of theWPS need not be based on test coupons made withclad metal. For the corrosion-resistant overlay portionof the weld, the essential variables of QW-251.4 shallapply and the test coupon and testing shall be inaccordance with QW-453. The WPS shall limit thedepth of the groove, which will receive the corrosion-resistant overlay in order to ensure development of thefull strength of the underlying weld in the base metal.
QW-218 Applied Linings
QW-218.1 WPSs for attaching applied linings shallbe qualified in accordance with QW-202.2(a), (b), or (c).
QW-218.2 As an alternative to the above, eachprocess to be used in attaching applied linings to basemetal shall be qualified on a test coupon welded intothe form and arrangement to be used in constructionusing materials that are within the range of chemicalcomposition of the metal to be used for the base plate,the lining, and the weld metal. The welding variablesof QW-250 shall apply except for those regarding basemetal or weld metal thickness. Qualification tests shallbe made for each position to be used in productionwelding in accordance with QW-461.9, except thatqualification in the vertical position, uphill progressionshall qualify for all positions. One cross section foreach position tested shall be sectioned, polished, andetched to clearly show the demarcation between thebase metal and the weld metal. In order to be acceptable,each specimen shall exhibit complete fusion of theweld metal with the base metal and freedom fromcracks.
18
QW-218.3 When chemical analysis of the weld de-posit for any elements is required, a chemical analysisshall be performed per QW-453, Note 9 for thoseelements.
QW-250 WELDING VARIABLES
QW-251 General
QW-251.1 Types of Variables for Welding Proce-dure Specifications (WPS).These variables (listed foreach welding process in QW-252 through QW-265)are subdivided into essential variables, supplementaryessential variables, and nonessential variables (QW-401). The “Brief of Variables” listed in the Tables arefor referenceonly. See the complete variable in WeldingData of Article IV.
QW-251.2 Essential Variables.Essential variablesare those in which a change, as described in thespecific variables, is considered to affect the mechanicalproperties of the weldment, and shall require requalifi-cation of the WPS.
Supplementary essential variables are required formetals for which other Sections specify notch-toughnesstests and are in addition to the essential variables foreach welding process.
QW-251.3 Nonessential Variables. Nonessentialvariables are those in which a change, as described inthe specific variables, may be made in the WPS withoutrequalification.
QW-251.4 Special Processes(a) The special process essential variables for corro-
sion-resistant and hard-surfacing weld metal overlaysare as indicated in the following tables for the specifiedprocess. Only the variables specified for special pro-cesses shall apply. A change in the corrosion-resistantor hard-surfacing welding process shall require requali-fication.
(b) WPS qualified for corrosion-resistant and hard-surfacing overlay welding, in accordance with otherSections when such qualification rules were includedin those Sections, may be used with the same provisionsas provided in QW-100.3.
PROCEDURE QUALIFICATIONS QW-252
QW-252WELDING VARIABLES PROCEDURE SPECIFICATIONS (WPS)
Oxyfuel Gas Welding (OFW)
SupplementaryParagraph Brief of Variables Essential Essential Nonessential
.1 f Groove design X
.2 6 Backing X
.3 f Backing comp. X
.10 f Root spacing X
QW-402Joints
.1 f P-Number X
.2 Max. T qualified X
.13 f P-No. 5/9/10 X
QW-403BaseMetals
.3 f Size X
.4 f F-Number X
.5 f A-Number X
.12 f AWS class. X
QW-404FillerMetals
QW-405 .1 + Position XPositions
QW-406 .1 Decrease > 100°F XPreheat
QW-407 .1 f PWHT XPWHT
QW-408 .7 f Type fuel gas XGas
.1 f String/weave X
QW-410 .2 f Flame characteristics XTechnique
.4 f ←→ Technique X
.5 f Method cleaning X
.26 6 Peening X
Legend:+ Addition > Increase /greater than ↑ Uphill ← Forehand f Change− Deletion < Decrease / less than ↓ Downhill → Backhand
19
QW-252.1 1998 SECTION IX
QW-252.1WELDING VARIABLES PROCEDURE SPECIFICATIONS (WPS)
Oxyfuel Gas Welding (OFW)
Special Process Essential Variables
Hardfacing Corrosion-Resistant HardfacingOverlay Overlay Spray Fuse
Paragraph (QW-216) (QW-214) (QW-216)
.16 < Finished t
.17 > Finished t
QW-402Joint
QW-403BaseMetals
.20 f P-Number f P-Number
.23 f T Qualified f T Qualified f T Qualified
.12 f AWS class. f AWS class.
.42 f > 5% Particle size range
46 f Powder feed rate
QW-404FillerMetals
QW-405.4 + Position + Position
Positions
Dec. > 100°F Preheat Dec. > 100°F Preheat.4 > Interpass > Interpass
.5 f Preheat maint.
QW-406Preheat
.6 f PWHT f PWHT
.7 f PWHT after fusing
QW-407PWHT
.7 f Type of fuel gas
.14 f Torch type, tip size
.16 f > 5% Powder feed rate
.19 f Plasma/feed gas comp.
QW-408Gas
.38 f Multi- to single-layer f Multi- to single-layer
.39 f Torch type, tip size
.44 f > 15% Torch to workpiece
.45 f Surface prep.
.46 f Spray torch
f > 10% Fusing temp..47
or method
QW-410Technique
Legend:+ Addition > Increase /greater than ↑ Uphill ← Forehand f Change− Deletion < Decrease / less than ↓ Downhill → Backhand
20
ASME B&PVC sec9$$$u10 04-28-99 06:22:32 pd: sec9 Rev 14.04
PROCEDURE QUALIFICATIONS QW-253
A99QW-253WELDING VARIABLES PROCEDURE SPECIFICATIONS (WPS)
Shielded Metal-Arc (SMAW)
SupplementaryParagraph Brief of Variables Essential Essential Nonessential
.1 f Groove design X
.4 − Backing X
.10 f Root spacing X
.11 6 Retainers X
QW-402Joints
.5 f Group Number X
.6 T Limits impact X
.7 T/ t Limits > 8 in. X
.8 f T Qualified X
.9 t Pass > 1⁄2 in. X
.11 f P-No. qualified X
.13 f P-No. 5/9/10 X
QW-403BaseMetals
.4 f F-Number X
.5 f A-Number X
.6 f Diameter X
.7 f Diam. > 1⁄4 in. X
.12 f AWS class. X
.30 f t X
.33 f AWS class. X
QW-404FillerMetals
.1 + Position X
.2 f Position X
.3 f ↑↓ Vertical welding X
QW-405Positions
.1 Decrease > 100°F X
.2 f Preheat maint. X
.3 Increase > 100°F (IP) X
QW-406Preheat
.1 f PWHT X
.2 f PWHT (T & T range) X
.4 T Limits X
QW-407PWHT
.1 > Heat input X
.4 f Current or polarity X X
.8 f I & E range X
QW-409ElectricalCharacteristics
.1 f String/weave X
.5 f Method cleaning X
.6 f Method back gouge X
.25 f Manual or automatic X
.26 6 Peening X
QW-410Technique
Legend:+ Addition > Increase /greater than ↑ Uphill ← Forehand f Change− Deletion < Decrease / less than ↓ Downhill → Backhand
21
ASME B&PVC sec9$$$u10 04-28-99 06:22:32 pd: sec9 Rev 14.04
QW-253.1 1998 SECTION IX
QW-253.1WELDING VARIABLES PROCEDURE SPECIFICATIONS (WPS)
Shielded Metal-Arc (SMAW)
Special Process Essential Variables
Hardfacing Corrosion-ResistantOverlay Overlay
Paragraph (QW-216) (QW-214)
QW-402.16 < Finished t < Finished t
Joints
.20 f P-Number f P-Number
.23 f T Qualified f T Qualified
QW-403BaseMetals
.12 f AWS class.
.37 f A-Number
.38 f Dia. (1st layer) f Dia. (1st layer)
QW-404FillerMetals
QW-405.4 + Position + Position
Positions
QW-406 Dec. > 100°F preheat Dec. > 100°F preheat.4
Preheat > Interpass > Interpass
QW-407.6 f PWHT f PWHT
PWHT
.4 f Current or polarity f Current or polarity
.22 Inc. > 10% 1st layer Inc. > 10% 1st layer
QW-409ElectricalCharacteristics
QW-410.38 f Multi- to single-layer f Multi- to single-layer
Technique
Legend:+ Addition > Increase /greater than ↑ Uphill ← Forehand f Change− Deletion < Decrease / less than ↓ Downhill → Backhand
22
PROCEDURE QUALIFICATIONS QW-254
QW-254WELDING VARIABLES PROCEDURE SPECIFICATIONS (WPS)
Submerged-Arc Welding (SAW)
SupplementaryParagraph Brief of Variables Essential Essential Nonessential
.1 f Groove design X
.4 − Backing X
.10 f Root spacing X
.11 6 Retainers X
QW-402Joints
.5 f Group Number X
.6 T Limits X
.7 T/t Limits > 8 in. X
.8 f T Qualified X
.9 t Pass > 1⁄2 in. X
.11 f P-No. qualified X
.13 f P-No. 5/9/10 X
QW-403BaseMetals
.4 f F-Number X
.5 f A-Number X
.6 f Diameter X
.9 f Flux/wire class. X
.10 f Alloy flux X
QW-404 .24 6 Supplemental XFiller fMetals
.27 f Alloy elements X
.29 f Flux designation X
.30 f t X
.33 f AWS class. X
.34 f Flux type X
.35 f Flux/wire class. X X
.36 Recrushed slag X
QW-405 .1 + Position XPositions
.1 Decrease > 100°F X
.2 f Preheat maint. X
.3 Increase > 100°F (IP) X
QW-406Preheat
.1 f PWHT X
.2 f PWHT (T & T range) X
.4 T Limits X
QW-407PWHT
.1 > Heat input X
.4 f Current or polarity X X
.8 f I & E range X
QW-409ElectricalCharacteristics
23
QW-254 1998 SECTION IX
QW-254 (CONT’D)WELDING VARIABLES PROCEDURE SPECIFICATIONS (WPS)
Submerged-Arc Welding (SAW)
SupplementaryParagraph Brief of Variables Essential Essential Nonessential
.1 f String/weave X
.5 f Method cleaning X
.6 f Method back gouge X
.7 f Oscillation X
.8 f Tube-work distance X
.9 f Multi to single pass/side X X
.10 f Single to multi electrodes X X
.15 f Electrode spacing X
.25 f Manual or automatic X
.26 6 Peening X
QW-410Technique
Legend:+ Addition > Increase /greater than ↑ Uphill ← Forehand f Change− Deletion < Decrease / less than ↓ Downhill → Backhand
24
PROCEDURE QUALIFICATIONS QW-254.1
QW-254.1WELDING VARIABLES PROCEDURE SPECIFICATIONS (WPS)
Submerged-Arc Welding (SAW)
Special Process Essential Variables
Hardfacing Corrosion-ResistantOverlay Overlay
Paragraph (QW-216) (QW-214)
QW-402 .16 < Finished t < Finished tJoints
.20 f P-Number f P-Number
.23 f T Qualified f T Qualified
QW-403BaseMetals
.12 f AWS class.
.24 6 Supplemental 6 Supplementalf f
.27 f Alloy elements
.37 f A-Number
.39 f Nom. flux f Nom. fluxcomp. comp.
QW-404FillerMetals
QW-405 .4 + Position + PositionPositions
QW-406 .4 Dec. > 100°F preheat Dec. > 100°F preheatPreheat > Interpass > Interpass
QW-407 .6 f PWHT f PWHTPWHT
.4 f Current or f Current orpolarity polarity
.26 > Heat input > Heat inputmore than 10% more than 10%
QW-409ElectricalCharacteristics
.38 f Multi- to single-layer f Multi- to single-layer
.40 − Sup. device
.50 f No. of elec. f No. of elec.
.51 6 Oscillation 6 Oscillation
QW-410Technique
Legend:+ Addition > Increase /greater than ↑ Uphill ← Forehand f Change− Deletion < Decrease / less than ↓ Downhill → Backhand
25
QW-255 1998 SECTION IX
QW-255WELDING VARIABLES PROCEDURE SPECIFICATIONS (WPS)
Gas Metal-Arc Welding (GMAW and FCAW)
SupplementaryParagraph Brief of Variables Essential Essential Nonessential
.1 f Groove design X
.4 − Backing X
.10 f Root spacing X
.11 6 Retainers X
QW-402Joints
.5 f Group Number X
.6 T Limits X
.7 T/t Limits > 8 in. X
.8 f T Qualified X
.9 t Pass > 1⁄2 in. X
.10 T Limits (S. Cir. Arc) X
.11 f P-No. qualified X
.13 f P-No. 5/9/10 X
QW-403BaseMetals
.4 f F-Number X
.5 f A-Number X
.6 f Diameter X
.12 f AWS class. X
.23 f Filler metal Xproduct form
.24 6 Supplemental Xf
.27 f Alloy elements X
.30 f t X
.32 t Limit (S. Cir. Arc) X
.33 f AWS Class. X
QW-404FillerMetals
.1 + Position X
.2 f Position X
.3 f ↑↓ Vertical welding X
QW-405Positions
.1 Decrease > 100°F X
.2 f Preheat maint. X
.3 Increase > 100°F (IP) X
QW-406Preheat
.1 f PWHT X
.2 f PWHT (T & T range) X
.4 T Limits X
QW-407PWHT
26
ASME B&PVC sec9$$$u10 04-28-99 06:22:32 pd: sec9 Rev 14.04
PROCEDURE QUALIFICATIONS QW-255
A99QW-255 (CONT’D)WELDING VARIABLES PROCEDURE SPECIFICATIONS (WPS)
Gas Metal-Arc Welding (GMAW and FCAW)
SupplementaryParagraph Brief of Variables Essential Essential Nonessential
.1 6 Trail or f comp. X
.2 f Single, mixture, or % X
.3 f Flow rate X
.5 6 or f Backing flow X
.9 − Backing or f comp. X
.10 f Shielding or trailing X
QW-408Gas
.1 > Heat input X
.2 f Transfer mode X
.4 f Current or polarity X X
.8 f I & E range X
QW-409ElectricalCharacteristics
.1 f String/weave X
.3 f Orifice, cup, or nozzle size X
.5 f Method cleaning X
.6 f Method back gouge X
.7 f Oscillation X
.8 f Tube-work distance X
.9 f Multi to single pass/side X X
.10 f Single to multi electrodes X X
.15 f Electrode spacing X
.25 f Manual or automatic X
.26 6 Peening X
QW-410Technique
Legend:+ Addition > Increase /greater than ↑ Uphill ← Forehand f Change− Deletion < Decrease / less than ↓ Downhill → Backhand
27
ASME B&PVC sec9$$$u10 04-28-99 06:22:32 pd: sec9 Rev 14.04
QW-255.1 1998 SECTION IX
QW-255.1WELDING VARIABLES PROCEDURE SPECIFICATIONS (WPS)
Gas Metal-Arc Welding (GMAW and FCAW)
Special Process Essential Variables
Hardfacing Corrosion-ResistantOverlay Overlay
Paragraph (QW-216) (QW-214)
QW-402 .16 < Finished t < Finished tJoints
.20 f P-Number f P-Number
.23 f T Qualified f T Qualified
QW-403BaseMetals
.12 f AWS class.
.23 f Filler metal f Filler metalproduct form product form
.24 6 Supplemental 6 Supplementalf f
.27 f Alloy elements
.37 f A-Number
QW-404FillerMetals
QW-405 .4 + Position + PositionPositions
QW-406 .4 Dec. > 100°F preheat Dec. > 100°F preheatPreheat > Interpass > Interpass
QW-407 .6 f PWHT f PWHTPWHT
QW-408 .15 f Type or flow rate f Type or flow rateGas
.4 f Current or f Current orpolarity polarity
.26 > Heat input > Heat inputmore than 10% more than 10%
QW-409ElectricalCharacteristics
.38 f Multi- to single-layer f Multi- to single-layer
.50 f No. of elec. f No. of elec.
.51 6 Oscillation 6 Oscillation
QW-410Technique
Legend:+ Addition > Increase /greater than ↑ Uphill ← Forehand f Change− Deletion < Decrease / less than ↓ Downhill → Backhand
28
PROCEDURE QUALIFICATIONS QW-256
QW-256WELDING VARIABLES PROCEDURE SPECIFICATIONS (WPS)
Gas Tungsten-Arc Welding (GTAW)
SupplementaryParagraph Brief of Variables Essential Essential Nonessential
.1 f Groove design X
.5 + Backing X
.10 f Root spacing X
.11 6 Retainers X
QW-402Joints
.5 f Group Number X
.6 T Limits X
.7 T/t Limits > 8 in. X
.8 f T Qualified X
.11 f P-No. qualified X
.13 f P-No. 5/9/10 X
QW-403BaseMetals
.3 f Size X
.4 f F-Number X
.5 f A-Number X
.12 f AWS class. X
.14 6 Filler X
.22 6 Consum. insert X
.23 f Filler metal Xproduct form
.30 f t X
.33 f AWS class. X
QW-404FillerMetals
.1 + Position X
.2 f Position X
.3 f ↑↓ Vertical welding X
QW-405Positions
.1 Decrease > 100°F X
.3 Increase > 100°F X(IP)
QW-406Preheat
.1 f PWHT X
.2 f PWHT (T & T range) X
.4 T Limits X
QW-407PWHT
.1 6 Trail or f comp. X
.2 f Single, mixture, or % X
.3 f Flow rate X
.5 6 or f Backing flow X
.9 − Backing or f comp. X
.10 f Shielding or trailing X
QW-408Gas
29
QW-256 1998 SECTION IX
QW-256 (CONT’D)WELDING VARIABLES PROCEDURE SPECIFICATIONS (WPS)
Gas Tungsten-Arc Welding (GTAW)
SupplementaryParagraph Brief of Variables Essential Essential Nonessential
.1 > Heat input X
.3 6 Pulsing I X
.4 f Current or polarity X X
.8 f I & E range X
.12 f Tungsten electrode X
QW-409ElectricalCharacteristics
.1 f String/weave X
.3 f Orifice, cup, or nozzle size X
.5 f Method cleaning X
.6 f Method back gouge X
.7 f Oscillation X
.9 f Multi to single pass/ side X X
.10 f Single to multi electrodes X X
.11 f Closed to out chamber X
.15 f Electrode spacing X
.25 f Manual or automatic X
.26 6 Peening X
QW-410Technique
Legend:+ Addition > Increase /greater than ↑ Uphill ← Forehand f Change− Deletion < Decrease / less than ↓ Downhill → Backhand
30
PROCEDURE QUALIFICATIONS QW-256.1
QW-256.1WELDING VARIABLES PROCEDURE SPECIFICATIONS (WPS)
Gas Tungsten-Arc Welding (GTAW)
Special Process Essential Variables
Hardfacing Corrosion-ResistantOverlay Overlay
Paragraph (QW-216) (QW-214)
QW-402 .16 < Finished t < Finished tJoints
.20 f P-Number f P-Number
.23 f T Qualified f T Qualified
QW-403BaseMetals
.12 f AWS class.
.14 6 Filler 6 Filler
.23 f Filler metal product f Filler metal productform form
.37 f A-Number
QW-404FillerMetals
QW-405 .4 + Position + PositionPositions
QW-406 .4 Dec. > 100°F preheat Dec. > 100°F preheatPreheat > Interpass > Interpass
QW-407 .6 f PWHT f PWHTPWHT
QW-408 .15 f Type or flow rate f Type or flow rateGas
.4 f Current or f Current orpolarity polarity
.26 > Heat input > Heat inputmore than 10% more than 10%
QW-409ElectricalCharacteristics
.38 f Multi- to f Multi- tosingle-layer single-layer
.50 f No. of elec. f No. of elec.
.51 6 Oscillation 6 Oscillation
QW-410Technique
Legend:+ Addition > Increase/greater than ↑ Uphill ← Forehand f Change− Deletion < Decrease/less than ↓ Downhill → Backhand
31
QW-257 1998 SECTION IX
QW-257WELDING VARIABLES PROCEDURE SPECIFICATIONS (WPS)
Plasma-Arc Welding (PAW)
SupplementaryParagraph Brief of Variables Essential Essential Nonessential
.1 f Groove design X
.5 + Backing X
.10 f Root spacing X
.11 6 Retainers X
QW-402Joints
.5 f Group Number X
.6 T Limits X
.8 f T Qualified X
.12 f P-Number/melt-in X
.13 f P-No. 5/9/10 X
QW-403BaseMetals
.3 f Size X
.4 f F-Number X
.5 f A-Number X
.12 f AWS class. X
.14 6 Filler X
.22 6 Consum. insert X
.23 f Filler metal Xproduct form
.27 f Alloy elements X
.30 f t X
.33 f AWS class. X
QW-404FillerMetals
.1 + Position X
.2 f Position X
.3 f ↑ ↓ Vertical welding X
QW-405Positions
.1 Decrease > 100°F X
.3 Increase > 100°F (IP) X
QW-406Preheat
.1 f PWHT X
.2 f PWHT (T & T range) X
.4 T Limits X
QW-407PWHT
.1 6 Trail or f comp. X
.4 f Comp./flow rate X
.5 6 Or f backing flow X
.9 − Backing or f comp. X
.10 f Shielding or trailing X
QW-408Gas
32
PROCEDURE QUALIFICATIONS QW-257
QW-257 (CONT’D)WELDING VARIABLES PROCEDURE SPECIFICATIONS (WPS)
Plasma-Arc Welding (PAW)
SupplementaryParagraph Brief of Variables Essential Essential Nonessential
.1 > Heat input X
.4 f Current or polarity X X
.8 f I & E range X
.12 f Tungsten electrode X
QW-409ElectricalCharacteristics
.1 f String/weave X
.3 f Orifice, cup, or nozzle Xsize
.5 f Method cleaning X
.6 f Method back gouge X
.7 f Oscillation X
.9 f Multi to single pass/side X X
.10 f Single to multi elec- X Xtrodes
.11 f Closed to out chamber X
.12 f Melt-in to keyhole X
.15 f Electrode spacing X
.26 6 Peening X
QW-410Technique
Legend:+ Addition > Increase /greater than ↑ Uphill ← Forehand f Change− Deletion < Decrease / less than ↓ Downhill → Backhand
33
QW-257.1 1998 SECTION IX
QW-257.1WELDING VARIABLES PROCEDURE SPECIFICATIONS (WPS)
Plasma-Arc Welding (PAW)
Special Process Essential Variables
Hardfacing Corrosion-Resistant HardfacingOverlay Overlay Spray Fuse
Paragraph (QW-216) (QW-214) (QW-216)
QW-402 .16 < Finished t < Finished tJoints
.17 < Finished t
QW-403 .20 f P-Number f P-Number f P-NumberBase Metals
.23 f T Qualified f T Qualified
.12 f AWS class. f AWS class.
.14 6 Filler 6 Filler
.37 f A-Number
.41 f > 10% powder feed f > 10% powderrate feed rate
.42 f > 5% Particle size range
.43 f Particle size f Particle size
.44 f Powder type f Powder type
.45 f Filler met. form f Filler met. form
.46 f Powder feed rate
QW-404FillerMetals
QW-405 .4 + Position + Position + PositionPositions
.4 Dec. > 100°F preheat Dec. > 100°F preheat Dec. > 100°F preheat> Interpass > Interpass > Interpass
.5 f Preheat maintenance
QW-406Preheat
QW-407 .6 f PWHT f PWHT f PWHTRWHT
.7 f PWHT after fusing
.16 f > 5% Arc or metal f > 5% Arc or f > 5% Arc or metal feedfeed gas metal feed gas gas
.17 f Type or mixture f Type or mixture
.18 f > 10% Mix. comp. f > 10% Mix. comp.
.19 f Plasma/feed gas comp.
.20 f Plasma gas flow-raterange
QW-408Gas
.4 f Current or polarity f Current or polarity
.12 f Type or size electrode
.23 f > 10% I & E
.24 f > 10% Filler wire f > 10% Filler wirewatt. watt.
.25 f > 10% I & E f > 10% I & E
QW-409ElectricalCharacter-istics
34
PROCEDURE QUALIFICATIONS QW-257.1
QW-257.1 (CONT’D)WELDING VARIABLES PROCEDURE SPECIFICATIONS (WPS)
Plasma-Arc Welding (PAW)
Special Process Essential Variables
Hardfacing Corrosion-Resistant HardfacingOverlay Overlay Spray Fuse
Paragraph (QW-216) (QW-214) (QW-216)
.38 f Multi- to single-layer f Multi- to single- f Multi- to single-layerlayer
.41 f > 15% Travel speed f > 15% Travelspeed
.42 6 Oscillation 6 Oscillation
.43 f > 10% Travel speedrange
.44 f > 15% Torch toworkplace
.45 f Surface prep.
.46 f Spray torch
.47 f > 10% Fusing temp. ormethod
.48 f Transfer mode f Transfer mode f Transfer mode
.49 f Torch orifice dia. f Torch orifice dia.
.52 f Filler metal del. f Filler metal del.
QW-410Technique
Legend:+ Addition > Increase /greater than ↑ Uphill ← Forehand f Change− Deletion < Decrease / less than ↓ Downhill → Backhand
35
QW-258 1998 SECTION IX
QW-258WELDING VARIABLES PROCEDURE SPECIFICATIONS (WPS)
Electroslag Welding (ESW)
SupplementaryParagraph Brief of Variables Essential Essential Nonessential
.1 f Groove design X
.10 f Root spacing X
.11 6 Retainers X
QW-402Joints
.1 f P-Number X
.4 f Group Number X
.9 t Pass > 1⁄2 in. X
.13 f P-No. 5/9/10 X
QW-403BaseMetals
.4 f F-Number X
.5 f A-Number X
.6 f Diameter X
.12 f AWS class. X
.17 f Flux type or comp. X
.18 f Wire to plate X
.19 f Consum. guide X
.33 f AWS class. X
QW-404FillerMetals
.1 f PWHT X
.2 f PWHT (T & T range) X
.4 T Limits X
QW-407PWHT
QW-409 .5 f 615% I & E range XElectricalCharacteristics
.5 f Method cleaning X
.7 f Oscillation X
.10 f Single to multi electrodes X
.15 f Electrode spacing X
.26 6 Peening X
QW-410Technique
Legend:+ Addition > Increase /greater than ↑ Uphill ← Forehand f Change− Deletion < Decrease / less than ↓ Downhill → Backhand
36
PROCEDURE QUALIFICATIONS QW-258.1
QW-258.1WELDING VARIABLES PROCEDURE SPECIFICATIONS (WPS)
Electroslag Welding (ESW)
Special Process Essential Variables
Paragraph
Hardfacing Corrosion-ResistantOverlay Overlay
(QW-216) (QW-214)
QW-402 .16 < Finished tJoints
.20 f P-Number
.23 f T Qualified
QW-403BaseMetals
.24 6 Supplementalf
.37 f A-Number
.39 f Nom. flux comp.
QW-404FillerMetals
QW-406 .4 Dec. > 100°FPreheat preheat
> Interpass
QW-407 .6 f PWHTPWHT
.4 f Current or polarity
.26 > Heat inputmore than 10%
QW-409ElectricalCharacteristics
.38 f Multi- tosingle-layer
.40 − Sup. device
.50 f No. of elec.
.51 6 Oscillation
QW-410Technique
Legend:+ Addition > Increase/greater than ↑ Uphill ← Forehand f Change− Deletion < Decrease/less than ↓ Downhill → Backhand
37
QW-259 1998 SECTION IX
QW-259WELDING VARIABLES PROCEDURE SPECIFICATIONS (WPS)
Electrogas Welding (EGW)1
SupplementaryParagraph Brief of Variables Essential Essential Nonessential
.1 f Groove design X
.10 f Root spacing X
.11 6 Retainers X
QW-402Joints
.1 f P-Number X
.5 f Group Number X
.6 T Limits X
.8 f T Qualified X
.9 t Pass > 1⁄2 in. X
.13 f P-No. 5/9/10 X
QW-403BaseMetal
.4 f F-Number X
QW-404 .5 f A-Number XFillerMetals .6 f Diameter X
.12 f AWS class. X
.23 f Filler metal Xproduct form
.33 f AWS class. X
QW-406 .1 Decrease > 100°F XPreheat
.1 f PWHT XQW-407PWHT .2 f PWHT (T & T range) X
.4 T Limits X
QW-408 .2 f Single, mixture, or % XGas
.3 f Flow rate X
.1 > Heat input XQW-409ElectricalCharacteristics
.4 f Current or polarity X X
.8 f I & E range X
.5 f Method cleaning X
.7 f Oscillation X
.8 f Tube-work distance X
QW-410 .9 f Multi to single pass/ side X XTechnique
.10 f Single to multi electrodes X
.15 f Electrode spacing X
.26 6 Peening X
Legend:+ Addition > Increase /greater than ↑ Uphill ← Forehand f Change− Deletion < Decrease / less than ↓ Downhill → Backhand
NOTE:(1) Automated vertical gas metal-arc welding for vertical position only.
38
PROCEDURE QUALIFICATIONS QW-260
QW-260WELDING VARIABLES PROCEDURE SPECIFICATIONS (WPS)
Electron Beam Welding (EBW)
SupplementaryParagraph Brief of Variables Essential Essential Nonessential
.1 f Groove design X
.2 6 Backing X
.6 > Fit-up gap X
QW-402Joints
.1 f P-Number X
.3 f Penetration X
.13 f P-No. 5/9/10 X
.15 f P-Number X
QW-403BaseMetals
.1 f Cross section or speed X
.2 < t or f comp. X
.8 6 or f Chem. comp. X
.14 6 Filler X
.20 f Method of addition X
.21 f Analysis X
.33 f AWS class. X
QW-404FillerMetals
QW-406.1 Decrease > 100°F X
Preheat
QW-407.1 f PWHT X
PWHT
QW-408.6 f Environment X
Gas
.6 f I, E, speed, distance, osc. X
.7 f Pulsing frequency X
QW-409ElectricalCharacteristics
.5 f Method cleaning X
.7 f Oscillation X
.14 f Angle of beam axis X
.17 f Type equip. X
.18 > Pressure of vacuum X
.19 f Filament type, size, etc. X
.20 + Wash pass X
.21 1 vs. 2 side welding X
QW-410Technique
Legend:+ Addition > Increase /greater than ↑ Uphill ← Forehand f Change− Deletion < Decrease / less than ↓ Downhill → Backhand
39
QW-261 1998 SECTION IX
QW-261WELDING VARIABLES PROCEDURE SPECIFICATIONS (WPS)
Stud Welding
SupplementaryParagraph Brief of Variables Essential Essential Nonessential
.8 f Stud shape size X
.9 f Flux or ferrule X
QW-402Joints
QW-403 .17 f Base metal or stud metal P- XBase Metal No.
QW-405 .1 + Position XPositions
QW-406 .1 Decrease > 100°F XPreheat
QW-407 .1 f PWHT XPWHT
QW-408 .2 f Single, mixture, or % XGas
.4 f Current or polarity X X
.8 f I & E range X
.9 f Arc timing X
.10 f Amperage X
.11 f Power source X
QW-409ElectricalCharacteristics
QW-410 .22 f Gun model or lift XTechnique
Legend:+ Addition > Increase/greater than ↑ Uphill ← Forehand f Change− Deletion < Decrease/less than ↓ Downhill → Backhand
40
PROCEDURE QUALIFICATIONS QW-262
QW-262WELDING VARIABLES PROCEDURE SPECIFICATIONS (WPS)
Inertia and Continuous Drive Friction Welding
SupplementaryParagraph Brief of Variables Essential Essential Nonessential
.12 f 6 10 deg. X
f Cross section > 10% X
f O. D. > 610% X
f Solid-to-tube X
QW-402Joint
QW-403.19 f Base metal X
Base Metal
QW-406.1 f Decrease > 100°F X
Preheat
QW-407.1 f PWHT X
PWHT
QW-408.6 f Environment X
Gas
.27 f Spp. > 610% X
.28 f Load > 610% X
.29 f Energy > 610% X
.30 f Upset > 610% X
QW-410Technique
Legend:+ Addition > Increase /greater than ↑ Uphill ← Forehand f Change− Deletion < Decrease / less than ↓ Downhill → Backhand
41
QW-263 1998 SECTION IX
QW-263WELDING VARIABLES PROCEDURE SPECIFICATIONS (WPS)
RESISTANCE WELDING
Paragraph Brief of Variables Essential Nonessential
.13 f Spot, projection, seam X
.14 f Overlap, spacing X
.15 f Projection shape, size X
QW-402Joints
.1 f P-No. X
.21 6 Coating, plating X
.22 6 T X
QW-403Base Metals
QW-406.6 f Amplitude, cycles X
Preheat
QW-407.5 f PWHT X
PWHT
.13 f RWMA class X
.14 6 f Slope X
.15 f Pressure, current, time X
.16 Timing X
.17 f Power supply X
.18 Tip cleaning X
QW-409Electrical
.31 f Cleaning method X
.32 f Pressure, time X
.33 f Equipment X
.34 f Cooling medium X
.35 f Throat X
QW-410Technique
Legend:+ Addition > Increase /greater than ↑ Uphill ← Forehand f Change− Deletion < Decrease / less than ↓ Downhill → Backhand
42
PROCEDURE QUALIFICATIONS QW-264
QW-264WELDING VARIABLES PROCEDURE SPECIFICATIONS (WPS)
Laser Beam Welding (LBW)
SupplementaryParagraph Brief of Variables Essential Essential Nonessential
.1 f Groove design X
.2 6 Backing X
.6 > Fit-up gap X
QW-402Joints
.1 f P-Number X
.3 f Penetration X
.13 f P-No. 5/9/10 X
.15 f P-Number X
QW-403BaseMetals
.1 f Cross section or speed X
.2 < t or f comp. X
.8 6 or f Chem. comp. X
.14 6 Filler X
.20 f Method of addition X
.21 f Analysis X
.33 f AWS class. X
QW-404FillerMetals
QW-406 .1 Decrease > 100°F XPreheat
QW-407 .1 f PWHT XPWHT
.2 f Single, mixture, or % X
.6 f Environment X
.11 6 Gases X
.12 f > 5% Gases X
.13 f Plasma jet position X
QW-408Gas
.19 f Pulse X
.20 f Mode, energy X
.21 f Power, speed, d/fl, distance X
QW-409ElectricalCharacteristics
.5 f Method cleaning X
.7 f Oscillation X
.14 f Angle of beam axis X
.17 f Type equip. X
.20 + Wash pass X
.21 1 vs. 2 side welding X
.37 f Single to mult. pass X
QW-410Technique
Legend:+ Addition > Increase /greater than ↑ Uphill ← Forehand f Change− Deletion < Decrease / less than ↓ Downhill → Backhand
43
QW-264.1 1998 SECTION IX
QW-264.1WELDING VARIABLES PROCEDURE SPECIFICATIONS (WPS)
Laser Beam Welding (LBW)
Special Process Essential Variables
Paragraph
Hardfacing Corrosion-ResistantOverlay Overlay
(QW-216) (QW-214)
QW-402 .16 < finished t < finished tJoints
.13 f P-Number 5/9/10 f P-Number 5/9/10
.20 f P-Number f P-Number
QW-403BaseMetals
.12 f AWS class. f AWS class.
.27 f Alloy elements f Alloy elements
.44 f Particle type f Particle type
.47 f Filler /powder f Filler /powdermetal size metal size
.48 f Powder metal f Powder metaldensity density
.49 f Filler /powder f Filler /powdermetal feed rate metal feed rate
QW-404FillerMetals
QW-405 .1 + Position + PositionPositions
.4 Dec. > 100°F Dec. > 100°Fpreheat preheat
> Interpass > Interpass
QW-406Preheat
QW-407 .6 f PWHT f PWHTPWHT
.2 f Single, mixture, or % f Single, mixture, or %
.6 f Environment f Environment
.11 6 Gases 6 Gases
.12 f % flow rate f % flow rate
.13 f Plasma jet position f Plasma jet position
QW-408Gas
.19 f Pulse f Pulse
.20 f Mode, energy f Mode, energy
.21 f Power, speed, d/fl, f Power speed, d/fl,distance distance
QW-409ElectricalCharacteristics
.7 f Oscillation f Oscillation
.14 f Angle of beam axis f Angle of beam axis
.17 f Type equip. f Type equip.
.38 f Multi- to single-layer f Multi- to single-layer
.45 f Method of surface f Method of surfaceprep. prep.
.52 f Filler metal delivery f Filler metal delivery
.53 f Overlap, spacing f Overlap, spacing
QW-410Technique
Legend:+ Addition > Increase /greater than f Change− Deletion < Decrease / less than
44
ASME B&PVC sec9$$$u11 05-14-99 09:17:18 pd: sec9 Rev 14.04
QW-283 PROCEDURE QUALIFICATIONS QW-286
QW-283 Welds With Buttering
QW-283.1 Scope.This paragraph only applies whenthe essential variables for the buttering process aredifferent than the essential variables for the processused for subsequent completion of the joint. Commonexamples are:
(1) the buttered member is heat treated and thecompleted weld is not heat treated after welding; and
(2) the filler metal used for buttering has a differentF-number from that used for the subsequent completionof the weld.
QW-283.2 Tests Required.The procedure shall bequalified by buttering the test coupon (including heattreating of the buttered member when this will be donein production welding) and then making the subsequentweld joining the members. The variables for the but-tering and for the subsequent weld shall be in accordancewith QW-250, except that QW-409.1 shall be an essen-tial variable for the welding process(es) used to completethe weld when the minimum buttering thickness is lessthan 3/16 in. (4.8 mm). Mechanical testing of thecompleted weldment shall be in accordance with QW-202.2(a).
If the buttering is done with filler metal of the samecomposition as the filler metal used to complete theweld, one weld test coupon may be used to qualifythe dissimilar metal joint by welding the first memberdirectly to the second member in accordance withSection IX.
QW-283.3 Buttering Thickness. The thickness ofbuttering which shall remain on the production butteredmember after all machining and grinding is completedand before subsequent completion of the joint shall berequired by the WPS. When this thickness is less than3/16 in. (4.8 mm), the thickness of buttering on thetest coupon shall be measured before the butteredmember is welded to the second member. This thicknessshall become the minimum qualified thickness of but-tering.
QW-283.4 Multiple Organizations. When one orga-nization butters a member and a second organizationcompletes the weld, the second organization shall alsoqualify the procedure in accordance with QW-283. Thebuttering thickness shall not be greater, nor the heatinput higher than that which was qualified by the firstorganization. The second organization may substituteany base metal which has an assigned P-Number anda chemical analysis nominally matching the chemicalanalysis of the buttering weld metal for the butteredbase metal of the procedure qualification test coupon.
45
QW-284 Resistance Welding MachineQualification
Each resistance welding machine shall be tested todetermine its ability to make welds consistently andreproducibly. A machine shall be requalified wheneverit is rebuilt, moved to a new location requiring a changein power supply, when the power supply is changed,or any other significant change is made to the equipment.Spot and projection welding machine qualification test-ing shall consist of making a set of 100 consecutivewelds. Every fifth of these welds shall be subjectedto mechanical shear tests. Five welds, which shallinclude one of the first five and one of the last fiveof the set shall be metallographically examined. Seamwelding machine qualification testing shall be the sameas procedure qualification testing required per QW-286.Maintenance or adjustment of the welding machineshall not be permitted during welding of a set of testwelds. Qualification testing on any P-No. 21 throughP-No. 25 aluminum alloy shall qualify the machine forall materials. Qualification on P-No. 1 through P-No.11 iron-base alloys and any P-No. 41 through P-No.47 nickel-base alloys shall qualify the machine for allP-No. 1 through P-No. 11 and P-No. 41 through P-No. 47 metals. Testing and acceptance criteria shallbe in accordance with QW-196.
QW-285 Resistance Spot and Projection WeldProcedure Qualification
Procedure qualification testing for spot or projectionwelds shall be done following a Welding ProcedureSpecification, and it shall consist of making a set of10 consecutive welds. Five of these welds shall besubjected to mechanical shear tests and five to metallo-graphic examination. Examination, testing, and accept-ance criteria shall be in accordance with QW-196.
QW-286 Resistance Seam Weld ProcedureQualification
Plates shall be prepared by welding or brazing apipe nipple to one of the plates at a hole in one ofthe plates, and then the plates shall be welded aroundthe edges, sealing the space between the plates asshown in QW-462.7. The space between the platesshall be pressurized until failure occurs. The procedurequalification is acceptable if failure occurs in the basemetal. An additional seam weld at least 6 in. (152 mm)long shall be made between plates of the same thickness
98
A99
ASME B&PVC sec9$$$u11 05-14-99 09:17:18 pd: sec9 Rev 14.04
QW-286 1998 SECTION IX QW-286
as to be used in production welding, and this plateshall be cut into six approximately equal width stripsand one cross section of each strip shall be metallograph-ically examined and meet the requirements ofQW-196.
46
ARTICLE IIIWELDING PERFORMANCE QUALIFICATIONS
QW-300 GENERAL
QW-300.1 This Article lists the welding processesseparately, with the essential variables which apply towelder and welding operator performance qualifications.
The welder qualification is limited by the essentialvariables given for each welding process. These vari-ables are listed in QW-350, and are defined in ArticleIV Welding Data. The welding operator qualificationis limited by the essential variables given in QW-360for each type of weld.
A welder or welding operator may be qualified byradiography of a test coupon, radiography of his initialproduction welding, or by bend tests taken from a testcoupon except as stated in QW-304 and QW-305.
QW-300.2 The basic premises of responsibility inregard to welding are contained within QW-103 andQW-301.2. These paragraphs require that each manufac-turer or contractor (an assembler or an installer is tobe included within this premise) shall be responsiblefor conducting tests to qualify the performance ofwelders and welding operators in accordance with quali-fied Welding Procedure Specifications, which his organi-zation employs in the construction of weldments builtin accordance with the Code. The purpose of thisrequirement is to ensure that the manufacturer or con-tractor has determined that his welders and weldingoperators using his procedures are capable of developingthe minimum requirements specified for an acceptableweldment. This responsibility cannot be delegated toanother organization.
The welders or welding operators used to producesuch weldments shall be tested under the full supervisionand control of the manufacturer, contractor, assembler,or installer during the production of these test weld-ments. It is not permissible for the manufacturer, con-tractor, assembler, or installer to have the weldingperformed by another organization. It is permissible,however, to subcontract any or all of the work ofpreparation of test materials for welding and subsequent
47
work on the preparation of test specimens from thecompleted weldments, performance of nondestructiveexamination and mechanical tests, provided the manu-facturer, contractor, assembler, or installer accepts fullresponsibility for any such work.
The Code recognizes a manufacturer, contractor, as-sembler, or installer as the organization which hasresponsible operational control of the production of theweldments to be made in accordance with this Code.If in an organization effective operational control ofthe welder performance qualification for two or morecompanies of different names exists, the companiesinvolved shall describe in the Quality Control system,the operational control of performance qualifications.In this case requalification of welders and weldingoperators within the companies of such an organizationwill not be required, provided all other requirementsof Section IX are met.
QW-300.3 More than one manufacturer, contractor,assembler, or installer may simultaneously qualify one ormore welders or welding operators. When simultaneousqualifications are conducted, each participating organiza-tion shall be represented during welding of test couponsby an employee who is responsible for welder perform-ance qualification.
The welding procedure specifications (WPS) whichare followed during simultaneous qualifications shallbe compared by the participating organizations. TheWPSs shall be identical for all the essential variables,except for the preheat temperature and PWHT require-ments. The qualified thickness ranges for base metaland deposited weld metal need not be identical, butthese thicknesses shall be adequate to permit weldingof the test coupons. Alternatively, the participatingorganizations shall agree upon the use of a single WPSprovided each participating organization has a PQR(s)to support the WPS covering the range of variables tobe followed in the performance qualification. Whena single WPS is to be followed, each participatingorganization shall review and accept that WPS.
QW-300.3 1998 SECTION IX QW-302.1
Each participating organization’s representative shallpositively identify each welder or welding operatorwho is being tested. Each organizational representativeshall also verify marking of the test coupon withthe welder’s or welding operator’s identification, andmarking of the top of the test coupon when the orienta-tion must be known in order to remove test specimens.
Each organization’s representative shall perform avisual examination of each completed test coupon andshall examine each test specimen to determine itsacceptability. Alternatively, after visual examination,when the test coupon(s) are prepared and tested by anindependent laboratory, that laboratory’s report may beused as the basis for accepting the test results. Whenthe test coupon(s) is radiographically examined (QW-302.2), the radiographic testing facility’s report may beused as the basis for acceptance of the radiographic test.
Each organizational representative shall complete andsign a Welder /Welding Operator Performance Qualifi-cation (WPQ) Record for each welder or weldingoperator. Form QW-484 (see Nonmandatory AppendixB) has been provided as a guide for the WPQ.
When a welder or welding operator changes employ-ers between participating organizations, the employingorganization shall verify that the welder’s continuityof qualifications has been maintained as required byQW-322 by previous employers since his qualificationdate. If the welder or welding operator has had hisqualification withdrawn for specific reasons, the em-ploying organization shall notify all other participatingorganizations that the welder’s or welding operator’squalification(s) has been revoked in accordance withQW-322.1(b). The remaining participating organizationsshall determine that the welder or welding operatorcan perform satisfactory work in accordance with thisSection.
When a welder’s or welding operator’s qualificationsare renewed in accordance with the provisions of QW-322.2, each renewing organization shall be representedby an employee who is responsible for welder perform-ance qualification. The testing procedures shall followthe rules of this paragraph.
QW-301 Tests
QW-301.1 Intent of Tests. The performance qual-ification tests are intended to determine the ability ofwelders and welding operators to make sound welds.
QW-301.2 Qualification Tests.Each manufactureror contractor shall qualify each welder or weldingoperator for each welding process to be used in produc-tion welding. The performance qualification test shall be
48
welded in accordance with qualified Welding ProcedureSpecifications (WPS), except that when performancequalification is done in accordance with a WPS thatrequires a preheat or postweld heat treatment, thesemay be omitted. Changes beyond which requalificationis required are given in QW-350 for welders andin QW-360 for welding operators. Allowable visual,mechanical, and radiographic examination requirementsare described in QW-304 and QW-305. Retests andrenewal of qualification are given in QW-320.
The welder or welding operator who prepares theWPS qualification test coupons meeting the require-ments of QW-200 is also qualified within the limitsof the performance qualifications, listed in QW-304 forwelders and in QW-305 for welding operators. He isqualified only within the limits for positions specifiedin QW-303.
The performance test may be terminated at any stageof the testing procedure, whenever it becomes apparentto the supervisor conducting the tests that the welderor welding operator does not have the required skillto produce satisfactory results.
QW-301.3 Identification of Welders and WeldingOperators. Each qualified welder and welding operatorshall be assigned an identifying number, letter, orsymbol by the manufacturer or contractor, which shallbe used to identify the work of that welder or weldingoperator.
QW-301.4 Record of Tests. The record ofWelder /Welding Operator Performance Qualification(WPQ) tests shall include the essential variables (QW-350 or QW-360), the type of test and test results, andthe ranges qualified in accordance with QW-452 foreach welder and welding operator. A suggested formfor these records is given in Form QW-484 (see Non-mandatory Appendix B).
QW-302 Type of Test Required
QW-302.1 Mechanical Tests.Except as may bespecified for special processes (QW-380), the type andnumber of test specimens required for mechanical testingshall be in accordance with QW-452. Groove weld testspecimens shall be removed in a manner similar tothat shown in QW-463.2(a) through QW-463.2(h). Filletweld test specimens shall be removed in a mannersimilar to that shown in QW-462.4(a) through QW-462.4(d) and QW-463.2(h).
All mechanical tests shall meet the requirementsprescribed in QW-160 or QW-180, as applicable.
ASME B&PVC sec9$$$u15 04-10-99 08:20:59 pd: sec9
QW-302.2 PERFORMANCE QUALIFICATIONS QW-304.1
QW-302.2 Radiographic Examination. When thewelder or welding operator is qualified by radiographicexamination, as permitted in QW-304 for welders andQW-305 for welding operators, the minimum lengthof coupon(s) to be examined shall be 6 in. (152 mm)and shall include the entire weld circumference forpipe(s), except that for small diameter pipe, multiplecoupons may be required, but the number need notexceed four consecutively made test coupons. Theradiographic technique and acceptance criteria shall bein accordance with QW-191.
QW-302.3 Test Coupons in Pipe.For test couponsmade on pipe in position 1G or 2G of QW-461.4, twospecimens shall be removed as shown for bend speci-mens in QW-463.2(d) or QW-463.2(e), omitting thespecimens in the upper-right and lower-left quadrants,and replacing the root-bend specimen in the upper-leftquadrant of QW-463.2(d) with a face-bend specimen.For test coupons made on pipe in position 5G or 6Gof QW-461.4, specimens shall be removed in accordancewith QW-463.2(d) or QW-463.2(e) and all four speci-mens shall pass the test. For test coupons made inboth positions 2G and 5G on a single pipe test coupon,specimens shall be removed in accordance with QW-463.2(f) or QW-463.2(g).
QW-302.4 Visual Examination. For plate couponsall surfaces (except areas designated “discard”) shallbe examined visually per QW-194 before cutting of bendspecimens. Pipe coupons shall be visually examinedper QW-194 over the entire circumference, inside andoutside.
QW-303 Limits of Qualified Positions andDiameters(See QW-461)
QW-303.1 Groove Welds — General.Welders andwelding operators who pass the required tests for groovewelds in the test positions of QW-461.9 shall bequalified for the positions of groove welds and filletwelds shown in QW-461.9. In addition, welders andwelding operators who pass the required tests for groovewelds shall also be qualified to make fillet welds inall thicknesses and pipe diameters of any size withinthe limits of the welding variables of QW-350 or QW-360, as applicable.
QW-303.2 Fillet Welds — General. Welders andwelding operators who pass the required tests for filletwelds in the test positions of QW-461.9 shall bequalified for the positions of fillet welds shown in QW-461.9. Welders and welding operators who pass thetests for fillet welds shall be qualified to make fillet
49
welds only in the thicknesses of material, sizes of filletwelds, and diameters of pipe and tube 27⁄8 in. (73 mm)O.D. and over, as shown in QW-452.5, within theapplicable essential variables. Welders and weldingoperators who make fillet welds on pipe or tube lessthan 27⁄8 in. (73 mm) O.D. must pass the pipe filletweld test per QW-452.4 or the required mechanicaltests in QW-304 and QW-305 as applicable.
QW-303.3 Special Positions.A fabricator who doesproduction welding in a special orientation may makethe tests for performance qualification in this specificorientation. Such qualifications are valid only for theflat position and for the special positions actually tested,except that an angular deviation of615 deg. is permittedin the inclination of the weld axis and the rotation ofthe weld face, as defined in QW-461.1 and QW-461.2.
QW-303.4 Stud-Weld Positions.Qualification in the4S position also qualifies for the 1S position. Qualifica-tion in the 4S and 2S positions qualifies for all positions.
QW-304 Welders
Except for the special requirements of QW-380, eachwelder who welds under the rules of the Code shallhave passed the mechanical and visual examinationsprescribed in QW-302.1 and QW-302.4 respectively.Alternatively, welders making a groove weld usingSMAW, SAW, GTAW, PAW, and GMAW (exceptshort-circuiting mode) or a combination of these pro-cesses, may be qualified by radiographic examination,except for P-No. 21 through P-No. 25, P-No. 51 throughP-No. 53, and P-No. 61 through P-No. 62 metals.Welders making groove welds in P-No. 21 through P-No. 25 and P-No. 51 through P-No. 53 metals with theGTAW process may also be qualified by radiographicexamination. The radiographic examination shall be inaccordance with QW-302.2.
A welder qualified to weld in accordance with onequalified WPS is also qualified to weld in accordancewith other qualified WPSs, using the same weldingprocess, within the limits of the essential variables ofQW-350.
QW-304.1 Examination.Welds made in test couponsfor performance qualification may be examined byvisual and mechanical examinations (QW-302.1, QW-302.4) or by radiography (QW-302.2) for the process(es)and mode of arc transfer specified in QW-304. Alterna-tively, a 6 in. (152 mm) length of the first productionweld made by a welder using the process(es) and/ormode of arc transfer specified in QW-304 may bequalified by radiography.
A99
ASME B&PVC sec9$$$u15 04-10-99 08:20:59 pd: sec9
A99
QW-304.2 1998 SECTION IX QW-310.3
QW-304.2 Failure to Meet Radiographic Stan-dards. If a production weld is selected for welderperformance qualification and it does not meet theradiographic standards, the welder has failed the test.In this event, the entire production weld made by thiswelder shall be radiographed and repaired by a qualifiedwelder or welding operator. Alternatively, retests maybe made as permitted in QW-320.
QW-305 Welding Operators
Except for the special requirements of QW-380, eachwelding operator who welds under the rules of thisCode shall have passed the mechanical and visualexaminations prescribed in QW-302.1 and QW-302.4respectively. Alternatively, welding operators makinga groove weld using SMAW, SAW, GTAW, PAW,EGW, and GMAW (except short-circuiting mode) ora combination of these processes, may be qualified byradiographic examination, except for P-No. 21 throughP-No. 25, P-No. 51 through P-No. 53, and P-No. 61through P-No. 62 metals. Welding operators makinggroove welds in P-No. 21 through P-No. 25 and P-No. 51 through P-No. 53 metals with the GTAW processmay also be qualified by radiographic examination. Theradiographic examination shall be in accordance withQW-302.2.
A welding operator qualified to weld in accordancewith one qualified WPS is also qualified to weld inaccordance with other qualified WPSs within the limitsof the essential variables of QW-360.
QW-305.1 Examination.Welds made in test couponsmay be examined by radiography (QW-302.2) or byvisual and mechanical examinations (QW-302.1, QW-302.4). Alternatively, a 3 ft (0.9 m) length of the firstproduction weld made entirely by the welding operatorin accordance with a qualified WPS may be examinedby radiography.
QW-305.2 Failure to Meet Radiographic Stan-dards. If a portion of a production weld is selectedfor welding operator performance qualification, and itdoes not meet the radiographic standards, the weldingoperator has failed the test. In this event, the entireproduction weld made by this welding operator shallbe radiographed completely and repaired by a qualifiedwelder or welding operator. Alternatively, retests maybe made as permitted in QW-320.
QW-306 Combination of Welding Processes
Each welder or welding operator shall be qualifiedwithin the limits given in QW-301 for the specific
50
welding process(es) he will be required to use inproduction welding. A welder or welding operatormay be qualified by making tests with each individualwelding process in separate test coupons, or with acombination of welding processes in a single test cou-pon. Two or more welders or welding operators, eachusing the same or a different welding process, may bequalified in combination in a single test coupon. Forcombination qualifications in a single test coupon, thelimits for thicknesses of deposited weld metal, andbend and fillet testing are given in QW-452 and shallbe considered individually for each welder or weldingoperator for each welding process or whenever thereis a change in an essential variable. A welder or weldingoperator qualified in combination on a single test couponis qualified to weld in production using any of hisprocesses individually or in different combinations,provided he welds within his limits of qualificationwith each specific process.
Failure of any portion of a combination test in asingle test coupon constitutes failure of the entirecombination.
QW-310 QUALIFICATION TEST COUPONS
QW-310.1 Test Coupons.The test coupons may beplate, pipe, or other product forms. When all positionqualifications for pipe are accomplished by weldingone pipe assembly in both the 2G and 5G positions(QW-461.4), 6 in. (DN 150), 8 in. (DN 200), 10 in.(DN 250), or larger diameter pipe shall be employedto make up the test coupon as shown in QW-463.2(f)for 10 in. (DN 250) or larger pipe and in QW-463.2(g)for 6 in. (DN 150) or 8 in. (DN 200) diameter pipe.
QW-310.2 Welding Groove With Backing. Thedimensions of the welding groove on the test couponused in making qualification tests for double-weldedgroove welds or single-welded groove welds with back-ing shall be the same as those for any Welding ProcedureSpecification (WPS) qualified by the manufacturer, orshall be as shown in QW-469.1.
A single-welded groove-weld test coupon with back-ing or a double-welded groove-weld test coupon shallbe considered welding with backing. Partial penetrationgroove welds and fillet welds are considered weldingwith backing.
QW-310.3 Welding Groove Without Backing.Thedimensions of the welding groove of the test couponused in making qualification tests for single-weldedgroove welds without backing shall be the same asthose for any WPS qualified by the manufacturer, oras shown in QW-469.2.
QW-320 PERFORMANCE QUALIFICATIONS QW-322.1
QW-320 RETESTS AND RENEWAL OFQUALIFICATION
QW-321 Retests
A welder or welding operator who fails one or moreof the tests prescribed in QW-304 or QW-305, asapplicable, may be retested under the following condi-tions.
QW-321.1 Immediate Retest Using Visual Exami-nation. When the qualification coupon has failed thevisual examination of QW-302.4, retesting shall be byvisual examination before conducting the mechanicaltesting.
When an immediate retest is made, the welder orwelding operator shall make two consecutive test cou-pons for each position which he has failed, all of whichshall pass the visual examination requirements.
The examiner may select one of the successful testcoupons from each set of retest coupons which passthe visual examination for conducting the mechanicaltesting.
QW-321.2 Immediate Retest Using MechanicalTesting. When the qualification coupon has failed themechanical testing of QW-302.1, retesting shall be bymechanical testing.
When an immediate retest is made, the welder orwelding operator shall make two consecutive test cou-pons for each position which he has failed, all of whichshall pass the test requirements.
QW-321.3 Immediate Retest Using Radiography.When the qualification coupon has failed the radio-graphic examination of QW-302.2, the immediate retestshall be by the radiographic examination method.
(a) For welders and welding operators the retest shallbe to radiographically examine two 6 in. (152 mm)plate coupons; for pipe, to examine two pipes for atotal of 12 in. (305 mm) of weld, which shall includethe entire weld circumference for pipe or pipes (forsmall diameter pipe the total number of consecutivelymade test coupons need not exceed eight).
(b) At the option of the manufacturer, the welderwho has failed the (production weld alternative) testin QW-304.1 may be retested by radiographing anadditional 12 in. (305 mm) length of the same productionweld. If this length of weld passes the test, the welderis qualified and the area of weld on which he hadpreviously failed the test shall be repaired by him oranother qualified welder.
51
If this 12 in. (305 mm) length does not meet theradiographic standards, the welder has failed the retestand all of the production welds made by this weldershall be radiographed completely and repaired by aqualified welder or welding operator.
(c) At the option of the manufacturer, the weldingoperator who has failed the test in QW-305.2 may beretested by radiographing an additional 6 ft (1.8 m)length of the same production weld. If this length ofweld passes the test, the welding operator is qualifiedand the area of weld on which he had previously failedthe test shall be repaired by him or another qualifiedwelder or welding operator. If this 6 ft (1.8 m) lengthdoes not meet the radiographic standards, the weldingoperator has failed the retest and all of the productionwelds made by this welding operator shall be radio-graphed completely and repaired by a qualified welderor welding operator.
QW-321.4 Further Training. When the welder orthe welding operator has had further training or practice,a new test shall be made for each position on whichhe failed to meet the requirements.
QW-322 Expiration and Renewal ofQualification
QW-322.1 Expiration of Qualification. The per-formance qualification of a welder or welding operatorshall be affected when one of the following conditionsoccurs:
(a) When he has not welded with a process duringa period of 6 months or more, his qualifications forthat process shall expire; unless, within the six monthperiod, prior to his expiration of qualification,
(1) a welder has welded using a manual or semiau-tomatic welding process which will maintain his quali-fication for manual and semiautomatic welding withthat process;
(2) a welding operator has welded with a machineor automatic welding process which will maintain hisqualification for machine and automatic welding withthat process.
(b) When there is a specific reason to question hisability to make welds that meet the specification, thequalifications which support the welding he is doingshall be revoked. All other qualifications not questionedremain in effect.
QW-322.2 1998 SECTION IX QW-354
QW-322.2 Renewal of Qualification(a) Renewal of qualification expired under QW-
322.1(a) above may be made for any process by weldinga single test coupon of either plate or pipe, of anymaterial, thickness or diameter, in any position, andby testing of that coupon as required by QW-301 andQW-302. A successful test renews the welder or weldingoperator’s previous qualifications for that process forthose materials, thicknesses, diameters, positions, andother variables for which he was previously qualified.
Providing the conditions of QW-304 and QW-305are satisfied, renewal of qualification under QW-322.1(a)may be done on production work.
(b) Welders and welding operators whose qualifica-tions have been revoked under QW-322.1(b) aboveshall requalify. Qualification shall utilize a test couponappropriate to the planned production work. The couponshall be welded and tested as required by QW-301 andQW-302. Successful test restores the qualification.
QW-350 WELDING VARIABLES FORWELDERS
QW-351 General
A welder shall be requalified whenever a change ismade in one or more of the essential variables listedfor each welding process.
Where a combination of welding processes is requiredto make a weldment, each welder shall be qualifiedfor the particular welding process or processes he willbe required to use in production welding. A weldermay be qualified by making tests with each individualwelding process, or with a combination of weldingprocesses in a single test coupon.
The limits of deposited weld metal thickness forwhich he will be qualified are dependent upon thethickness of the weld he deposits with each weldingprocess, exclusive of any weld reinforcement, this thick-ness shall be considered the test coupon thickness asgiven in QW-452.
In any given production weldment, welders may notdeposit a thickness greater than that permitted by QW-452 for each welding process in which they are qualified.
52
QW-352 OXYFUEL GAS WELDING (OFW)Essential Variables
Paragraph Brief of Variables
QW-402.7 + Backing
Joints
.2 Maximum qualified
.18 f P-Number
QW-403Base Metals
.14 6 Filler
.15 f F-Number
.31 f t Weld deposit
QW-404Filler Metals
QW-405.1 + Position
Positions
QW-408.7 f Type fuel gas
Gas
QW-353 SHIELDED METAL-ARC WELDING (SMAW)Essential Variables
Paragraph Brief of Variables
QW-402.4 − Backing
Joints
.16 f Pipe diameter
.18 f P-Number
QW-403Base Metals
.15 f F-Number
.30 f t Weld deposit
QW-404Filler Metals
.1 + Position
.3 f ↑ ↓ Vertical welding
QW-405Positions
QW-354 SEMIAUTOMATIC SUBMERGED-ARCWELDING (SAW)Essential Variables
Paragraph Brief of Variables
.16 f Pipe diameter
.18 f P-Number
QW-403Base Metals
.15 f F-Number
.30 f t Weld deposit
QW-404Filler Metals
QW-405.1 + Position
Positions
QW-355 PERFORMANCE QUALIFICATIONS QW-361.1
QW-355 SEMIAUTOMATIC GAS METAL-ARCWELDING (GMAW)
[This Includes Flux-Corded Arc Welding (FCAW)]Essential Variables
Paragraph Brief of Variables
QW-402 .4 − BackingJoints
.16 f Pipe diameter
.18 f P-NumberQW-403Base Metals
.15 f F-Number
.30 f t Weld deposit
.32 t Limit (S. Cir. Arc.)
QW-404Filler Metals
.1 + Position
.3 f ↑ ↓ Vertical welding
QW-405Positions
QW-408 .8 − Inert backingGas
QW-409 .2 f Transfer modeElectrical
QW-356 MANUAL AND SEMIAUTOMATIC GASTUNGSTEN-ARC WELDING (GTAW)
Essential Variables
Paragraph Brief of Variables
QW-402 .4 − BackingJoints
.16 f Pipe diameter
.18 f P-Number
QW-403Base Metals
.14 6 Filler
.15 f F-Number
.22 6 Inserts
.23 f Solid or metal-coredto flux-cored
.30 f t Weld deposit
QW-404Filler Metals
.1 + Position
.3 f ↑ ↓ Vertical welding
QW-405Positions
QW-408 .8 − Inert backingGas
QW-409 .4 f Current or polarityElectrical
53
QW-357 MANUAL AND SEMIAUTOMATICPLASMA-ARC WELDING (PAW)
Essential Variables
Paragraph Brief of Variables
QW-402 .4 − BackingJoints
.16 f Pipe diameter
.18 f P-NumberQW-403Base Metals
.14 6 Filler
.15 f F-Number
.22 6 Inserts
.23 f Solid or metal-coredto flux-cored
.30 f t Weld deposit
QW-404Filler Metals
.1 + Position
.3 f ↑ ↓ Vertical welding
QW-405Positions
QW-408 .8 − Inert backingGas
Legend for QW-352 through QW-357:f Change ↑ Uphill+ Addition ↓ Downhill− Deletion
QW-360 WELDING VARIABLES FORWELDING OPERATORS
QW-361 General
A welding operator shall be requalified whenever achange is made in one of the following essentialvariables. There may be exceptions or additional require-ments for the processes of QW-362, QW-363, and thespecial processes of QW-380.
QW-361.1 Essential Variables — AutomaticWelding
(a) A change from automatic to machine welding.(b) A change in the welding process.(c) For electron beam and laser welding, the addition
or deletion of filler metal.(d) For laser welding, a change in laser type (e.g.,
a change from CO2 to YAG).(e) For friction welding, a change from continous
drive to inertia welding or vice versa.(f) For electron beam welding, a change from vac-
uum to out-of-vacuum equipment, and vice versa.
QW-361.2 1998 SECTION IX QW-383.1
QW-361.2 Essential Variables — Machine Welding(a) A change in the welding process.(b) A change from direct visual control to remote
visual control and vice-versa.(c) The deletion of an automatic arc voltage control
system for GTAW.(d) The deletion of automatic joint tracking.(e) The addition of welding positions other than
those already qualified (see QW-120, QW-130, andQW-303).
(f) The deletion of consumable inserts, except thatqualification with consumable inserts shall also qualifyfor fillet welds and welds with backing.
(g) The deletion of backing. Double-welded groovewelds are considered welding with backing.
(h) A change from single pass per side to multiplepasses per side but not the reverse.
QW-362 Electron Beam Welding (EBW), LaserBeam Welding (LBW), and FrictionWelding (FRW)
The performance qualification test coupon shall beproduction parts or test coupons that have joint designspermitted by any qualified WPS. The coupon shallbe mechanically tested in accordance with QW-452.Alternatively, when the part or coupon does not readilylend itself to the preparation of bend test specimens,the part may be cut so that at least two full-thicknessweld cross sections are exposed. Those cross sectionsshall be smoothed and etched with a suitable etchant(see QW-470) to give a clear definition of the weldmetal and heat affected zone. The weld metal and heataffected zone shall exhibit complete fusion and freedomfrom cracks. The essential variables for welding operatorqualification shall be in accordance with QW-361.
QW-363 Stud Welding
Stud welding operators shall be performance qualifiedin accordance with the test requirements of QW-193and the position requirements of QW-303.4.
QW-380 SPECIAL PROCESSES
QW-381 Corrosion-Resistant Weld MetalOverlay
(a) The size of test coupons, limits of qualification,required examinations and tests, and test specimensshall be as specified in QW-453.
(b) Welders or welding operators who pass the testsfor corrosion-resistant weld metal overlay cladding shall
54
only be qualified to apply corrosion-resistant weld metaloverlay portion of a groove weld joining compositeclad or lined materials.
(c) The essential variables of QW-350 and QW-360 shall apply for welders and welding operators,respectively, except welders or welding operators shallbe qualified for unlimited maximum deposited thicknessand as otherwise specified in QW-453.
(d) A welder or welding operator who has qualifiedon composite welds in clad or lined material, as providedin QW-383.1(b) is also qualified to deposit corrosion-resistant weld metal overlay.
QW-382 Hard-Facing Weld Metal Overlay(Wear Resistant)
(a) The size of the test coupons, limits of qualifica-tion, required examinations and tests, and test specimensshall be as specified in QW-453. Base material testcoupons may be as permitted in QW-423.
(b) Welders and welding operators who pass thetests for hard-facing weld metal overlay are qualifiedfor hard-facing overlay only.
(c) The essential variable, of QW-350 and QW-360, shall apply for welders and welding operators,respectively, except that there is no limit on the maxi-mum thickness of hard-facing overlay that may beapplied in production and as otherwise specified inQW-453.
(d) Qualification with one AWS classification withinan SFA specification qualifies for all other AWS classi-fications in that SFA specification.
(e) A change in welding process shall require welderand welding operator requalification.
QW-383 Joining of Clad Materials andApplied Linings
QW-383.1 Clad Materials(a) Welders and welding operators who will join the
base material portion of clad materials shall be qualifiedfor groove welding in accordance with QW-301. Weld-ers and welding operators who will apply the claddingportion of a weld between clad materials shall bequalified in accordance with QW-381. Welders andwelding operators need only be qualified for the portionsof composite welds that they will make in production.
(b) As an alternative to (a), welders and weldingoperators may be qualified using composite test coupons.The test coupon shall be at least3⁄8 in. thick and ofdimensions such that a groove weld can be made tojoin the base materials and the corrosion-resistant weldmetal overlay can be applied to the completed groove
ASME B&PVC sec9$$$u15 04-10-99 08:20:59 pd: sec9
QW-383.1 PERFORMANCE QUALIFICATIONS QW-384
weld. Four side bend test specimens shall be removedfrom the completed test coupon and tested. The grooveweld portion and the corrosion-resistant weld metaloverlay portion of the test coupon shall be evaluatedusing the respective criteria in QW-163. Welders andwelding operators qualified using composite test cou-pons are qualified to join base materials as providedby QW-301, and they are qualified to apply corrosion-resistant weld metal overlay as provided by QW-381.
QW-383.2 Applied Linings(a) Welders and welding operators shall be qualified
following the rules for making groove or fillet weldsin accordance with QW-301. Plug welds for attachingapplied linings shall be considered equivalent to filletwelds for the purpose of performance qualification.
(b) An alternate test coupon shall consist of thegeometry to be welded, except the base material neednot exceed 1 in. (25 mm) in thickness. The welded
55
test coupon shall be sectioned and etched to reveal theweld and heat-affected zone. The weld shall showpenetration into the base metal.
QW-384 Resistance Welding OperatorQualification
Each welding operator shall be tested on each machinetype which he will use. Qualification testing on anyP-No. 21 through P-No. 25 metal shall qualify theoperator for all materials. Qualification on any P-No.1 through P-No. 11 or any P-No. 41 through P-No.47 metals shall qualify the operator for all P-No. 1through P-No. 11 or P-No. 41 through P-No. 47 metals.Qualification testing shall consist of making a set of10 consecutive welds, five of which shall be subjectedto mechanical shear tests or peel tests, and five tometallographic examination. Examination, testing, andacceptance criteria shall be in accordance with QW-196.
A99
ARTICLE IVWELDING DATA
QW-400 VARIABLES
QW-401 General
Each welding variable described in this Article isapplicable as an essential, supplemental essential, ornonessential variable for procedure qualification whenreferenced in QW-250 for each specific welding process.Essential variables for performance qualification arereferenced in QW-350 for each specific welding process.A change from one welding process to another weldingprocess is an essential variable and requires requalifi-cation.
QW-401.1 Essential Variable (Procedure). Achange in a welding condition which will affect themechanical properties (other than notch toughness) ofthe weldment (for example, change in P-Number, weld-ing process, filler metal, electrode, preheat or postweldheat treatment, etc.).
QW-401.2 Essential Variable (Performance).Achange in a welding condition which will affect theability of a welder to deposit sound weld metal (suchas a change in welding process, deletion of backing,electrode, F-Number, technique, etc.).
QW-401.3 Supplemental Essential Variable (Pro-cedure). A change in a welding condition which willaffect the notch-toughness properties of a weldment(for example, change in welding process, uphill or downvertical welding, heat input, preheat or PWHT, etc.).
When a procedure has been previously qualified tosatisfy all requirements other than notch toughness, itis then necessary only to prepare an additional testcoupon using the same procedure with the same essentialvariables, but additionally with all of the requiredsupplementary essential variables, with the coupon longenough to provide the necessary notch-toughness spec-imens.
When a procedure has been previously qualified tosatisfy all requirements including notch toughness, butone or more supplementary essential variable is changed,
57
then it is only necessary to prepare an additional testcoupon using the same welding procedure and the newsupplementary essential variable(s), with the couponlong enough to provide the necessary notch-toughnessspecimens. If a previously qualified weld procedurehas satisfactory notch-toughness values in the weldmetal, then it is necessary only to test notch-toughnessspecimens from the heat affected zone when such arerequired.
QW-401.4 Nonessential Variable (Procedure).Achange in a welding condition which willnot affectthe mechanical properties of a weldment (such as jointdesign, method of back gouging or cleaning, etc.)
QW-401.5 The welding data includes the weldingvariables grouped as joints, base metals, filler metals,position, preheat, postweld heat treatment, gas, electricalcharacteristics, and technique. For convenience, vari-ables for each welding process are summarized in QW-416 for performance qualification.
QW-402 Joints
QW-402.1 A change in the type of groove (Vee-groove, U-groove, single-bevel, double-bevel, etc.).
QW-402.2 The addition or deletion of a backing.
QW-402.3 A change in the nominal composition ofthe backing.
QW-402.4 The deletion of the backing in single-welded groove welds. Double-welded groove welds areconsidered welding with backing.
QW-402.5 The addition of a backing or a changein its nominal composition.
QW-402.6 An increase in the fit-up gap, beyondthat initially qualified.
QW-402.7 1998 SECTION IX QW-403.5
QW-402.7 The addition of backing.
QW-402.8 A change in nominal size or shape ofthe stud at the section to be welded.
QW-402.9 In stud welding, a change in shieldingas a result of ferrule or flux type.
QW-402.10 A change in the specified root spacing.
QW-402.11 The addition or deletion of nonmetallicretainers or nonfusing metal retainers.
QW-402.12The welding procedure qualification testshall duplicate the joint configuration to be used inproduction within the limits listed, except that pipe ortube to pipe or tube may be used for qualification ofa pipe or tube to other shapes, and solid round to solidround may be used for qualification of a solid roundto other shapes:
(a) any change exceeding610 deg. in the anglemeasured for the plane of either face to be joined, tothe axis of rotation;
(b) a change in cross-sectional area of the weld jointgreater than 10%;
(c) a change in the outside diameter of the cylindricalweld interface of the assembly greater than610%;
(d) a change from solid to tubular cross section atthe joint or vice versa regardless of (b) above.
QW-402.13 A change in the joint from spot toprojection to seam or vice versa.
QW-402.14 A decrease in the center-to-center dis-tance when the welds overlap. An increase or decreaseof more than 10% in the spacing of the welds whenthey are within two diameters of each other.
QW-402.15 A change in the size or shape of theprojection in projection welding.
QW-402.16 A decrease in the distance between theweld fusion line and the final surface of the productioncorrosion-resistant or hard-facing weld metal overlaybelow the minimum thickness qualified as shown inQW-462.5(a) through QW-462.5(e). There is no limiton the maximum thickness for corrosion-resistant orhard-facing weld metal overlay that may be used inproduction.
QW-402.17 An increase in the thickness of theproduction spray fuse hard-facing deposit above thethickness deposited on the procedure qualification testcoupon.
58
QW-403 Base Metals
QW-403.1 A change from a base metal listed underone P-Number in QW/QB-422 to a metal listed underanother P-Number or to any other base metal. Whenjoints are made between two base metals that havedifferent P-Numbers, a procedure qualification shall bemade for the applicable combination of P-Numbers,even though qualification tests have been made foreach of the two base metals welded to itself.
QW-403.2 The maximum thickness qualified is thethickness of the test coupon.
QW-403.3 Where the measurement of penetrationcan be made by visual or mechanical means, requalifica-tion is required where the base metal thickness differsby 20% from that of the test coupon thickness whenthe test coupon thickness is 1 in. (25 mm) and under,and 10% when the test coupon thickness is over 1 in.(25 mm) Where the measurement of penetration cannotbe made, requalification is required where the basemetal thickness differs by 10% from that of the testcoupon when the test coupon thickness is 1 in. (25 mm)and under, and 5% when the test coupon thickness isover 1 in. (25 mm).
QW-403.4 Welding procedure qualifications shall bemade using a base metal of the same type or gradeor another base metal listed in the same group (seeQW/QB-422) as the base metal to be used in productionwelding. When joints are to be made between basemetals from two different groups, a procedure qualifica-tion must be made for the applicable combination ofbase metals, even though procedure qualification testshave been made for each of the two base metals weldedto itself.
QW-403.5 Welding procedure qualifications shall bemade using a base metal of the same type or gradeor another base metal listed in the same P-Numberand Group Number (see QW/QB-422) as the basemetal to be used in production welding. A procedurequalification shall be made for each P-Number andGroup Number combination of base metals, even thoughprocedure qualification tests have been made for eachof the two base metals welded to itself. If, however,the procedure specification for welding the combinationof base metals specifies the same essential variables,including electrode or filler metal, as both specificationsfor welding each base metal to itself, such that basemetals is the only change, then the procedure specifica-tion for welding the combination of base metals is alsoqualified. In addition, when base metals of two differentP-Number Group Number combinations are qualified
QW-403.5 WELDING DATA QW-403.20
using a single test coupon, that coupon qualifies thewelding of those two P-Number Group Numbers tothemselves as well as to each other using the variablesqualified. This variable does not apply when impacttesting of the heat-affected zone is not required byother Sections.
QW-403.6The minimum base metal thickness quali-fied is the thickness of the test couponT or 5⁄8 in.(16 mm), whichever is less. However, whereT is lessthan 1⁄4 in. (6 mm), the minimum thickness qualifiedis 1⁄2T. This limitation does not apply when a WPS isqualified with a PWHT above the upper transformationtemperature or when an austenitic material is solutionannealed after welding.
QW-403.7 For the multipass processes of shieldedmetal-arc, submerged-arc, gas tungsten-arc, and gasmetal-arc, the maximum thickness qualified for 11⁄2 in.(38 mm) and over thicknessT of the test coupon ofQW-451.1 shall be 8 in. (203 mm) for the conditionsshown in QW-451.1. For thicknesses greater than 8 in.(203 mm), the maximum thicknesses of base metaland deposited weld metal qualified is 1.33T or 1.33t,as applicable.
QW-403.8 A change in base metal thickness beyondthe range qualified in QW-451, except as otherwisepermitted by QW-202.4(b).
QW-403.9 For single-pass or multipass welding inwhich any pass is greater than1⁄2 in. (13 mm) thick,an increase in base metal thickness beyond 1.1 timesthat of the qualification test coupon.
QW-403.10 For the short-circuiting transfer modeof the gas metal-arc process, when the qualificationtest coupon thickness is less than1⁄2 in. (13 mm), anincrease in thickness beyond 1.1 times that of thequalification test coupon. For thicknesses of1⁄2 in.(13 mm) and greater, use QW-451.1 or QW-451.2, asapplicable.
QW-403.11 Base metals specified in the WPS shallbe qualified by a procedure qualification test which wasmade using base metals in accordance with QW-424.
QW-403.12A change from a base metal listed underone P-Number of QW/QB-422 to a base metal listedunder another P-Number. When joints are made betweentwo base metals that have different P-Numbers, requali-fication is required even though the two base metals havebeen independently qualified using the same procedure.When the melt-in technique is used for joining P-No.1, P-No. 3, P-No. 4, and P-No. 5A, a procedurequalification test with one P-Number metal shall also
59
qualify for that P-Number metal welded to each of thelower P-Number metals, but not vice versa.
QW-403.13 A change from one P-No. 5 to anyother P-No. 5 (viz P-No. 5A to P-No. 5B or P-No.5C or vice versa). A change from P-No. 9A to P-No.9B but not vice versa. A change from one P-No. 10to any other P-No. 10 (viz P-No. 10A to P-No. 10Bor P-No. 10C, etc., or vice versa).
QW-403.15Welding procedure qualifications for la-ser beam welding and electron beam welding shall bemade using a base metal of the same type or gradeor another base metal listed in the same P-Number(and the same group where given — see QW/QB-422)as the base metal to be used in production welding.When joints are to be made between base metals fromtwo different P-Numbers (or two different groups), aprocedure qualification must be made for the applicablecombination of base metals even though procedurequalification tests have been made for each of the twobase metals welded to itself.
QW-403.16 A change in the pipe diameter beyondthe range qualified in QW-452, except as otherwisepermitted in QW-303.1, QW-303.2, or when weldingcorrosion-resistant weld metal overlay is performedparallel to the axis of the pipe.
QW-403.17In stud welding, a change in combinationof base metal listed under one P-Number in QW/QB-422 and stud metal P-Number (as defined in Notebelow), or to any other base metal /stud metal combi-nation.
NOTE: Stud metal shall be classified by nominal chemical composi-tion and can be assigned a P-Number when it meets the nominalcomposition of any one of the P-Number metals.
QW-403.18 A change from one P-Number to anyother P-Number or to a base metal not listed in QW/QB-422, except as permitted in QW-423, and in QW-420.2.
QW-403.19 A change to another base material typeor grade (type or grade are materials of the samenominal chemical analysis and mechanical propertyrange, even though of different product form), or toany other base material type or grade. When joints aremade between two different types or grades of basematerial, a procedure qualification must be made forthe applicable combinations of materials, even thoughprocedure qualification tests have been made for eachof the two base materials welded to itself.
QW-403.20A change from a base metal, listed underone P-Number in QW/QB-422, to a metal listed under
QW-403.20 1998 SECTION IX QW-404.10
another P-Number or to any other base metal; from abase metal of one subgroup to any other grouping inP-No. 10 or 11.
QW-403.21 The addition or deletion of a coating,plating or cladding, or a change in the nominal chemicalanalysis or thickness range of the plating or cladding,or a change in type of coating as specified in the WPS.
QW-403.22 A change in the nominal base metalthickness exceeding 5% of any outer sheet thicknessor 10% of the nominal thickness of the total joint fromthat qualified.
QW-403.23A change in base metal thickness beyondthe range qualified in QW-453.
QW-404 Filler Metals
QW-404.1 A change in the cross-sectional area ofthe filler metal added (excluding buttering) or in thewire-feed speed greater than610% beyond that qual-ified.
QW-404.2 A decrease in the thickness or change innominal specified chemical analysis of weld metalbuttering beyond that qualified. (Buttering or surfacingis the deposition of weld metal on one or both facesof the joint prior to preparation of the joint for finalelectron beam welding.)
QW-404.3 A change in the size of the filler metal.
QW-404.4 A change from one F-Number in QW-432 to any other F-Number or to any other filler metalnot listed in QW-432.
QW-404.5 (Applicable only to ferrous metals.) Achange in the chemical composition of the weld depositfrom one A-Number to any other A-Number in QW-442. Qualification with A-No. 1 shall qualify for A-No. 2 and vice versa.
The weld metal chemical composition may be deter-mined by any of the following.
(a) For all welding processes — from the chemicalanalysis of the weld deposit taken from the procedurequalification test coupon.
(b) For SMAW, GTAW, and PAW — from thechemical analysis of the weld deposit prepared accordingto the filler metal specification, or from the chemicalcomposition as reported either in the filler metal specifi-cation or the manufacturer’s or supplier’s certificate ofcompliance.
(c) For GMAW and EGW — from the chemicalanalysis of the weld deposit prepared according tothe filler metal specification or the manufacturer’s or
60
supplier’s certificate of compliance when the shieldinggas used was the same as that used to weld theprocedure qualification test coupon.
(d) For SAW — from the chemical analysis of theweld deposit prepared according to the filler metalspecification or the manufacturer’s or supplier’s certifi-cate of compliance when the flux used was the sameas that used to weld the procedure qualification testcoupon.
In lieu of an A-Number designation, the nominalchemical composition of the weld deposit shall beindicated on the WPS and on the PQR. Designationof nominal chemical composition may also be byreference to the AWS classification (where such exists),the manufacturer’s trade designation, or other estab-lished procurement documents.
QW-404.6 A change in the nominal size of theelectrode or electrodes specified in the WPS.
QW-404.7 A change in the nominal diameter of theelectrode to over1⁄4 in. (6 mm). This limitation doesnot apply when a WPS is qualified with a PWHTabove the upper transformation temperature or whenan austenitic material is solution annealed after welding.
QW-404.8 Addition or deletion, or a change innominal amount or composition of supplementary deoxi-dation material (in addition to filler metal) beyond thatqualified. (Such supplementary metal may be requiredfor weld metal deoxidation for some metals beingwelded.)
QW-404.9(a) A change in the indicator for minimum tensile
strength (e.g., the 7 in F7A2-EM12K) when the fluxwire combination is classified in Section II, Part C.
(b) A change in either the flux trade name or wiretrade name when neither the flux nor the wire isclassified in Section II, Part C.
(c) A change in the flux trade name when the wireis classified in Section II, Part C but the flux is notclassified. A change in the wire classification withinthe requirements of QW-404.5 does not require requali-fication.
(d) A change in the flux trade name for A-No. 8deposits.
QW-404.10 Where the alloy content of the weldmetal is largely dependent upon the composition ofthe flux used, any change in any part of the weldingprocedure which would result in the important alloyingelements in the weld metal being outside of the specifi-cation range of chemistry given in the Welding Proce-dure Specification. If there is evidence that the produc-
QW-404.10 WELDING DATA QW-404.32
tion welds are not being made in accordance with theprocedure specification, the authorized inspector mayrequire that a check be made on the chemical composi-tion of the weld metal. Such a check shall preferablybe made on a production weld.
QW-404.12A change in the SFA specification fillermetal classification or to a filler metal not covered byan SFA specification, or from one filler metal notcovered by an SFA specification to another which isnot covered by an SFA specification.
When a filler metal conforms to an SFA specificationclassification, requalification is not required if a changeis made in any of the following:
(a) from a filler metal which is designated as mois-ture-resistant to one which is not designated as moisture-resistant and vice-versa (i.e., from E7018R to E7018);
(b) from one diffusible hydrogen level to another(i.e., from E7018-H8 to E7018-H16);
(c) for carbon, low alloy, and stainless steel fillermetals having the same minimum tensile strength andthe same nominal chemical composition, a change fromone low hydrogen coating type to another low hydrogencoating type (i.e., a change among EXX15, 16, or 18or EXXX15, 16, or 17 classifications);
(d) from one position-usability designation to anotherfor flux cored electrodes (i.e., a change from E70T-1to E71T-1 or vice versa);
(e) from a classification which requires impact testingto the same classification which has a suffix whichindicates that impact testing was performed at a lowertemperature or exhibited greater toughness at the re-quired temperature or both, as compared to the classifi-cation which was used during procedure qualification(i.e., a change from E7018 to E7018-1).
(f) from the classification qualified to another fillermetal within the same SFA specification when the weldmetal is exempt from Impact Testing by other Sections.
This exemption does not apply to hardfacing andcorrosion-resistant overlays.
QW-404.14 The deletion or addition of filler metal.
QW-404.15 A change from one F-Number in QW-432 to any other F-Number or to any other filler metal,except as permitted in QW-433.
QW-404.17A change in the type of flux or composi-tion of the flux.
QW-404.18A change from wire to plate electrodes,and vice versa.
QW-404.19 A change from consumable guide tononconsumable guide, and vice versa.
61
QW-404.20 Any change in the method by whichfiller metal is added, such as preplaced shim, top strip,wire, wire feed, or prior weld metal buttering of oneor both joint faces.
QW-404.21 For filler metal additions, any changefrom the nominal specified analysis of the filler metalqualified.
QW-404.22The omission or addition of consumableinserts. Qualification in a single-welded butt joint, withor without consumable inserts, qualifies for fillet weldsand single-welded butt joints with backing or double-welded butt joints. Consumable inserts that conform toSFA-5.30, except that the chemical analysis of theinsert conforms to an analysis for any bare wire givenin any SFA specification or AWS Classification, shallbe considered as having the same F-Number as thatbare wire as given in QW-432.
QW-404.23 A change from one of the followingfiller metal product forms to another:
(a) flux cored(b) bare (solid) or metal cored(c) powder
QW-404.24 The addition, deletion, or change ofmore than 10% in the volume of supplemental fillermetal.
QW-404.27 Where the alloy content of the weldmetal is largely dependent upon the composition ofthe supplemental filler metal (including powder fillermetal for PAW), any change in any part of the weldingprocedure which would result in the important alloyingelements in the weld metal being outside of the specifi-cation range of chemistry given in the Welding Proce-dure Specification.
QW-404.29 A change in the flux trade name anddesignation.
QW-404.30A change in deposited weld metal thick-ness beyond the range qualified in QW-451 for proce-dure qualification or QW-452 for performance qualifica-tion, except as otherwise permitted in QW-303.1 andQW-303.2. When a welder is qualified using radiogra-phy, the thickness ranges of QW-452.1 apply.
QW-404.31The maximum thickness qualified is thethickness of the test coupon.
QW-404.32For the low voltage short-circuiting typeof gas metal-arc process when the deposited weld metalthickness is less than1⁄2 in. (13 mm), an increase indeposited weld metal thickness beyond 1.1 times thatof the qualification test deposited weld metal thickness.
QW-404.32 1998 SECTION IX QW-405.4
For weld metal thicknesses of1⁄2 in. (13 mm) andgreater, use QW-451.1 or QW-451.2, or QW-452.1 orQW-452.2, as applicable.
QW-404.33A change in the SFA specification fillermetal classification, or, if not conforming to an AWSfiller metal classification, a change in the manufacturer’strade name for the electrode or filler metal. Whenoptional supplemental designators, such as those whichindicate moisture resistance (i.e., XXXXR), diffusiblehydrogen (i.e., XXXX H16, H8, etc.), and supplementalimpact testing (i.e., XXXX-1 or EXXXXM), are speci-fied on the WPS, only filler metals which conformto the classification with the optional supplementaldesignator(s) specified on the WPS shall be used.
QW-404.34 A change in flux type (i.e., neutral toactive or vice versa) for multilayer deposits in P-No.1 materials.
QW-404.35 A change in the flux/wire classificationor a change in either the electrode or flux trade namewhen not classified in an SFA specification. Requalifica-tion is not required when a wire/flux combinationconforms to an SFA specification and a change is madefrom one diffusible hydrogen level to another (i.e., achange from F7A2-EA1-A1H4 to F7A2-EA1-A1H16).This variable does not apply when the weld metal isexempt from impact testing by other Sections. Thisexemption does not apply to hard facing and corrosion-resistant overlays.
QW-404.36 When flux from recrushed slag is used,each batch or blend, as defined in SFA-5.01, shall betested in accordance with Section II, Part C by eitherthe manufacturer or user, or qualified as an unclassifiedflux in accordance with QW-404.9.
QW-404.37 A change in the composition of thedeposited weld metal from one A-Number in QW-442to any other A-Number, or to an analysis not listedin the table. Each AWS classification of A-No. 8 orA-No. 9 analysis of QW-442, or each nonferrous alloyin QW-432, shall require separate WPS qualification.A-Numbers may be determined in accordance withQW-404.5.
QW-404.38A change in the nominal electrode diame-ter used for the first layer of deposit.
QW-404.39For submerged-arc welding and electro-slag welding, a change in the nominal composition ortype of flux used. Requalification is not required fora change in flux particle size.
QW-404.41 A change of more than 10% in thepowdered metal feed rate recorded on the PQR.
62
QW-404.42A change of more than 5% in the particlesize range of the powder.
QW-404.43A change in the powdered metal particlesize range recorded on the PQR.
QW-404.44A change from a homogeneous powderedmetal to a mechanical mixed powdered metal orvice versa.
QW-404.45 A change in the form of filler metalfrom solid to fabricated wire, flux-cored wire, powderedmetal, or vice versa.
QW-404.46A change in the powder feed rate rangequalified.
QW-404.47A change of more than 10% in the fillermetal size and/or powder metal particle size.
QW-404.48 A change of more than 10% in thepowder metal density.
QW-404.49A change of more than 10% in the fillermetal or powder metal feed rate.
QW-405 Positions
QW-405.1 The addition of other welding positionsthan those already qualified. See QW-120, QW-130,and QW-303.
QW-405.2A change from any position to the verticalposition uphill progression. Vertical-uphill progression(e.g., 3G, 5G, or 6G position) qualifies for all positions.In uphill progression, a change from stringer bead toweave bead. This limitation does not apply when aWPS is qualified with a PWHT above the upper transfor-mation temperature or when an austenitic material issolution annealed after welding.
QW-405.3 A change from upward to downward, orfrom downward to upward, in the progression specifiedfor any pass of a vertical weld, except that the coveror wash pass may be up or down. The root pass mayalso be run either up or down when the root pass isremoved to sound weld metal in the preparation forwelding the second side.
QW-405.4 Except as specified below, the additionof other welding positions than already qualified.
(a) Qualification in the horizontal, vertical, or over-head position shall also qualify for the flat position.Qualification in the horizontal fixed position, 5G, shallqualify for the flat, vertical, and overhead positions.Qualification in the horizontal, vertical, and overheadpositions shall qualify for all positions. Qualification
ASME B&PVC sec9$$$u20 04-28-99 07:13:54 pd: sec9 Rev 14.04
QW-405.4 WELDING DATA QW-407.7
in the inclined fixed position, 6G, shall qualify for allpositions.
(b) A fabricator who does production welding in aparticular orientation may make the tests for procedurequalification in this particular orientation. Such qualifi-cations are valid only for the positions actually tested,except that an angular deviation of615 deg. is permittedin the inclination of the weld axis and the rotation ofthe weld face as defined in QW-461.1. A test specimenshall be taken from the test coupon in each specialorientation.
(c) For hardfacing weld metal overlay, qualificationin the 3G, 5G, or 6G positions, where 5G or 6G pipecoupons include at least one vertical segment completedutilizing the up-hill progression or a 3G plate couponis completed utilizing the up-hill progression, shallqualify for all positions. Chemical analysis, hardness,and macro-etch tests required in QW-453 may be limitedto a single, vertical up-hill overlaid segment as shownin QW-462.5(b).
(d) For hardfacing weld metal overlay, a changefrom vertical down to vertical up-hill progression shallrequire requalification.
QW-406 Preheat
QW-406.1 A decrease of more than 100°F (56°C)in the preheat temperature qualified. The minimumtemperature for welding shall be specified in the WPS.
QW-406.2A change in the maintenance or reductionof preheat upon completion of welding prior to anyrequired postweld heat treatment.
QW-406.3 An increase of more than 100°F (56°C)in the maximum interpass temperature recorded on thePQR. This limitation does not apply when a WPS isqualified with a PWHT above the upper transformationtemperature or when an austenitic material is solutionannealed after welding.
QW-406.4 A decrease of more than 100°F (56°C)in the preheat temperature qualified or an increase inthe maximum interpass temperature recorded on thePQR. The minimum temperature for welding shall bespecifed in the WPS.
QW-406.5A change in the maintenance or reductionof preheat upon completion of spraying and prior tofusing.
QW-406.6 A change of more than 10% in theamplitude or number of preheating cycles from thatqualified.
63
QW-407 Postweld Heat Treatment
QW-407.1 A separate procedure qualification is re-quired for each of the following conditions.
(a) For P-No. 1, P-No. 3, P-No. 4, P-No. 5, P-No.6, P-No. 9, P-No. 10, and P-No. 11 materials, thefollowing postweld heat treatment conditions apply:
(1) No PWHT;(2) PWHT below the lower transformation temper-
ature;(3) PWHT above the upper transformation temper-
ature (e.g., normalizing);(4) PWHT above the upper transformation temper-
ature followed by heat treatment below the lowertransformation temperature (e.g., normalizing or quench-ing followed by tempering);
(5) PWHT between the upper and lower transfor-mation temperatures.
(b) For all other materials, the following postweldheat treatment conditions apply:
(1) No PWHT;(2) PWHT within a specified temperature range.
QW-407.2 A change in the postweld heat treatment(see QW-407.1) temperature and time range.
The procedure qualification test shall be subjectedto PWHT essentially equivalent to that encountered inthe fabrication of production welds, including at least80% of the aggregate times at temperature(s). ThePWHT total time(s) at temperature(s) may be appliedin one heating cycle.
QW-407.4 For a procedure qualification test couponreceiving a postweld heat treatment in which the uppertransformation temperature is exceeded, the maximumqualified thickness for production welds is 1.1 timesthe thickness of the test coupon.
QW-407.5 A separate procedure qualification is re-quired for each of the following conditions:
(a) No PWHT;(b) A change of more than 10% in the number of
post heating cycles following the welding interval;(c) PWHT within a specified temperature and time
range if heat treatment is performed separately fromthe welding operation.
QW-407.6 A change in postweld heat treatmentcondition in QW-407.1 or an increase of 25% or morein total time at postweld heat treating temperature.
QW-407.7A change in the heat treatment temperaturerange qualified if heat treatment is applied after fusing.
A99
A99
A99
A99
ASME B&PVC sec9$$$u20 04-28-99 07:13:54 pd: sec9 Rev 14.04
A99
A99
A99
A99
QW-408 1998 SECTION IX QW-409.2
QW-408 Gas
QW-408.1 The addition or deletion of trailingshielding gas and/or a change in its composition.
QW-408.2 A separate procedure qualification is re-quired for each of the following conditions;
(a) a change from a single shielding gas to any othersingle shielding gas;
(b) a change from a single shielding gas to a mixtureof shielding gasses, and vice versa;
(c) a change in the specified percentage compositionof a shielding gas mixture;
(d) the addition or omission of shielding gas.
QW-408.3 A change in the specified flow rate rangeof the shielding gas or mixture of gases.
QW-408.4 A change in composition and flow ratesof orifice gas and shielding gas.
QW-408.5 The addition or deletion of gas backing,a change in backing gas composition, or a change inthe specified flow rate range of the backing gas.
QW-408.6 Any change of environment shieldingsuch as from vacuum to an inert gas, or vice versa.
QW-408.7 A change in the type of fuel gas.
QW-408.8 The omission of inert gas backing exceptthat requalification is not required when welding asingle-welded butt joint with a backing strip or adouble-welded butt joint or a fillet weld. This exceptiondoes not apply to P-No. 51 through P-No. 53, P-No.61 through P-No. 62, and P-No. 10I metals.
QW-408.9 For groove welds in P-No. 41 throughP-No. 47 and all welds of P-No. 51 through P-No.53, P-No. 61 through P-No. 62, P-No. 10I, P-No. 10J,and P-No. 10K metals, the deletion of backing gas ora change in the nominal composition of the backinggas from an inert to a mixture including non-inertgas(es).
QW-408.10 For P-No. 10I, P-No. 51 through P-No.53, and P-No. 61 through P-No. 62 metals, the deletionof trailing shielding gas, a change in the trailing gascomposition, or a decrease of 10% or more in thetrailing gas flow rate.
QW-408.11The addition or deletion of one or moreof the following: shielding gas, trailing shielding gas,backing gas, or plasma-removing gas.
QW-408.12 A change of more than 5% in the flowrate of one or more of the following: shielding gas,trailer shielding gas, backing gas, and plasma-remov-ing gas.
64
QW-408.13 A change in the position or orientationof plasma-removing gas jet relative to the workpiece(e.g., coaxial transverse to beam).
QW-408.14 A change in the oxygen or fuel gaspressure beyond the range qualified.
QW-408.15 In gas metal-arc welding and gas tung-sten-arc welding: a change from a single gas to anyother single gas or to a mixture of gases, or vice versa;a change in specified percentage composition of gasmixture or omission of shielding gas; a decrease of10% or more in the rate of flow of shielding gas ormixture.
QW-408.16 A change of more than 5% in the flowrate of the plasma-arc gas or powdered metal feed gasrecorded on the PQR.
QW-408.17A change in the plasma-arc gas, shieldinggas, or powdered metal feed gas from a single gas toany other single gas, or to a mixture of gases, orvice versa.
QW-408.18 A change of more than 10% in the gasmixture composition of the plasma-arc gas, shieldinggas, or powdered metal feed gas recorded on the PQR.
QW-408.19 A change in the nominal compositionof the powder feed gas or (plasma-arc spray) plasmagas qualified.
QW-408.20A change of more than 5% in the plasmagas flow rate range qualified.
QW-409 Electrical Characteristics
QW-409.1 An increase in heat input, or an increasein volume of weld metal deposited per unit length ofweld, over that qualified. The increase may be measuredby either of the following:
(a) Heat input (J /in.)
pVoltage × Amperage × 60
Travel Speed (in. / min)
(b) Volume of Weld Metalp an increase in beadsize or a decrease in length of weld bead per unitlength of electrode.
The requirement for measuring the heat input orvolume of deposited weld metal does not apply whenthe WPS is qualified with a PWHT above the uppertransformation temperature or a solution anneal afterwelding austenitic materials.
QW-409.2 A change from spray arc, globular arc,or pulsating arc to short circuiting arc, or vice versa.
ASME B&PVC sec9$$$u20 04-28-99 07:13:54 pd: sec9 Rev 14.04
QW-409.3 WELDING DATA QW-409.26
QW-409.3The addition or deletion of pulsing currentto dc power source.
QW-409.4 A change from ac to dc, or vice versa;and in dc welding, a change from electrode negative(straight polarity) to electrode positive (reverse polarity),or vice versa.
QW-409.5 A change of615% from the amperageor voltage ranges in the qualified WPS.
QW-409.6 A change in the beam current of morethan 65%, voltage of more than62%, welding speedof more than62%, beam focus current of more than65%, gun-to-work distance of more than65%, or achange in oscillation length or width of more than620% from those previously qualified.
QW-409.7Any change in the beam pulsing frequencyduration from that qualified.
QW-409.8 A change in the range of amperage, orexcept for SMAW and GTAW welding, a change inthe range of voltage. A change in the range of electrodewire feed speed may be used as an alternative toamperage.
QW-409.9 A change in the arc timing of more than61⁄10 sec.
QW-409.10 A change in amperage of more than610%.
QW-409.11A change in the power source from onemodel to another.
QW-409.12 A change in type or size of tungstenelectrode.
QW-409.13 A change in the shape or dimensionsof the welding electrode; a change from one RWMA(Resistance Welding Manufacturer’s Association) classelectrode material to another.
QW-409.14Addition or deletion of upslope or down-slope current control, or a change of more than 10%in the slope current time or amplitude.
QW-409.15 A change of more than 5% in theelectrode pressure, the welding current, or the weldingtime cycle from that qualified, except that requalificationis not required if there is a change of not more than10% in either the electrode pressure or the weldingcurrent or the welding time cycle, provided the re-maining two variables remain at the values qualified.A change from ac to dc or vice versa. The additionor deletion of pulsing current to a dc power source.When using pulsing dc current, a change of more than
65
5% in the pulse amplitude, width, or number of pulsesper cycle from that qualified.
QW-409.16A change from synchronous to asynchro-nous timing.
QW-409.17 A change in the power supply primaryvoltage or frequency, or in the transformer turns ratio,tap setting, choke position, secondary open circuit volt-age or phase control setting.
QW-409.18A change in the procedure or frequencyof tip cleaning.
QW-409.19 Any change in the beam pulsing fre-quency and pulse duration from that qualified.
QW-409.20 Any change in the following variables:mode of operation (from pulsed to continuous andvice versa), energy distribution across the beam (i.e.,multimode or gaussian).
QW-409.21 Any change in the following variables:a change of more than 5% in the power delivered tothe work surface as measured by calorimeter or otherequivalent methods; a change of more than 2% in thetravel speed; a change of more than 2% of the ratioof the beam diameter to focal length; a change of morethan 2% of the lens to work distance.
QW-409.22 An increase of more than 10% in theamperage used in application for the first layer.
QW-409.23 A change of more than 10% in theranges of amperage or voltage qualified.
QW-409.24A change of more than 10% in the fillerwire wattage recorded on the PQR. Wattage is a functionof current voltage, and stickout dimension.
QW-409.25 A change of more than 10% in theplasma-arc current or voltage recorded on the PQR.
QW-409.26 For the first layer only, an increase inheat input of more than 10% or an increase in volumeof weld metal deposited per unit length of weld ofmore than 10% over that qualified. The increase maybe measured by either of the following:
(a) Heat input (J /in.)
pVoltage × Amperage × 60
Travel Speed (in. / min)
(b) Volume of Weld Metalp an increase in beadsize or a decrease in length of weld bead per unitlength of electrode.
ASME B&PVC sec9$$$u20 04-28-99 07:13:54 pd: sec9 Rev 14.04
A99
QW-410 1998 SECTION IX QW-410.40
QW-410 Technique
QW-410.1A change from the stringer bead techniqueto the weave bead technique, or vice versa.
QW-410.2 A change in the nature of the flame,oxidizing to reducing, or vice versa.
QW-410.3A change in the orifice, cup, or nozzle size.
QW-410.4 A change in the welding technique, fore-hand to backhand, or vice versa.
QW-410.5 A change in the method of initial andinterpass cleaning (brushing, grinding, etc.)
QW-410.6A change in the method of back gouging.
QW-410.7 A change in width, frequency, or dwelltime of oscillation, for machine or automatic weld-ing only.
QW-410.8 A change in the contact tube to workdistance.
QW-410.9 A change from multipass per side tosingle pass per side. This limitation does not applywhen a WPS is qualified with a PWHT above theupper transformation temperature or when an austeniticmaterial is solution annealed after welding.
QW-410.10A change from single electrode to multi-ple electrode, or vice versa, for machine or automaticwelding only. This limitation does not apply whena WPS is qualified with a PWHT above the uppertransformation temperature or when an austenitic mate-rial is solution annealed after welding.
QW-410.11 A change from closed chamber to out-of-chamber conventional torch welding in P-No. 51through P-No. 53 metals, but not vice versa.
QW-410.12A change from the melt-in technique tothe keyhole technique of welding, or vice versa, or theinclusion of both techniques though each has beenindividually qualified.
QW-410.14 A change in the angle of the axis ofthe beam relative to the workpiece.
QW-410.15 A change in the spacing of multipleelectrodes for machine or automatic welding.
QW-410.17 A change in the type of the weldingequipment.
QW-410.18 An increase in the absolute pressure ofthe vacuum welding environment beyond that qualified.
QW-410.19 Any change in filament type, size, orshape.
66
QW-410.20 The addition of a wash pass.
QW-410.21 A change of welding from one side towelding from both sides, or vice versa.
QW-410.22A change in either of the following studwelding parameters: a change of stud gun model; achange in the lift more than61⁄32 in. (0.8 mm).
QW-410.25A change from manual or semiautomaticto machine or automatic welding and vice versa.
QW-410.26 The addition or deletion of peening.
QW-410.27A change in the rotational speed produc-ing a change in the outside surface velocity (ft /min)greater than6 10% of the outside surface velocityqualified.
QW-410.28 A change in the thrust load (lb) greaterthan 610% of the thrust load qualified.
QW-410.29 A change in the rotational energy (lb-ft2) greater than610% of the rotational energy qualified.
QW-410.30Any change in upset dimension (overallloss in length of parts being joined) greater than610%of the upset qualified.
QW-410.31 A change in the method of preparingthe base metal prior to welding (e.g., changing frommechanical cleaning to chemical cleaning or to abrasivecleaning, or vice versa).
QW-410.32 A change of more than 10% in theholding pressure prior to or after welding. A changeof more than 10% in the electrode holding time.
QW-410.33 A change from one welding type toanother, or modification of equipment, including Manu-facturer, control panel, model number, electrical ratingor capacity, type of electrical energy source, or methodof applying pressure.
QW-410.34 Addition or deletion of an electrodecooling medium and where it is used.
QW-410.35 A change in the distance between armsor a change in the throat depth.
QW-410.37 A change from single to multiple passor vice versa.
QW-410.38 A change from multiple-layer to singlelayer cladding/hardsurfacing, or vice versa.
QW-410.39 A change in the torch type or tip size.
QW-410.40For submerged-arc welding and electro-slag welding, the deletion of a supplementary device
QW-410.40 WELDING DATA QW-410.53
for controlling the magnetic field acting on the weldpuddle.
QW-410.41 A change of more than 15% in thetravel speed range recorded on the PQR.
QW-410.42The addition or elimination of oscillationof the plasma torch or filler wires; a change fromsimple harmonic to constant velocity oscillating motionor vice versa; a change of more than 10% in oscillationdisplacement recorded on the PQR; however, a proce-dure qualified using a minimum oscillation displacementand a procedure qualified using a maximum oscillationdisplacement shall qualify for all weld bead oscillationsin between, with all other essential variables remainingthe same.
QW-410.43 For the torch or workpiece, a changeof more than 10% in the travel speed range qualified.
QW-410.44 A change of more than 15% in thespray-torch to workpiece distance qualified.
QW-410.45 A change in the method of surfacepreparation of the base metal to be hard-faced (example:sandblasting versus chemical cleaning).
67
QW-410.46 A change in the spray-torch model ortip orifice size.
QW-410.47 A change of more than 10% in thefusing temperature range qualified. A change in therate of cooling from the fusing temperature of morethan 50°F/hr, a change in the fusing method (example:torch, furnace, induction).
QW-410.48 A change in the constricted arc fromtransferable to nontransferable or vice versa.
QW-410.49A change in the diameter of the plasmatorch-arc constricting orifice.
QW-410.50 A change in the number of electrodesacting on the same welding puddle.
QW-410.51The addition or elimination of oscillationof the electrode or electrodes.
QW-410.52 A change in the method of deliveringthe filler metal to the molten pool, such as from theleading or trailing edge of the torch, the sides of thetorch, or through the torch.
QW-410.53 A change of more than 20% in thecenter-to-center weld bead distance.
QW-416 1998 SECTION IX
QW-416WELDING VARIABLES
Welder Performance
Essential
OFW SMAW SAW GMAW2 GTAW PAWParagraph1 Brief of Variables QW-352 QW-353 QW-354 QW-355 QW-356 QW-357
.4 − Backing X X X X
.7 + Backing X
QW-402Joints
.2 Maximum qualified X
.16 f Pipe diameter X X X X X
.18 f P-Number X X X X X X
QW-403BaseMetal
.14 6 Filler X X X
.15 f F-Number X X X X X X
.22 6 Inserts X X
.23 Solid or metal- X Xcored to flux-cored
.30 f t Weld deposit X X X X X
.31 f t Weld deposit X
.32 t Limit (s. cir. arc) X
QW-404FillerMetals
.1 + Position X X X X X X
.3 f ↑ ↓ Vert. welding X X X X
QW-405Positions
.7 f Type fuel gas X
.8 − Inert backing X X X
QW-408Gas
.2 f Transfer mode X
.4 f Current or polarity X
QW-409Electrical
Welding Processes:OFW Oxyfuel gas weldingSMAW Shielded metal-arc weldingSAW Submerged-arc weldingGMAW Gas metal-arc weldingGTAW Gas tungsten-arc weldingPAW Plasma-arc welding
Legend:f Change t Thickness+ Addition ↑ Uphill− Deletion ↓ Downhill
NOTES:(1) For description, see Section IV.(2) Flux-cored arc welding as shown in QW-355, with or without additional shielding from an externally supplied gas or gas mixture, is included.
68
ASME B&PVC sec9$$$u20 04-28-99 07:13:54 pd: sec9 Rev 14.04
A99
QW-420 WELDING DATA QW-420.2
QW-420 Material Groupings
QW-420.1 P-Numbers. To reduce the number ofwelding and brazing procedure qualifications required,base metals have been assigned P-Numbers, and forferrous base metals which have specified impact testrequirements, Group Numbers within P-Numbers. Theseassignments are based essentially on comparable basemetal characteristics, such as composition, weldability,brazeability, and mechanical properties, where this canlogically be done. These assignments do not imply thatbase metals may be indiscriminately substituted for abase metal which was used in the qualification testwithout consideration of compatibility from the stand-point of metallurgical properties, postweld heat treat-ment, design, mechanical properties, and service require-ments. Where notch toughness is a consideration, it ispresupposed that the base metals meet the specificrequirements.
Base Metal Welding Brazing
Steel and steel P-No. 1 through P- P-No. 101 throughalloys No. 11 incl. P- P-No. 103
No. 5A, 5B, and5C
Aluminum and alu- P-No. 21 through P-No. 104 and P-minum-base P-No. 25 No. 105alloys
Copper and cop- P-No. 31 through P-No.107 and P-No.per-base alloys P-No. 35 108
Nickel and nickel- P-No. 41 through P-No. 110 throughbase alloys P-No. 47 P-No. 112
Titanium and tita- P-No. 51 through P-No. 115nium-base alloys P-No. 53
Zirconium and zir- P-No. 61 through P-No. 117conium-base P-No. 62alloys
When a base metal with a UNS number designationis assigned a P-Number or P-Number plus GroupNumber, then a base metal listed in a different ASMEmaterial specification with the same UNS number shallbe considered that P-Number or P-Number plus GroupNumber. For example, SB-163, UNS N08800 is P-Number 45; therefore, all ASME specifications listinga base metal with the UNS N08800 designation shallbe considered P-Number 45 (i.e., SB-407, SB-408, SB-514, etc.) whether or not these specifications are listedin QW/QB-422. Since a minimum tensile value isrequired for procedure qualification, only base metalslisted in QW/QB-422 may be used for test couponsas defined in QW-424.
In those instances where materials in the 1971 Editionof this Section have been given different P-Numbersor assigned to Subgroups within a P-Number in the1974 Edition of this Section, those procedure and
69
performance qualifications will continue to be validbased on the new P-Number designation.
In the column heading “Minimum Specified Tensile,ksi” of QW/QB-422, the values given are those of thebase metal specification, except as otherwise identifiedin QW-153 or QB-153. These are also the acceptancevalues for the room temperature tensile tests of thewelding or brazing procedure qualification, except asotherwise allowed in QW-153 or QB-153.
QW-420.2 S-Numbers (Non-Mandatory).S-Num-bers are a listing of materials which are acceptable foruse by the ASME B31 Code for Pressure Piping, orby selected Boiler and and Pressure Vessel Code Cases,but which are not included within ASME Boiler andPressure Code Material Specifications (Section II).These materials are grouped in S-Number or S-Numberplus Group Number groupings similar to the P-Numbergroupings. There is no mandatory requirement that S-Numbers be used.
Brazing or Welding Procedure Qualification with abase metal in one P-Number (or P-Number plus GroupNumber) or one S-Number (or S-Number plus GroupNumber), qualifies for all other base metals in the sameS-Number grouping. Also, qualification with a basemetal in one S-Number, or S-Number plus GroupNumber, qualifies for all other base metals in thesame S-Number grouping. Qualifications for S-Numbermaterials do not qualify corresponding P-Number mate-rials. Base metals not assigned an S-Number or a P-Number shall require individual procedure qualification.
Material produced under an ASTM specification shallbe considered to have the same S-Number or S-Numberplus Group Number as that of the P-Number or P-Numberplus Group Number assigned to the same grade or typematerial in the corresponding ASME specification (i.e.,SA-240 Type 304 is assigned P-Number 8, Group Number1; therefore, A 240 Type 304 is considered S-Number 8,Group Number 1). Additionally, when a base metal with aUNS number designation is assigned an S-Number or S-Number plus Group Number, then a base metal listed in adifferentmaterial specificationwith thesameUNSnumbershall be considered that S-Number or S-Number plusGroup Number. Since a minimum tensile value is requiredfor procedure qualification, only base metals listed inQW/QB-422 may be used for test coupons.
For Performance Qualification of brazers, welders,brazing operators, and welding operators, the require-ments for P-Numbers of base metals shall also beapplied to the same S-Numbers of base metals. Qualifi-cation with P-Numbers in accordance with QB-310.3and QW-403.18 qualifies for corresponding S-Numbersand vice versa.
A99
98
70
QW
/QB
-422
FE
RR
OU
SP
-NU
MB
ER
SA
ND
S-N
UM
BE
RS
Gro
upin
gof
Bas
eM
etal
sfo
rQ
ualif
icat
ion
Wel
ding
Bra
zing
Min
imum
Spe
c.T
ype
orU
NS
Spe
cifi
edP
-G
roup
S-
Gro
upP
-S
-N
omin
alP
rodu
ctN
o.G
rade
No.
Ten
sile
,ks
iN
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.C
ompo
siti
onF
orm
A9
9
SA
-36
...
K02
600
581
1..
...
.10
1..
.C
–Mn–
Si
Pla
te,
bar,
&sh
apes
SA
-53
Typ
eF
...
481
1..
...
.10
1..
.C
Fur
nace
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-53
Typ
eS
,G
r.A
K02
504
481
1..
...
.10
1..
.C
Sm
ls.
pipe
SA
-53
Typ
eE
,G
r.A
K02
504
481
1..
...
.10
1..
.C
Res
ista
nce
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-53
Typ
eE
,G
r.B
K03
005
601
1..
...
.10
1..
.C
–Mn
Res
ista
nce
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-53
Typ
eS
,G
r.B
K03
005
601
1..
...
.10
1..
.C
–Mn
Sm
ls.
pipe
SA
-105
...
K03
504
701
2..
...
.10
1..
.C
–Si
Fla
nges
&fi
ttin
gs
SA
-106
AK
0250
148
11
...
...
101
...
C–S
iS
mls
.pi
peS
A-1
06B
K03
006
601
1..
...
.10
1..
.C
–Si
Sm
ls.
pipe
SA
-106
CK
0350
170
12
...
...
101
...
C–S
iS
mls
.pi
pe
A10
810
15C
WG
1015
060
...
...
11
...
101
CB
arA
108
1018
CW
G10
180
60..
...
.1
1..
.10
1C
Bar
A10
810
20C
WG
1020
060
...
...
11
...
101
CB
ar
SA
-134
SA
283
Gr.
A..
.45
11
...
...
101
...
CW
elde
dpi
peS
A-1
34S
A28
3G
r.B
...
501
1..
...
.10
1..
.C
Wel
ded
pipe
SA
-134
SA
283
Gr.
CK
0240
155
11
...
...
101
...
CW
elde
dpi
peS
A-1
34S
A28
3G
r.D
K02
702
601
1..
...
.10
1..
.C
Wel
ded
pipe
SA
-134
SA
285
Gr.
AK
0170
045
11
...
...
101
...
CW
elde
dpi
peS
A-1
34S
A28
5G
r.B
K02
200
501
1..
...
.10
1..
.C
Wel
ded
pipe
SA
-134
SA
285
Gr.
CK
0280
155
11
...
...
101
...
CW
elde
dpi
pe
SA
-135
A..
.48
11
...
...
101
...
CE
.R.W
.pi
peS
A-1
35B
...
601
1..
...
.10
1..
.C
E.R
.W.
pipe
A13
9A
...
48..
...
.1
1..
.10
1C
Wel
ded
pipe
A13
9B
K03
003
60..
...
.1
1..
.10
1C
Wel
ded
pipe
A13
9C
K03
004
60..
...
.1
1..
.10
1C
Wel
ded
pipe
A13
9D
K03
010
60..
...
.1
1..
.10
1C
Wel
ded
pipe
A13
9E
K03
012
66..
...
.1
1..
.10
1C
Wel
ded
pipe
A14
890
–60
...
90..
...
.4
3..
.10
3..
.C
asti
ngs
A16
7T
ype
302
S30
200
75..
...
.8
1..
.10
218
Cr–
8Ni
Pla
te,
shee
t,&
stri
pA
167
Typ
e30
2BS
3021
575
...
...
81
...
102
18C
r–8N
i–2S
iP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
A16
7T
ype
304
S30
400
75..
...
.8
1..
.10
218
Cr–
8Ni
Pla
te,
shee
t,&
stri
p
QW/QB-422 1998 SECTION IX
98
71
QW
/QB
-422
FE
RR
OU
SP
-NU
MB
ER
SA
ND
S-N
UM
BE
RS
(CO
NT
’D)
Gro
upin
gof
Bas
eM
etal
sfo
rQ
ualif
icat
ion
Wel
ding
Bra
zing
Min
imum
Spe
c.T
ype
orU
NS
Spe
cifi
edP
-G
roup
S-
Gro
upP
-S
-N
omin
alP
rodu
ctN
o.G
rade
No.
Ten
sile
,ks
iN
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.C
ompo
siti
onF
orm
A16
7T
ype
304L
S30
403
70..
...
.8
1..
.10
218
Cr–
8Ni
Pla
te,
shee
t,&
stri
pA
167
Typ
e30
153
0100
75..
...
.8
1..
.10
217
Cr–
7Ni
Pla
te,
shee
t,&
stri
p
A16
7T
ype
305
S30
500
70..
...
.8
1..
.10
218
Cr–
11N
iP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
A16
7T
ype
308
S30
800
75..
...
.8
2..
.10
220
Cr–
10N
iP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
A16
7T
ype
309
S30
900
75..
...
.8
2..
.10
223
Cr–
12N
iP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
A16
7T
ype
309S
S30
908
75..
...
.8
2..
.10
223
Cr–
12N
iP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
A16
7T
ype
310
S31
000
75..
...
.8
2..
.10
225
Cr–
20N
iP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
A16
7T
ype
310S
S31
008
75..
...
.8
2..
.10
225
Cr–
20N
iP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
A16
7T
ype
316L
S31
603
70..
...
.8
1..
.10
216
Cr–
12N
i–2M
oP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
A16
7T
ype
317
S31
700
75..
...
.8
1..
.10
218
Cr–
13N
i–3M
oP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
A16
7T
ype
317L
S31
703
75..
...
.8
1..
.10
218
Cr–
13N
i–3M
oP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
A16
7T
ype
321
S32
100
75..
...
.8
1..
.10
218
Cr–
10N
i–T
iP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
A16
7T
ype
347
S34
700
75..
...
.8
1..
.10
218
Cr–
10N
i–C
bP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
A16
7T
ype
348
S34
800
75..
...
.8
1..
.10
218
Cr–
10N
i–C
bP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
SA
-178
AK
0120
047
11
...
...
101
...
CE
.R.W
.tu
beS
A-1
78C
K03
503
601
1..
...
.10
1..
.C
E.R
.W.
tube
SA
-178
D..
.70
12
...
...
101
...
C–M
n–S
iE
.R.W
.tu
be
SA
-179
...
K01
200
471
1..
...
.10
1..
.C
Sm
ls.
tube
SA
-181
Cl.
60K
0350
260
11
...
...
101
...
C–S
iP
ipe
flan
ge&
fitt
ings
SA
-181
Cl.
70K
0350
270
12
...
...
101
...
C–S
iP
ipe
flan
ge&
fitt
ings
SA
-182
F12
,C
l.1
K11
562
604
1..
...
.10
2..
.1C
r–0.
5Mo
For
ging
sS
A-1
82F
12,
Cl.
2K
1156
470
41
...
...
102
...
1Cr–
0.5M
oF
orgi
ngs
SA
-182
F11
,C
l.2
K11
572
704
1..
...
.10
2..
.1.
25C
r–0.
5Mo–
Si
For
ging
sS
A-1
82F
11,
Cl.
3K
1157
275
41
...
...
102
...
1.25
Cr–
0.5M
o–S
iF
orgi
ngs
SA
-182
F11
,C
l.1
K11
597
604
1..
...
.10
2..
.1.
25C
r–0.
5Mo–
Si
For
ging
s
SA
-182
F2
K12
122
703
2..
...
.10
1..
.0.
5Cr–
0.5M
oF
orgi
ngs
SA
-182
F1
K12
822
703
2..
...
.10
1..
.C
–0.5
Mo
For
ging
sS
A-1
82F
22,
Cl.
1K
2159
060
5A1
...
...
102
...
2.25
Cr–
1Mo
For
ging
sS
A-1
82F
22,
Cl.
3K
2159
075
5A1
...
...
102
...
2.25
Cr–
1Mo
For
ging
sS
A-1
82F
RK
2203
563
9A1
...
...
101
...
2Ni–
1Cu
For
ging
s
SA
-182
F21
K31
545
755A
1..
...
.10
2..
.3C
r–1M
oF
orgi
ngs
WELDING DATA QW/QB-422
72
QW
/QB
-422
FE
RR
OU
SP
-NU
MB
ER
SA
ND
S-N
UM
BE
RS
(CO
NT
’D)
Gro
upin
gof
Bas
eM
etal
sfo
rQ
ualif
icat
ion
Wel
ding
Bra
zing
Min
imum
Spe
c.T
ype
orU
NS
Spe
cifi
edP
-G
roup
S-
Gro
upP
-S
-N
omin
alP
rodu
ctN
o.G
rade
No.
Ten
sile
,ks
iN
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.C
ompo
siti
onF
orm
SA
-182
F3V
K31
830
855C
1..
...
.10
2..
.3C
r–1M
o–V
–Ti–
BF
orgi
ngs
SA
-182
F22
VK
3183
585
5C1
...
...
...
...
2.25
Cr–
1Mo–
VF
orgi
ngs
SA
-182
F5
K41
545
705B
1..
...
.10
2..
.5C
r–0.
5Mo
For
ging
sS
A-1
82F
5aK
4254
490
5B1
...
...
102
...
5Cr–
0.5M
oF
orgi
ngs
SA
-182
F9
K90
941
855B
1..
...
.10
2..
.9C
r–1M
oF
orgi
ngs
SA
-182
F91
K91
560
855B
1..
...
.10
2..
.9C
r–1M
o–V
For
ging
s
SA
-182
F6a
,C
l.1
K91
151
706
1..
...
.10
2..
.13
Cr
For
ging
sS
A-1
82F
6a,
Cl.
2K
9115
185
63
...
...
102
...
13C
rF
orgi
ngs
SA
-182
FX
M–1
9S
2091
010
08
3..
...
.10
2..
.22
Cr–
13N
i–5M
nF
orgi
ngs
SA
-182
FX
M–1
1S
2190
490
83
...
...
102
...
21C
r–6N
i–9M
nF
orgi
ngs
SA
-182
F30
4S
3040
070
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–8N
iF
orgi
ngs
>5
in.
SA
-182
F30
4S
3040
075
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–8N
iF
orgi
ngs
SA
-182
F30
4LS
3040
365
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–8N
iF
orgi
ngs
>5
in.
SA
-182
F30
4LS
3040
370
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–8N
iF
orgi
ngs
SA
-182
F30
4HS
3040
970
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–8N
iF
orgi
ngs
>5
in.
SA
-182
F30
4HS
3040
975
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–8N
iF
orgi
ngs
SA
-182
F30
4NS
3045
180
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–8N
i–N
For
ging
sS
A-1
82F
304L
NS
3045
370
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–8N
i–N
For
ging
s>
5in
.S
A-1
82F
304L
NS
3045
375
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–8N
i–N
For
ging
sS
A-1
82F
46S
3060
078
81
...
...
102
...
17C
r–14
Ni–
4Si
For
ging
sS
A-1
82F
45S
3081
587
82
...
...
102
...
21C
r–11
Ni–
NF
orgi
ngs
SA
-182
F31
0S
3100
070
82
...
...
102
...
25C
r–20
Ni
For
ging
s>
5in
.S
A-1
82F
310
S31
000
758
2..
...
.10
2..
.25
Cr–
20N
iF
orgi
ngs
SA
-182
F50
S31
200
100
10H
1..
...
.10
2..
.25
Cr–
6Ni–
Mo–
NF
orgi
ngs
SA
-182
F44
S31
254
948
4..
...
.10
2..
.20
Cr–
18N
i–6M
oF
orgi
ngs
SA
-182
F31
6S
3160
070
81
...
...
102
...
16C
r–12
Ni–
2Mo
For
ging
s>
5in
.
SA
-182
F31
6S
3160
075
81
...
...
102
...
16C
r–12
Ni–
2Mo
For
ging
sS
A-1
82F
316L
S31
603
658
1..
...
.10
2..
.16
Cr–
12N
i–2M
oF
orgi
ngs
>5
in.
SA
-182
F31
6LS
3160
370
81
...
...
102
...
16C
r–12
Ni–
2Mo
For
ging
sS
A-1
82F
316H
S31
609
708
1..
...
.10
2..
.16
Cr–
12N
i–2M
oF
orgi
ngs
>5
in.
SA
-182
F31
6HS
3160
975
81
...
...
102
...
16C
r–12
Ni–
2Mo
For
ging
s
SA
-182
F31
6NS
3165
180
81
...
...
102
...
16C
r–12
Ni–
2Mo–
NF
orgi
ngs
SA
-182
F31
6LN
S31
653
708
1..
...
.10
2..
.16
Cr–
12N
i–2M
o–N
For
ging
s>
5in
.S
A-1
82F
316L
NS
3165
375
81
...
...
102
...
16C
r–12
Ni–
2Mo–
NF
orgi
ngs
SA
-182
F31
7S
3170
070
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–13
Ni–
3Mo
For
ging
s>
5in
.
QW/QB-422 1998 SECTION IX
98
73
QW
/QB
-422
FE
RR
OU
SP
-NU
MB
ER
SA
ND
S-N
UM
BE
RS
(CO
NT
’D)
Gro
upin
gof
Bas
eM
etal
sfo
rQ
ualif
icat
ion
Wel
ding
Bra
zing
Min
imum
Spe
c.T
ype
orU
NS
Spe
cifi
edP
-G
roup
S-
Gro
upP
-S
-N
omin
alP
rodu
ctN
o.G
rade
No.
Ten
sile
,ks
iN
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.C
ompo
siti
onF
orm
SA
-182
F31
7S
3170
075
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–13
Ni–
3Mo
For
ging
s
SA
-182
F31
7LS
3170
365
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–13
Ni–
3Mo
For
ging
s>
5in
.S
A-1
82F
317L
S31
703
708
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
13N
i–3M
oF
orgi
ngs
SA
-182
F51
S31
803
9010
H1
...
...
102
...
22C
r–5N
i–3M
o–N
For
ging
sS
A-1
82F
321
S32
100
708
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
10N
i–T
iF
orgi
ngs
>5
in.
SA
-182
F32
1S
3210
075
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–10
Ni–
Ti
For
ging
s
SA
-182
F32
1HS
3210
970
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–10
Ni–
Ti
For
ging
s>
5in
.S
A-1
82F
321H
S32
109
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
10N
i–T
iF
orgi
ngs
SA
-182
F55
S32
760
109
...
...
10H
1..
.10
225
Cr–
8Ni–
3Mo–
W–
For
ging
sC
u–N
SA
-182
F10
S33
100
808
2..
...
.10
2..
.20
Ni–
8Cr
For
ging
sS
A-1
82F
347
S34
700
708
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
10N
i–C
bF
orgi
ngs
>5
in.
SA
-182
F34
7S
3470
075
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–10
Ni–
Cb
For
ging
s
SA
-182
F34
7HS
3470
970
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–10
Ni–
Cb
For
ging
s>
5in
.S
A-1
82F
347H
S34
709
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
10N
i–C
bF
orgi
ngs
SA
-182
F34
8S
3480
070
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–10
Ni–
Cb
For
ging
s>
5in
.S
A-1
82F
348
S34
800
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
10N
i–C
bF
orgi
ngs
SA
-182
F34
8HS
3480
970
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–10
Ni–
Cb
For
ging
s>
5in
.S
A-1
82F
348H
S34
809
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
10N
i–C
bF
orgi
ngs
SA
-182
F6b
S41
026
110
63
...
...
102
...
13C
r–0.
5Mo
For
ging
sS
A-1
82F
6NM
S41
500
115
64
...
...
102
...
13C
r–4.
5Ni–
Mo
For
ging
sS
A-1
82F
429
S42
900
606
2..
...
.10
2..
.15
Cr
For
ging
sS
A-1
82F
430
S43
000
607
2..
...
.10
2..
.17
Cr
For
ging
sS
A-1
82F
XM
–27C
bS
4462
760
10I
1..
...
.10
2..
.27
Cr–
1Mo
For
ging
s
A18
2F
6a,
Cl.
3S
4100
011
0..
...
.6
3..
.10
213
Cr
For
ging
sA
182
F6a
,C
l.4
S41
000
130
...
...
63
...
102
13C
r–5M
oF
orgi
ngs
SA
-192
...
K01
201
471
1..
...
.10
1..
.C
–Si
Sm
ls.
tube
SA
-199
T11
K11
597
604
1..
...
.10
2..
.1.
25C
r–0.
5Mo–
Si
Sm
ls.
tube
SA
-199
T22
K21
590
605A
1..
...
.10
2..
.2.
25C
r–1M
oS
mls
.tu
beS
A-1
99T
4K
3150
960
5A1
...
...
102
...
2.25
Cr–
0.5M
o–0.
75S
iS
mls
.tu
beS
A-1
99T
21K
3154
560
5A1
...
...
102
...
3Cr–
1Mo
Sm
ls.
tube
SA
-199
T5
K41
545
605B
1..
...
.10
2..
.5C
r–0.
5Mo
Sm
ls.
tube
SA
-199
T9
K81
590
605B
1..
...
.10
2..
.9C
r–1M
oS
mls
.tu
be
WELDING DATA QW/QB-422
74
QW
/QB
-422
FE
RR
OU
SP
-NU
MB
ER
SA
ND
S-N
UM
BE
RS
(CO
NT
’D)
Gro
upin
gof
Bas
eM
etal
sfo
rQ
ualif
icat
ion
Wel
ding
Bra
zing
Min
imum
Spe
c.T
ype
orU
NS
Spe
cifi
edP
-G
roup
S-
Gro
upP
-S
-N
omin
alP
rodu
ctN
o.G
rade
No.
Ten
sile
,ks
iN
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.C
ompo
siti
onF
orm
SA
-199
T91
...
855B
2..
...
.10
2..
.9C
r–1M
o–V
Sm
ls.
tube
SA
-202
AK
1174
275
41
...
...
101
...
0.5C
r–1.
25M
n–S
iP
late
SA
-202
BK
1254
285
41
...
...
101
...
0.5C
r–1.
25M
n–S
iP
late
SA
-203
AK
2170
365
9A1
...
...
101
...
2.5N
iP
late
SA
-203
BK
2210
370
9A1
...
...
101
...
2.5N
iP
late
SA
-203
DK
3171
865
9B1
...
...
101
...
3.5N
iP
late
SA
-203
EK
3201
870
9B1
...
...
101
...
3.5N
iP
late
SA
-203
F..
.75
9B1
...
...
101
...
3.5N
iP
late
>2
in.
SA
-203
F..
.80
9B1
...
...
101
...
3.5N
iP
late
,2
in.
&un
der
SA
-204
AK
1182
065
31
...
...
101
...
C–0
.5M
oP
late
SA
-204
BK
1202
070
32
...
...
101
...
C–0
.5M
oP
late
SA
-204
CK
1232
075
32
...
...
101
...
C–0
.5M
oP
late
SA
-209
T1b
K11
422
533
1..
...
.10
1..
.C
–0.5
Mo
Sm
ls.
tube
SA
-209
T1
K11
522
553
1..
...
.10
1..
.C
–0.5
Mo
Sm
ls.
tube
SA
-209
T1a
K12
023
603
1..
...
.10
1..
.C
–0.5
Mo
Sm
ls.
tube
SA
-210
A–1
K02
707
601
1..
...
.10
1..
.C
–Si
Sm
ls.
tube
SA
-210
CK
0350
170
12
...
...
101
...
C–M
n–S
iS
mls
.tu
be
A21
1A
570A
...
45..
...
.1
1..
.10
1C
Wel
ded
pipe
A21
1A
570
Gr3
0K
0250
249
...
...
11
...
101
CW
elde
dpi
peA
211
A57
0B..
.49
...
...
11
...
101
CW
elde
dpi
peA
211
A57
0G
r33
K02
502
52..
...
.1
1..
.10
1C
Wel
ded
pipe
A21
1A
570C
...
52..
...
.1
1..
.10
1C
Wel
ded
pipe
A21
1A
570D
...
55..
...
.1
1..
.10
1C
Wel
ded
pipe
SA
-213
T2
K11
547
603
1..
...
.10
1..
.0.
5Cr–
0.5M
oS
mls
.tu
beS
A-2
13T
12K
1156
260
41
...
...
102
...
1Cr–
0.5M
oS
mls
.tu
beS
A-2
13T
11K
1159
760
41
...
...
102
...
1.25
Cr–
0.5M
o–S
iS
mls
.tu
beS
A-2
13T
17K
1204
760
10B
1..
...
.10
2..
.1C
r–V
Sm
ls.
tube
SA
-213
T22
K21
590
605A
1..
...
.10
2..
.2.
25C
r–1M
oS
mls
.tu
beS
A-2
13T
21K
3154
560
5A1
...
...
102
...
3Cr–
1Mo
Sm
ls.
tube
SA
-213
T5c
K41
245
605B
1..
...
.10
2..
.5C
r–0.
5Mo–
Ti
Sm
ls.
tube
SA
-213
T5
K41
545
605B
1..
...
.10
2..
.5C
r–0.
5Mo
Sm
ls.
tube
SA
-213
T5b
K51
545
605B
1..
...
.10
2..
.5C
r–0.
5Mo–
Si
Sm
ls.
tube
QW/QB-422 1998 SECTION IX
75
QW
/QB
-422
FE
RR
OU
SP
-NU
MB
ER
SA
ND
S-N
UM
BE
RS
(CO
NT
’D)
Gro
upin
gof
Bas
eM
etal
sfo
rQ
ualif
icat
ion
Wel
ding
Bra
zing
Min
imum
Spe
c.T
ype
orU
NS
Spe
cifi
edP
-G
roup
S-
Gro
upP
-S
-N
omin
alP
rodu
ctN
o.G
rade
No.
Ten
sile
,ks
iN
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.C
ompo
siti
onF
orm
SA
-213
T9
K81
590
605B
1..
...
.10
2..
.9C
r–1M
oS
mls
.tu
beS
A-2
13T
91..
.85
5B2
...
...
102
...
9Cr–
1Mo–
VS
mls
.tu
be
SA
-213
TP
201
S20
100
958
3..
...
.10
2..
.17
Cr–
4Ni–
6Mn
Sm
ls.
tube
SA
-213
TP
202
S20
200
908
3..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
5Ni–
9Mn
Sm
ls.
tube
SA
-213
XM
-19
S20
910
100
83
...
...
102
...
22C
r–13
Ni–
5Mn
Sm
ls.
tube
SA
-213
TP
304
S30
400
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
8Ni
Sm
ls.
tube
SA
-213
TP
304L
S30
403
708
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
8Ni
Sm
ls.
tube
SA
-213
TP
304H
S30
409
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
8Ni
Sm
ls.
tube
SA
-213
TP
304N
S30
451
808
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
8Ni–
NS
mls
.tu
beS
A-2
13T
P30
4LN
S30
453
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
8Ni–
NS
mls
.tu
beS
A-2
13S
3081
5S
3081
587
82
...
...
102
...
21C
r–11
Ni–
NS
mls
.tu
beS
A-2
13T
P30
9SS
3090
875
82
...
...
102
...
23C
r–12
Ni
Sm
ls.
tube
SA
-213
TP
309H
S30
909
758
2..
...
.10
2..
.23
Cr–
12N
iS
mls
.tu
beS
A-2
13T
P30
9Cb
S30
940
758
2..
...
.10
2..
.23
Cr–
12N
i–C
bS
mls
.tu
beS
A-2
13T
P30
9HC
bS
3094
175
82
...
...
102
...
23C
r–12
Ni–
Cb
Sm
ls.
tube
SA
-213
TP
310S
S31
008
758
2..
...
.10
2..
.25
Cr–
20N
iS
mls
.tu
beS
A-2
13T
P31
0HS
3100
975
82
...
...
102
...
25C
r–20
Ni
Sm
ls.
tube
SA
-213
TP
310C
bS
3104
075
82
...
...
102
...
25C
r–20
Ni–
Cb
Sm
ls.
tube
SA
-213
TP
310H
Cb
S31
041
758
2..
...
.10
2..
.25
Cr–
20N
i–C
bS
mls
.tu
beS
A-2
13T
P31
0MoL
NS
3105
078
82
...
...
102
...
25C
r–22
Ni–
2Mo–
NS
mls
.tu
be,
t>1 /
4in
.S
A-2
13T
P31
0MoL
NS
3105
084
82
...
...
102
...
25C
r–22
Ni–
2Mo–
NS
mls
.tu
be,
t≤
1 /4
in.
SA
-213
TP
316
S31
600
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.16
Cr–
12N
i–2M
oS
mls
.tu
beS
A-2
13T
P31
6LS
3160
370
81
...
...
102
...
16C
r–12
Ni–
2Mo
Sm
ls.
tube
SA
-213
TP
316H
S31
609
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.16
Cr–
12N
i–2M
oS
mls
.tu
be
SA
-213
TP
316N
S31
651
808
1..
...
.10
2..
.16
Cr–
12N
i–2M
o–N
Sm
ls.
tube
SA
-213
TP
316L
NS
3165
375
81
...
...
102
...
16C
r–12
Ni–
2Mo–
NS
mls
.tu
beS
A-2
13S
3172
5S
3172
575
84
...
...
102
...
19C
r–15
Ni–
4Mo
Sm
ls.
tube
SA
-213
S31
726
S31
726
808
4..
...
.10
2..
.19
Cr–
15.5
Ni–
4Mo
Sm
ls.
tube
SA
-213
TP
321
S32
100
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
10N
i–T
iS
mls
.tu
be
SA
-213
TP
321H
S32
109
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
10N
i–T
iS
mls
.tu
beS
A-2
13T
P34
7S
3470
075
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–10
Ni–
Cb
Sm
ls.
tube
SA
-213
TP
347H
S34
709
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
10N
i–C
bS
mls
.tu
beS
A-2
13T
P34
8S
3480
075
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–10
Ni–
Cb
Sm
ls.
tube
SA
-213
TP
348H
S34
809
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
10N
i–C
bS
mls
.tu
be
WELDING DATA QW/QB-422
76
QW
/QB
-422
FE
RR
OU
SP
-NU
MB
ER
SA
ND
S-N
UM
BE
RS
(CO
NT
’D)
Gro
upin
gof
Bas
eM
etal
sfo
rQ
ualif
icat
ion
Wel
ding
Bra
zing
Min
imum
Spe
c.T
ype
orU
NS
Spe
cifi
edP
-G
roup
S-
Gro
upP
-S
-N
omin
alP
rodu
ctN
o.G
rade
No.
Ten
sile
,ks
iN
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.C
ompo
siti
onF
orm
SA
-213
XM
–15
S38
100
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
18N
i–2S
iS
mls
.tu
be
SA
-214
...
K01
807
471
1..
...
.10
1..
.C
E.R
.W.
tube
SA
-216
WC
AJ0
2502
601
1..
...
.10
1..
.C
–Si
Cas
ting
sS
A-2
16W
CC
J025
0370
12
...
...
101
...
C–M
n–S
iC
asti
ngs
SA
-216
WC
BJ0
3002
701
2..
...
.10
1..
.C
–Si
Cas
ting
s
SA
-217
WC
6J1
2072
704
1..
...
.10
2..
.1.
25C
r–0.
5Mo
Cas
ting
sS
A-2
17W
C4
J120
8270
41
...
...
101
...
1Ni–
0.5C
r–0.
5Mo
Cas
ting
sS
A-2
17W
C1
J125
2265
31
...
...
101
...
C–0
.5M
oC
asti
ngs
SA
-217
WC
9J2
1890
705A
1..
...
.10
2..
.2.
25C
r–1M
oC
asti
ngs
SA
-217
WC
5J2
2000
704
1..
...
.10
1..
.0.
75N
i–1M
o–0.
75C
rC
asti
ngs
SA
-217
C5
J420
2590
5B1
...
...
102
...
5Cr–
0.5M
oC
asti
ngs
SA
-217
C12
J820
9090
5B1
...
...
102
...
9Cr–
1Mo
Cas
ting
sS
A-2
17C
A15
J911
5090
63
...
...
102
...
13C
rC
asti
ngs
SA
-225
D..
.75
10A
1..
...
.10
1..
.M
n–0.
5Ni–
VP
late
>3
in.
SA
-225
D..
.80
10A
1..
...
.10
1..
.M
n–0.
5Ni–
VP
late
,3
in.
&un
der
SA
-225
CK
1252
410
510
A1
...
...
101
...
Mn–
0.5N
i–V
Pla
te
SA
-226
...
K01
201
471
1..
...
.10
1..
.C
–Si
E.R
.W.
tube
SA
-234
WP
BK
0300
660
11
...
...
101
...
C–S
iP
ipin
gfi
ttin
gS
A-2
34W
PC
K03
501
701
2..
...
.10
1..
.C
–Si
Pip
ing
fitt
ing
SA
-234
WP
11,
Cl.
1..
.60
41
...
...
102
...
1.25
Cr–
0.5M
o–S
iP
ipin
gfi
ttin
gS
A-2
34W
P12
,C
l.1
K12
062
604
1..
...
.10
1..
.1C
r–0.
5Mo
Pip
ing
fitt
ing
SA
-234
WP
1K
1282
155
31
...
...
101
...
C–0
.5M
oP
ipin
gfi
ttin
gS
A-2
34W
P22
,C
l.1
K21
590
605A
1..
...
.10
2..
.2.
25C
r–1M
oP
ipin
gfi
ttin
gS
A-2
34W
PR
K22
035
639A
1..
...
.10
1..
.2N
i–1C
uP
ipin
gfi
ttin
gS
A-2
34W
P5
K41
545
605B
1..
...
.10
2..
.5C
r–0.
5Mo
Pip
ing
fitt
ing
SA
-234
WP
9K
9094
160
5B1
...
...
102
...
9Cr–
1Mo
Pip
ing
fitt
ing
SA
-234
WP
91..
.85
5B2
...
...
102
...
9Cr–
1Mo–
VP
ipin
gfi
ttin
g
SA
-240
Typ
e20
1S
2010
095
83
...
...
102
...
17C
r–4N
i–6M
nP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
SA
-240
Typ
e20
2S
2020
090
83
...
...
102
...
18C
r–5N
i–9M
nP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
SA
-240
...
S20
400
958
3..
...
.10
2..
.16
Cr–
9Mn–
2Ni–
NP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
SA
-240
Typ
eX
M–1
9S
2091
010
08
3..
...
.10
2..
.22
Cr–
13N
i–5M
nP
late
SA
-240
Typ
eX
M–1
9S
2091
010
58
3..
...
.10
2..
.22
Cr–
13N
i–5M
nS
heet
&st
rip
SA
-240
Typ
eX
M–1
7S
2160
090
83
...
...
102
...
19C
r–8M
n–6N
i–M
o–N
Pla
te
QW/QB-422 1998 SECTION IX
77
QW
/QB
-422
FE
RR
OU
SP
-NU
MB
ER
SA
ND
S-N
UM
BE
RS
(CO
NT
’D)
Gro
upin
gof
Bas
eM
etal
sfo
rQ
ualif
icat
ion
Wel
ding
Bra
zing
Min
imum
Spe
c.T
ype
orU
NS
Spe
cifi
edP
-G
roup
S-
Gro
upP
-S
-N
omin
alP
rodu
ctN
o.G
rade
No.
Ten
sile
,ks
iN
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.C
ompo
siti
onF
orm
SA
-240
Typ
eX
M–1
7S
2160
010
08
3..
...
.10
2..
.19
Cr–
8Mn–
6Ni–
Mo–
NS
heet
&st
rip
SA
-240
Typ
eX
M–1
8S
2160
390
83
...
...
102
...
19C
r–8M
n–6N
i–M
o–N
Pla
teS
A-2
40T
ype
XM
–18
S21
603
100
83
...
...
102
...
19C
r–8M
n–6N
i–M
o–N
She
et&
stri
pS
A-2
40S
2180
0S
2180
095
83
...
...
102
...
18C
r–8N
i–4S
i–N
Pla
te,
shee
t,&
stri
pS
A-2
40T
ype
XM
–29
S24
000
100
83
...
...
102
...
18C
r–3N
i–12
Mn
Pla
te,
shee
t,&
stri
p
SA
-240
Typ
e30
2S
3020
075
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–8N
iP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
SA
-240
Typ
e30
4S
3040
075
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–8N
iP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
SA
-240
Typ
e30
4LS
3040
370
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–8N
iP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
SA
-240
Typ
e30
4HS
3040
975
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–8N
iP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
SA
-240
Typ
e30
4NS
3045
180
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–8N
i–N
Pla
te,
shee
t,&
stri
pS
A-2
40T
ype
XM
–21
S30
452
858
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
8Ni–
NP
late
SA
-240
Typ
eX
M–2
1S
3045
290
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–8N
i–N
She
et&
stri
pS
A-2
40T
ype
304L
NS
3045
375
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–8N
i–N
Pla
te,
shee
t,&
stri
pS
A-2
40T
ype
305
S30
500
708
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
11N
iP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
SA
-240
S30
600
S30
600
788
1..
...
.10
2..
.17
Cr–
14N
i–4S
iP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
SA
-240
S30
815
S30
815
878
2..
...
.10
2..
.21
Cr–
11N
i–N
Pla
te,
shee
t,&
stri
pS
A-2
40T
ype
309S
S30
908
758
2..
...
.10
2..
.23
Cr–
12N
iP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
SA
-240
Typ
e30
9HS
3090
975
82
...
...
102
...
23C
r–12
Ni
Pla
te,
shee
t,&
stri
pS
A-2
40T
ype
309C
bS
3094
075
82
...
...
102
...
23C
r–12
Ni–
Cb
Pla
te,
shee
t,&
stri
pS
A-2
40T
ype
309H
Cb
S30
941
758
2..
...
.10
2..
.23
Cr–
12N
i–C
bP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
SA
-240
Typ
e31
0SS
3100
875
82
...
...
102
...
25C
r–20
Ni
Pla
te,
shee
t,&
stri
pS
A-2
40T
ype
310C
bS
3104
075
82
...
...
102
...
25C
r–20
Ni–
Cb
Pla
te,
shee
t,&
stri
pS
A-2
40T
ype
310H
Cb
S31
041
758
2..
...
.10
2..
.25
Cr–
20N
i–C
bP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
SA
-240
Typ
e31
0MoL
NS
3105
080
82
...
...
102
...
25C
r–22
Ni–
2Mo–
NP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
SA
-240
S31
200
S31
200
100
10H
1..
...
.10
2..
.25
Cr–
6Ni–
Mo–
NP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
SA
-240
S31
254
S31
254
948
4..
...
.10
2..
.20
Cr–
18N
i–6M
oP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
SA
-240
S31
260
S31
260
100
10H
1..
...
.10
2..
.25
Cr–
6.5N
i–3M
o–N
Pla
te,
shee
t,&
stri
p
SA
-240
Typ
e31
6S
3160
075
81
...
...
102
...
16C
r–12
Ni–
2Mo
Pla
te,
shee
t,&
stri
pS
A-2
40T
ype
316L
S31
603
708
1..
...
.10
2..
.16
Cr–
12N
i–2M
oP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
SA
-240
Typ
e31
6HS
3160
975
81
...
...
102
...
16C
r–12
Ni–
2Mo
Pla
te,
shee
t,&
stri
pS
A-2
40T
ype
316T
iS
3163
575
81
...
...
102
...
16C
r–12
Ni–
2Mo–
Ti
Pla
te,
shee
t,&
stri
pS
A-2
40T
ype
316C
bS
3164
075
81
...
...
102
...
16C
r–12
Ni–
2Mo–
Cb
Pla
te,
shee
t,&
stri
p
SA
-240
Typ
e31
6NS
3165
180
81
...
...
102
...
16C
r–12
Ni–
2Mo–
NP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
SA
-240
Typ
e31
6LN
S31
653
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.16
Cr–
12N
i–2M
o–N
Pla
te,
shee
t,&
stri
pS
A-2
40T
ype
317
S31
700
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
13N
i–3M
oP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
WELDING DATA QW/QB-422
98
78
QW
/QB
-422
FE
RR
OU
SP
-NU
MB
ER
SA
ND
S-N
UM
BE
RS
(CO
NT
’D)
Gro
upin
gof
Bas
eM
etal
sfo
rQ
ualif
icat
ion
Wel
ding
Bra
zing
Min
imum
Spe
c.T
ype
orU
NS
Spe
cifi
edP
-G
roup
S-
Gro
upP
-S
-N
omin
alP
rodu
ctN
o.G
rade
No.
Ten
sile
,ks
iN
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.C
ompo
siti
onF
orm
SA
-240
Typ
e31
7LS
3170
375
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–13
Ni–
3Mo
Pla
te,
shee
t,&
stri
pS
A-2
40S
3172
5S
3172
575
84
...
...
102
...
19C
r–15
Ni–
4Mo
Pla
te,
shee
t,&
stri
p
SA
-240
S31
726
S31
726
808
4..
...
.10
2..
.19
Cr–
15.5
Ni–
4Mo
Pla
te,
shee
t,&
stri
pS
A-2
40S
3175
3S
3175
380
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–13
Ni–
3Mo–
NP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
SA
-240
S31
803
S31
803
9010
H1
...
...
...
...
22C
r–5N
i–3M
o–N
Pla
te,
shee
t,&
stri
pS
A-2
40T
ype
321
S32
100
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
10N
i–T
iP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
SA
-240
Typ
e32
1HS
3210
975
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–10
Ni–
Ti
Pla
te,
shee
t,&
stri
p
SA
-240
S32
550
S32
550
110
10H
1..
...
.10
2..
.25
Cr–
5Ni–
3Mo–
2Cu
Pla
te,
shee
t,&
stri
pS
A-2
40S
3276
0S
3276
010
9..
...
.10
H1
...
102
25C
r–8N
i–3M
o–W
–P
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
Cu–
NS
A-2
40T
ype
329
S32
900
9010
H1
...
...
102
...
26C
r–4N
i–M
oP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
SA
-240
S32
950
S32
950
9010
H1
...
...
102
...
26C
r–4N
i–M
o–N
Pla
te,
shee
t,&
stri
pS
A-2
40T
ype
347
S34
700
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
10N
i–C
bP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
SA
-240
Typ
e34
7HS
3470
975
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–10
Ni–
Cb
Pla
te,
shee
t,&
stri
p
SA
-240
Typ
e34
8S
3480
075
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–10
Ni–
Cb
Pla
te,
shee
t,&
stri
pS
A-2
40T
ype
348H
S34
809
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
10N
i–C
bP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
SA
-240
Typ
eX
M–1
5S
3810
075
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–18
Ni–
2Si
Pla
te,
shee
t,&
stri
pS
A-2
40T
ype
405
S40
500
607
1..
...
.10
2..
.12
Cr–
1Al
Pla
te,
shee
t,&
stri
pS
A-2
40T
ype
409
S40
900
557
1..
...
.10
2..
.11
Cr–
Ti
Pla
te,
shee
t,&
stri
pS
A-2
40T
ype
410
S41
000
656
1..
...
.10
2..
.13
Cr
Pla
te,
shee
t,&
stri
p
SA
-240
Typ
e41
0SS
4100
860
71
...
...
102
...
13C
rP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
SA
-240
S41
500
S41
500
115
64
...
...
102
...
13C
r–4.
5Ni–
Mo
Pla
te,
shee
t,&
stri
pS
A-2
40T
ype
429
S42
900
656
2..
...
.10
2..
.15
Cr
Pla
te,
shee
t,&
stri
pS
A-2
40T
ype
430
S43
000
657
2..
...
.10
2..
.17
Cr
Pla
te,
shee
t,&
stri
pS
A-2
40T
ype
439
S43
035
657
2..
...
.10
2..
.17
Cr–
Ti
Pla
te,
shee
t,&
stri
pS
A-2
40S
4440
0S
4440
060
72
...
...
102
...
18C
r–2M
oP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
SA
-240
Typ
eX
M–3
3S
4462
668
10I
1..
...
.10
2..
.27
Cr–
1Mo–
Ti
Pla
te,
shee
t,&
stri
pS
A-2
40T
ype
XM
–27
S44
627
6510
I1
...
...
102
...
27C
r–1M
oP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
SA
-240
S44
635
S44
635
9010
I1
...
...
102
...
25C
r–4N
i–4M
o–T
iP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
SA
-240
S44
660
S44
660
8510
K1
...
...
102
...
26C
r–3N
i–3M
oP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
SA
-240
S44
700
S44
700
8010
J1
...
...
102
...
29C
r–4M
oP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
SA
-240
S44
800
S44
800
8010
K1
...
...
102
...
29C
r–4M
o–2N
iP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
SA
-249
TP
201
S20
100
958
3..
...
.10
2..
.17
Cr–
4Ni–
6Mn
Wel
ded
tube
SA
-249
TP
202
S20
200
908
3..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
5Ni–
9Mn
Wel
ded
tube
QW/QB-422 1998 SECTION IX
79
QW
/QB
-422
FE
RR
OU
SP
-NU
MB
ER
SA
ND
S-N
UM
BE
RS
(CO
NT
’D)
Gro
upin
gof
Bas
eM
etal
sfo
rQ
ualif
icat
ion
Wel
ding
Bra
zing
Min
imum
Spe
c.T
ype
orU
NS
Spe
cifi
edP
-G
roup
S-
Gro
upP
-S
-N
omin
alP
rodu
ctN
o.G
rade
No.
Ten
sile
,ks
iN
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.C
ompo
siti
onF
orm
SA
-249
TP
XM
–19
S20
910
100
83
...
...
102
...
22C
r–13
Ni–
5Mn
Wel
ded
tube
SA
-249
TP
XM
–29
S24
000
100
83
...
...
102
...
18C
r–3N
i–12
Mn
Wel
ded
tube
SA
-249
TP
304
S30
400
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
8Ni
Wel
ded
tube
SA
-249
TP
304L
S30
403
708
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
8Ni
Wel
ded
tube
SA
-249
TP
304H
S30
409
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
8Ni
Wel
ded
tube
SA
-249
TP
304N
S30
451
808
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
8Ni–
NW
elde
dtu
beS
A-2
49T
P30
4LN
S30
453
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
8Ni–
NW
elde
dtu
beS
A-2
49S
3081
5S
3081
587
82
...
...
102
...
21C
r–11
Ni–
NW
elde
dtu
be
SA
-249
TP
309S
S30
908
758
2..
...
.10
2..
.23
Cr–
12N
iW
elde
dtu
beS
A-2
49T
P30
9HS
3090
975
82
...
...
102
...
23C
r–12
Ni
Wel
ded
tube
SA
-249
TP
309C
bS
3094
075
82
...
...
102
...
23C
r–12
Ni–
Cb
Wel
ded
tube
SA
-249
TP
309H
Cb
S30
941
758
2..
...
.10
2..
.23
Cr–
12N
i–C
bW
elde
dtu
be
SA
-249
TP
310S
S31
008
758
2..
...
.10
2..
.25
Cr–
20N
iW
elde
dtu
beS
A-2
49T
P31
0HS
3100
975
82
...
...
102
...
25C
r–20
Ni
Wel
ded
tube
SA
-249
TP
310C
bS
3104
075
82
...
...
102
...
25C
r–20
Ni–
Cb
Wel
ded
tube
SA
-249
TP
310M
oLN
S31
050
788
2..
...
.10
2..
.25
Cr–
22N
i–2M
o–N
Wel
ded
tube
,t
>1 /
4in
.S
A-2
49T
P31
0MoL
NS
3105
084
82
...
...
102
...
25C
r–22
Ni–
2Mo–
NW
elde
dtu
be,
t≤
1 /4
in.
SA
-249
S31
254
S31
254
948
4..
...
.10
2..
.20
Cr–
18N
i–6M
oW
elde
dtu
beS
A-2
49T
P31
6S
3160
075
81
...
...
102
...
16C
r–12
Ni–
2Mo
Wel
ded
tube
SA
-249
TP
316L
S31
603
708
1..
...
.10
2..
.16
Cr–
12N
i–2M
oW
elde
dtu
beS
A-2
49T
P31
6HS
3160
975
81
...
...
102
...
16C
r–12
Ni–
2Mo
Wel
ded
tube
SA
-249
TP
316N
S31
651
808
1..
...
.10
2..
.16
Cr–
12N
i–2M
o–N
Wel
ded
tube
SA
-249
TP
316L
NS
3165
375
81
...
...
102
...
16C
r–12
Ni–
2Mo–
NW
elde
dtu
beS
A-2
49T
P31
7S
3170
075
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–13
Ni–
3Mo
Wel
ded
tube
SA
-249
TP
317L
S31
703
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
13N
i–3M
oW
elde
dtu
beS
A-2
49S
3172
5S
3172
575
84
...
...
102
...
19C
r–15
Ni–
4Mo
Wel
ded
tube
SA
-249
S31
726
S31
726
808
4..
...
.10
2..
.19
Cr–
15.5
Ni–
4Mo
Wel
ded
tube
SA
-249
TP
321
S32
100
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
10N
i–T
iW
elde
dtu
be
SA
-249
TP
321H
S32
109
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
10N
i–T
iW
elde
dtu
beS
A-2
49T
P34
7S
3470
075
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–10
Ni–
Cb
Wel
ded
tube
SA
-249
TP
347H
S34
709
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
10N
i–C
bW
elde
dtu
beS
A-2
49T
P34
8S
3480
075
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–10
Ni–
Cb
Wel
ded
tube
SA
-249
TP
348H
S34
809
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
10N
i–C
bW
elde
dtu
beS
A-2
49T
PX
M–1
5S
3810
075
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–18
Ni–
2Si
Wel
ded
tube
WELDING DATA QW/QB-422
98
80
QW
/QB
-422
FE
RR
OU
SP
-NU
MB
ER
SA
ND
S-N
UM
BE
RS
(CO
NT
’D)
Gro
upin
gof
Bas
eM
etal
sfo
rQ
ualif
icat
ion
Wel
ding
Bra
zing
Min
imum
Spe
c.T
ype
orU
NS
Spe
cifi
edP
-G
roup
S-
Gro
upP
-S
-N
omin
alP
rodu
ctN
o.G
rade
No.
Ten
sile
,ks
iN
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.C
ompo
siti
onF
orm
SA
-250
T1b
K11
422
533
1..
...
.10
1..
.C
–0.5
Mo
E.R
.W.
tube
SA
-250
T1
K11
522
553
1..
...
.10
1..
.C
–0.5
Mo
E.R
.W.
tube
SA
-250
T2
K11
547
603
1..
...
.10
1..
.0.
5Cr–
0.5M
oE
.R.W
.tu
beS
A-2
50T
11K
1159
760
41
...
...
102
...
1.25
Cr–
0.5M
o–S
iE
.R.W
.tu
beS
A-2
50T
1aK
1202
360
31
...
...
101
...
C–0
.5M
oE
.R.W
.tu
beS
A-2
50T
22K
2159
060
5A1
...
...
102
...
2.25
Cr–
1Mo
E.R
.W.
tube
A25
4C
l.1K
0100
142
...
...
...
...
...
101
CC
ubr
azed
tube
A25
4C
l.2K
0100
142
...
...
...
...
...
101
CC
ubr
azed
tube
SA
-266
4K
0301
770
12
...
...
101
...
C–M
n–S
iF
orgi
ngs
SA
-266
1K
0350
660
11
...
...
101
...
C–S
iF
orgi
ngs
SA
-266
2K
0350
670
12
...
...
101
...
C–S
iF
orgi
ngs
SA
-266
3K
0500
175
12
...
...
101
...
C–S
iF
orgi
ngs
SA
-268
TP
405
S40
500
607
1..
...
.10
2..
.12
Cr–
1Al
Sm
ls.
&w
elde
dtu
beS
A-2
68S
4080
0S
4080
055
71
...
...
102
...
12C
r–T
iS
mls
.&
wel
ded
tube
SA
-268
TP
409
S40
900
557
1..
...
.10
2..
.11
Cr–
Ti
Sm
ls.
&w
elde
dtu
beS
A-2
68T
P41
0S
4100
060
61
...
...
102
...
13C
rS
mls
.&
wel
ded
tube
SA
268
S41
500
S41
500
115
64
...
...
102
...
13C
r–4.
5Ni–
Mo
Sm
ls.
&w
elde
dtu
be
SA
-268
TP
429
S42
900
606
2..
...
.10
2..
.15
Cr
Sm
ls.
&w
elde
dtu
beS
A-2
68T
P43
0S
4300
060
72
...
...
102
...
17C
rS
mls
.&
wel
ded
tube
SA
-268
TP
439
S43
035
607
2..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
Ti
Sm
ls.
&w
elde
dtu
beS
A-2
68T
P43
0Ti
S43
036
607
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
Ti–
Cb
Sm
ls.
&w
elde
dtu
beS
A-2
6818
Cr–
2Mo
S44
400
607
2..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
2Mo
Sm
ls.
&w
elde
dtu
be
SA
-268
TP
446–
2S
4460
065
10I
1..
...
.10
2..
.27
Cr
Sm
ls.
&w
elde
dtu
beS
A-2
68T
P44
6–1
S44
600
7010
I1
...
...
102
...
27C
rS
mls
.&
wel
ded
tube
SA
-268
TP
XM
–33
S44
626
6810
I1
...
...
102
...
27C
r–1M
o–T
iS
mls
.&
wel
ded
tube
SA
-268
TP
XM
–27
S44
627
6510
I1
...
...
102
...
27C
r–1M
oS
mls
.&
wel
ded
tube
SA
-268
25–4
–4S
4463
590
10I
1..
...
.10
2..
.25
Cr–
4Ni–
4Mo–
Ti
Sm
ls.
&w
elde
dtu
be
SA
-268
26–3
–3S
4466
085
10K
1..
...
.10
2..
.26
Cr–
3Ni–
3Mo
Sm
ls.
&w
elde
dtu
beS
A-2
6829
–4S
4470
080
10J
1..
...
.10
2..
.29
Cr–
4Mo
Sm
ls.
&w
elde
dtu
beS
A-2
68S
4473
5S
4473
575
10J
1..
...
.10
2..
.29
Cr–
4Mo–
Ti
Sm
ls.
&w
elde
dtu
beS
A-2
6829
–4–2
S44
800
8010
K1
...
...
102
...
29C
r–4M
o–2N
iS
mls
.&
wel
ded
tube
A26
9T
P31
6S
3160
075
...
...
81
...
102
16C
r–12
Ni–
2Mo
Sm
ls.
&w
elde
dtu
beA
269
TP
316L
S31
603
70..
...
.8
1..
.10
216
Cr–
12N
i–2M
oS
mls
.&
wel
ded
tube
QW/QB-422 1998 SECTION IX
98
81
QW
/QB
-422
FE
RR
OU
SP
-NU
MB
ER
SA
ND
S-N
UM
BE
RS
(CO
NT
’D)
Gro
upin
gof
Bas
eM
etal
sfo
rQ
ualif
icat
ion
Wel
ding
Bra
zing
Min
imum
Spe
c.T
ype
orU
NS
Spe
cifi
edP
-G
roup
S-
Gro
upP
-S
-N
omin
alP
rodu
ctN
o.G
rade
No.
Ten
sile
,ks
iN
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.C
ompo
siti
onF
orm
A26
9T
P30
4S
3040
075
...
...
81
...
102
18C
r–8N
iS
mls
.&
wel
ded
tube
A26
9T
P30
4LS
3040
370
...
...
81
...
102
18C
r–8N
iS
mls
.&
wel
ded
tube
A27
1T
P30
4S
3040
075
...
...
81
...
102
18C
r–8N
iS
mls
.tu
beA
271
TP
304L
S30
403
70..
...
.8
1..
.10
218
Cr–
8Ni
Sm
ls.
tube
A27
6T
P30
4S
3040
075
...
...
81
...
102
18C
r–8N
iB
arA
276
TP
304L
S30
403
70..
...
.8
1..
.10
218
Cr–
8Ni
Bar
A27
6T
P31
6S
3160
075
...
...
81
...
102
16C
r–12
Ni–
2Mo
Bar
A27
6T
P31
6LS
3160
370
...
...
81
...
102
16C
r–12
Ni–
2Mo
Bar
A27
6T
P41
0S
4100
065
...
...
61
...
102
13C
rB
ar
SA
-283
A..
.45
11
...
...
101
...
CP
late
SA
-283
B..
.50
11
...
...
101
...
CP
late
SA
-283
C..
.55
11
...
...
101
...
CP
late
SA
-283
D..
.60
11
...
...
101
...
CP
late
SA
-285
AK
0170
045
11
...
...
101
...
CP
late
SA
-285
BK
0220
050
11
...
...
101
...
CP
late
SA
-285
CK
0280
155
11
...
...
101
...
CP
late
SA
-299
...
K02
803
751
2..
...
.10
1..
.C
–Mn–
Si
Pla
te
SA
-302
AK
1202
175
32
...
...
101
...
Mn–
0.5M
oP
late
SA
-302
BK
1202
280
33
...
...
101
...
Mn–
0.5M
oP
late
SA
-302
CK
1203
980
33
...
...
101
...
Mn–
0.5M
o–0.
5Ni
Pla
teS
A-3
02D
K12
054
803
3..
...
.10
1..
.M
n–0.
5Mo–
0.75
Ni
Pla
te
SA
-312
TP
XM
–19
S20
910
100
83
...
...
102
...
22C
r–13
Ni–
5Mn
Sm
ls.
&w
elde
dpi
peS
A-3
12T
PX
M–1
1S
2190
490
83
...
...
102
...
21C
r–6N
i–9M
nS
mls
.&
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-312
TP
XM
–29
S24
000
100
83
...
...
102
...
18C
r–3N
i–12
Mn
Sm
ls.
&w
elde
dpi
peS
A-3
12T
P30
4S
3040
075
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–8N
iS
mls
.&
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-312
TP
304L
S30
403
708
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
8Ni
Sm
ls.
&w
elde
dpi
peS
A-3
12T
P30
4HS
3040
975
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–8N
iS
mls
.&
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-312
TP
304N
S30
451
808
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
8Ni–
NS
mls
.&
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-312
TP
304L
NS
3045
375
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–8N
i–N
Sm
ls.
&w
elde
dpi
peS
A-3
12S
3060
0S
3060
078
81
...
...
102
...
17C
r–14
Ni–
4Si
Sm
ls.
&w
elde
dpi
pe
SA
-312
S30
815
S30
815
878
2..
...
.10
2..
.21
Cr–
11N
i–N
Sm
ls.
&w
elde
dpi
peS
A-3
12T
P30
9SS
3090
875
82
...
...
102
...
23C
r–12
Ni
Sm
ls.
&w
elde
dpi
pe
WELDING DATA QW/QB-422
82
QW
/QB
-422
FE
RR
OU
SP
-NU
MB
ER
SA
ND
S-N
UM
BE
RS
(CO
NT
’D)
Gro
upin
gof
Bas
eM
etal
sfo
rQ
ualif
icat
ion
Wel
ding
Bra
zing
Min
imum
Spe
c.T
ype
orU
NS
Spe
cifi
edP
-G
roup
S-
Gro
upP
-S
-N
omin
alP
rodu
ctN
o.G
rade
No.
Ten
sile
,ks
iN
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.C
ompo
siti
onF
orm
SA
-312
TP
309H
S30
909
758
2..
...
.10
2..
.23
Cr–
12N
iS
mls
.&
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-312
TP
309C
bS
3094
075
82
...
...
102
...
23C
r–12
Ni–
Cb
Sm
ls.
&w
elde
dpi
peS
A-3
12T
P30
9HC
bS
3094
175
82
...
...
102
...
23C
r–12
Ni–
Cb
Sm
ls.
&w
elde
dpi
peS
A-3
12T
P31
0SS
3100
875
82
...
...
102
...
25C
r–20
Ni
Sm
ls.
&w
elde
dpi
peS
A-3
12T
P31
0HS
3100
975
82
...
...
102
...
25C
r–20
Ni
Sm
ls.
&w
elde
dpi
peS
A-3
12T
P31
0Cb
S31
040
758
2..
...
.10
2..
.25
Cr–
20N
i–C
bS
mls
.&
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-312
TP
310H
Cb
S31
041
758
2..
...
.10
2..
.25
Cr–
20N
i–C
bS
mls
.&
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-312
TP
310M
oLN
S31
050
788
2..
...
.10
2..
.25
Cr–
22N
i–2M
o–N
Wel
ded
pipe
,t
>1 /
4in
.S
A-3
12T
P31
0MoL
NS
3105
084
82
...
...
102
...
25C
r–22
Ni–
2Mo–
NW
elde
dpi
pe,
t≤
1 /4
in.
SA
-312
S31
254
S31
254
948
4..
...
.10
2..
.20
Cr–
18N
i–6M
oS
mls
.&
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-312
TP
316
S31
600
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.16
Cr–
12N
i–2M
oS
mls
.&
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-312
TP
316L
S31
603
708
1..
...
.10
2..
.16
Cr–
12N
i–2M
oS
mls
.&
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-312
TP
316H
S31
609
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.16
Cr–
12N
i–2M
oS
mls
.&
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-312
TP
316N
S31
651
808
1..
...
.10
2..
.16
Cr–
12N
i–2M
o–N
Sm
ls.
&w
elde
dpi
peS
A-3
12T
P31
6LN
S31
653
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.16
Cr–
12N
i–2M
o–N
Sm
ls.
&w
elde
dpi
peS
A-3
12T
P31
7S
3170
075
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–13
Ni–
3Mo
Sm
ls.
&w
elde
dpi
peS
A-3
12T
P31
7LS
3170
375
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–13
Ni–
3Mo
Sm
ls.
&w
elde
dpi
peS
A-3
12S
3172
5S
3172
575
84
...
...
102
...
19C
r–15
Ni–
4Mo
Sm
ls.
&w
elde
dpi
pe
SA
-312
S31
726
S31
726
808
4..
...
.10
2..
.19
Cr–
15.5
Ni–
4Mo
Sm
ls.
&w
elde
dpi
peS
A-3
12T
P32
1S
3210
070
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–10
Ni–
Ti
Sm
ls.
&w
elde
dpi
pe>
3 /8
in.
SA
-312
TP
321
S32
100
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
10N
i–T
iS
mls
.&
wel
ded
pipe
≤3 /
8in
.S
A-3
12T
P32
1S
3210
075
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–10
Ni–
Ti
Wel
ded
pipe
SA
-312
TP
321H
S32
109
708
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
10N
i–T
iS
mls
.&
wel
ded
pipe
>3 /
8in
.S
A-3
12T
P32
1HS
3210
975
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–10
Ni–
Ti
Sm
ls.
&w
elde
dpi
pe≤
3 /8
in.
SA
-312
TP
321H
S32
109
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
10N
i–T
iW
elde
dpi
peS
A-3
12T
P34
7S
3470
075
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–10
Ni–
Cb
Sm
ls.
&w
elde
dpi
peS
A-3
12T
P34
7HS
3470
975
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–10
Ni–
Cb
Sm
ls.
&w
elde
dpi
peS
A-3
12T
P34
8S
3480
075
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–10
Ni–
Cb
Sm
ls.
&w
elde
dpi
peS
A-3
12T
P34
8HS
3480
975
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–10
Ni–
Cb
Sm
ls.
&w
elde
dpi
peS
A-3
12T
PX
M–1
5S
3810
075
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–18
Ni–
2Si
Sm
ls.
&w
elde
dpi
pe
A33
186
20C
WG
8620
090
...
...
33
...
102
0.5N
i–0.
5Cr–
Mo
Bar
SA
-333
6K
0300
660
11
...
...
101
...
C–M
n–S
iS
mls
.&
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-333
1K
0300
855
11
...
...
101
...
C–M
nS
mls
.&
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-333
10..
.80
13
...
...
101
...
C–M
n–S
iS
mls
.&
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-333
4K
1126
760
42
...
...
102
...
0.75
Cr–
0.75
Ni–
Cu–
Al
Sm
ls.
&w
elde
dpi
pe
QW/QB-422 1998 SECTION IX
83
QW
/QB
-422
FE
RR
OU
SP
-NU
MB
ER
SA
ND
S-N
UM
BE
RS
(CO
NT
’D)
Gro
upin
gof
Bas
eM
etal
sfo
rQ
ualif
icat
ion
Wel
ding
Bra
zing
Min
imum
Spe
c.T
ype
orU
NS
Spe
cifi
edP
-G
roup
S-
Gro
upP
-S
-N
omin
alP
rodu
ctN
o.G
rade
No.
Ten
sile
,ks
iN
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.C
ompo
siti
onF
orm
SA
-333
7K
2190
365
9A1
...
...
101
...
2.5N
iS
mls
.&
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-333
9K
2203
563
9A1
...
...
101
...
2Ni–
1Cu
Sm
ls.
&w
elde
dpi
peS
A-3
333
K31
918
659B
1..
...
.10
1..
.3.
5Ni
Sm
ls.
&w
elde
dpi
peS
A-3
338
K81
340
100
11A
1..
...
.10
1..
.9N
iS
mls
.&
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-334
6K
0300
660
11
...
...
101
...
C–M
n–S
iW
elde
dtu
beS
A-3
341
K03
008
551
1..
...
.10
1..
.C
–Mn
Wel
ded
tube
SA
-334
7K
2190
365
9A1
...
...
101
...
2.5N
iW
elde
dtu
beS
A-3
349
K22
035
639A
1..
...
.10
1..
.2N
i–1C
uW
elde
dtu
beS
A-3
343
K31
918
659B
1..
...
.10
1..
.3.
5Ni
Wel
ded
tube
SA
-334
8K
8134
010
011
A1
...
...
101
...
9Ni
Wel
ded
tube
SA
-335
P1
K11
522
553
1..
...
.10
1..
.C
–0.5
Mo
Sm
ls.
pipe
SA
-335
P2
K11
547
553
1..
...
.10
1..
.0.
5Cr–
0.5M
oS
mls
.pi
peS
A-3
35P
12K
1156
260
41
...
...
102
...
1Cr–
0.5M
oS
mls
.pi
peS
A-3
35P
15K
1157
860
31
...
...
101
...
1.5S
i–0.
5Mo
Sm
ls.
pipe
SA
-335
P11
K11
597
604
1..
...
.10
2..
.1.
25C
r–0.
5Mo–
Si
Sm
ls.
pipe
SA
-335
P22
K21
590
605A
1..
...
.10
2..
.2.
25C
r–1M
oS
mls
.pi
pe
SA
-335
P21
K31
545
605A
1..
...
.10
2..
.3C
r–1M
oS
mls
.pi
peS
A-3
35P
5cK
4124
560
5B1
...
...
102
...
5Cr–
0.5M
o–T
iS
mls
.pi
peS
A-3
35P
5K
4154
560
5B1
...
...
102
...
5Cr–
0.5M
oS
mls
.pi
peS
A-3
35P
5bK
5154
560
5B1
...
...
102
...
5Cr–
0.5M
o–S
iS
mls
.pi
peS
A-3
35P
9K
8159
060
5B1
...
...
102
...
9Cr–
1Mo
Sm
ls.
pipe
SA
-335
P91
K91
560
855B
2..
...
.10
2..
.9C
r–1M
o–V
Sm
ls.
pipe
SA
-336
F6
...
856
3..
...
.10
2..
.13
Cr
For
ging
sS
A-3
36F
12K
1156
470
41
...
...
102
...
1Cr–
0.5M
oF
orgi
ngs
SA
-336
F11
,C
l.1
K11
597
604
1..
...
.10
2..
.1.
25C
r–0.
5Mo–
Si
For
ging
sS
A-3
36F
11,
Cl.
2K
1157
270
41
...
...
102
...
1.25
Cr–
0.5M
o–S
iF
orgi
ngs
SA
-336
F11
,C
l.3
K11
572
754
1..
...
.10
2..
.1.
25C
r–0.
5Mo–
Si
For
ging
s
SA
-336
F1
K12
520
703
2..
...
.10
1..
.C
–0.5
Mo
For
ging
sS
A-3
36F
22,
Cl.
1K
2159
060
5A1
...
...
102
...
2.25
Cr–
1Mo
For
ging
sS
A-3
36F
22,
Cl.
3K
2159
075
5A1
...
...
102
...
2.25
Cr–
1Mo
For
ging
sS
A-3
36F
21,
Cl.
1K
3154
560
5A1
...
...
102
...
3Cr–
1Mo
For
ging
sS
A-3
36F
21,
Cl.
3K
3154
575
5A1
...
...
102
...
3Cr–
1Mo
For
ging
s
SA
-336
F3V
K31
830
855C
1..
...
.10
2..
.3C
r–1M
o–V
–Ti–
BF
orgi
ngs
SA
-336
F22
VK
3183
585
5C1
...
...
...
...
2.25
Cr–
1Mo–
VF
orgi
ngs
WELDING DATA QW/QB-422
84
QW
/QB
-422
FE
RR
OU
SP
-NU
MB
ER
SA
ND
S-N
UM
BE
RS
(CO
NT
’D)
Gro
upin
gof
Bas
eM
etal
sfo
rQ
ualif
icat
ion
Wel
ding
Bra
zing
Min
imum
Spe
c.T
ype
orU
NS
Spe
cifi
edP
-G
roup
S-
Gro
upP
-S
-N
omin
alP
rodu
ctN
o.G
rade
No.
Ten
sile
,ks
iN
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.C
ompo
siti
onF
orm
SA
-336
F5
K41
545
605B
1..
...
.10
2..
.5C
r–0.
5Mo
For
ging
sS
A-3
36F
5AK
4254
480
5B1
...
...
102
...
5Cr–
0.5M
oF
orgi
ngs
SA
-336
F9
K81
590
855B
1..
...
.10
2..
.9C
r–1M
oF
orgi
ngs
SA
-336
F91
...
855B
2..
...
.10
2..
.9C
r–1M
o–V
For
ging
s
SA
-336
F46
S30
600
788
1..
...
.10
2..
.17
Cr–
14N
i–4S
iF
orgi
ngs
SA
-336
FX
M–1
9S
2091
010
08
3..
...
.10
2..
.22
Cr–
13N
i–5M
nF
orgi
ngs
SA
-336
FX
M–1
1S
2190
490
83
...
...
102
...
21C
r–6N
i–9M
nF
orgi
ngs
SA
-336
F30
4S
3040
070
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–8N
iF
orgi
ngs
SA
-336
F30
4LS
3040
365
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–8N
iF
orgi
ngs
SA
-336
F30
4HS
3040
970
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–8N
iF
orgi
ngs
SA
-336
F30
4NS
3045
180
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–8N
i–N
For
ging
sS
A-3
36F
304L
NS
3045
370
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–8N
i–N
For
ging
sS
A-3
36F
310
S31
000
758
2..
...
.10
2..
.25
Cr–
20N
iF
orgi
ngs
SA
-336
F31
6S
3160
070
81
...
...
102
...
16C
r–12
Ni–
2Mo
For
ging
sS
A-3
36F
316L
S31
603
658
1..
...
.10
2..
.16
Cr–
12N
i–2M
oF
orgi
ngs
SA
-336
F31
6HS
3160
970
81
...
...
102
...
16C
r–12
Ni–
2Mo
For
ging
sS
A-3
36F
316N
S31
651
808
1..
...
.10
2..
.16
Cr–
12N
i–2M
o–N
For
ging
sS
A-3
36F
316L
NS
3165
370
81
...
...
102
...
16C
r–12
Ni–
2Mo–
NF
orgi
ngs
SA
-336
F32
1S
3210
070
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–10
Ni–
Ti
For
ging
sS
A-3
36F
321H
S32
109
708
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
10N
i–T
iF
orgi
ngs
SA
-336
F34
7S
3470
070
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–10
Ni–
Cb
For
ging
sS
A-3
36F
347H
S34
709
708
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
10N
i–C
bF
orgi
ngs
SA
-336
F34
8S
3480
070
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–10
Ni–
Cb
For
ging
sS
A-3
36F
348H
S34
809
658
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
10N
i–C
bF
orgi
ngs
SA
-336
FX
M–2
7Cb
S44
627
6010
I1
...
...
102
...
27C
r–1M
oF
orgi
ngs
SA
-350
LF
1K
0300
960
11
...
...
101
...
C–M
n–S
iF
orgi
ngs
SA
-350
LF
2K
0301
170
12
...
...
101
...
C–M
n–S
iF
orgi
ngs
SA
-350
LF
5,C
l.1
K13
050
609A
1..
...
.10
1..
.1.
5Ni
For
ging
sS
A-3
50L
F5,
Cl.
2K
1305
070
9A1
...
...
101
...
1.5N
iF
orgi
ngs
SA
-350
LF
9K
2203
663
9A1
...
...
101
...
2Ni–
1Cu
For
ging
sS
A-3
50L
F3
K32
025
709B
1..
...
.10
1..
.3.
5Ni
For
ging
s
SA
-351
CF
3J9
2500
708
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
8Ni
Cas
ting
sS
A-3
51C
F3A
J925
0077
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–8N
iC
asti
ngs
SA
-351
CF
8J9
2600
708
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
8Ni
Cas
ting
s
QW/QB-422 1998 SECTION IX
98
85
QW
/QB
-422
FE
RR
OU
SP
-NU
MB
ER
SA
ND
S-N
UM
BE
RS
(CO
NT
’D)
Gro
upin
gof
Bas
eM
etal
sfo
rQ
ualif
icat
ion
Wel
ding
Bra
zing
Min
imum
Spe
c.T
ype
orU
NS
Spe
cifi
edP
-G
roup
S-
Gro
upP
-S
-N
omin
alP
rodu
ctN
o.G
rade
No.
Ten
sile
,ks
iN
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.C
ompo
siti
onF
orm
SA
-351
CF
8AJ9
2600
778
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
8Ni
Cas
ting
sS
A-3
51C
F8C
J927
1070
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–10
Ni–
Cb
Cas
ting
sS
A-3
51C
F3M
J928
0070
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–12
Ni–
2Mo
Cas
ting
s
SA
-351
CF
8MJ9
2900
708
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
12N
i–2M
oC
asti
ngs
SA
-351
CF
10..
.70
81
...
...
102
...
19C
r–9N
i–0.
5Mo
Cas
ting
sS
A-3
51C
F10
M..
.70
81
...
...
102
...
19C
r–9N
i–2M
oC
asti
ngs
SA
-351
CG
8MJ9
3000
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.19
Cr–
10N
i–3M
oC
asti
ngs
SA
-351
CK
3MC
uNJ9
3254
808
4..
...
.10
2..
.20
Cr–
18N
i–6M
oC
asti
ngs
SA
-351
CE
8MN
J933
4595
10H
1..
...
.10
2..
.24
Cr–
10N
i–M
o–N
Cas
ting
sS
A-3
51C
D4M
Cu
J933
7010
010
H1
...
...
102
...
25C
r–5N
i–2M
o–3C
uC
asti
ngs
SA
-351
CD
3MW
CuN
J933
8010
0..
...
.10
H1
102
...
25C
r–7.
5Ni–
3.5M
o–N
–C
asti
ngs
Cu–
WS
A-3
51C
H8
J934
0065
82
...
...
102
...
25C
r–12
Ni
Cas
ting
sS
A-3
51C
H20
J934
0270
82
...
...
102
...
25C
r–12
Ni
Cas
ting
sS
A-3
51C
G6M
MN
J937
9085
83
...
...
102
...
22C
r–12
Ni–
5Mn
Cas
ting
sS
A-3
51C
K20
J942
0265
82
...
...
102
...
25C
r–20
Ni
Cas
ting
sS
A-3
51C
N7M
N08
007
6245
...
...
...
111
...
28N
i–19
Cr–
Cu–
Mo
Cas
ting
sS
A-3
51C
T15
CN
0815
163
45..
...
...
.11
1..
.32
Ni–
45F
e–20
Cr–
Cb
Cas
ting
sS
A-3
51C
N3M
N..
.80
45..
...
...
...
...
.24
Ni–
21C
r–6.
5Mo–
NC
asti
ngs
A35
1C
A15
...
90..
...
.6
3..
.10
213
Cr
Cas
ting
sA
351
CE
20N
...
80..
...
.8
2..
.10
225
Cr–
8Ni–
NC
asti
ngs
A35
1C
F10
MC
J929
7170
...
...
81
...
102
16C
r–14
Ni–
2Mo
Cas
ting
sA
351
CH
10J9
3401
70..
...
.8
2..
.10
225
Cr–
12N
iC
asti
ngs
A35
1H
K40
J942
0462
...
...
82
...
102
25C
r–20
Ni–
5Mo
Cas
ting
sA
351
HT
30N
0803
065
...
...
45..
.11
1..
.32
Ni–
45F
e–15
Cr
Cas
ting
s
SA
-352
LC
AJ0
2504
601
1..
...
.10
1..
.C
–Si
Cas
ting
sS
A-3
52L
CC
J025
0570
12
...
...
101
...
C–M
n–S
iC
asti
ngs
SA
-352
LC
BJ0
3003
651
1..
...
.10
1..
.C
–Si
Cas
ting
sS
A-3
52L
C1
J125
2265
31
...
...
101
...
C–0
.5M
oC
asti
ngs
SA
-352
LC
2J2
2500
709A
1..
...
.10
1..
.2.
5Ni
Cas
ting
s
SA
-352
LC
3J3
1550
709B
1..
...
.10
1..
.3.
5Ni
Cas
ting
sS
A-3
52L
C4
J415
0070
9C1
...
...
101
...
4.5N
iC
asti
ngs
SA
-352
LC
2–1
J422
1510
511
A5
...
...
102
...
3Ni–
1.5C
r–0.
5Mo
Cas
ting
sS
A-3
52C
A6N
MJ9
1540
110
64
...
...
102
...
13C
r–4N
iC
asti
ngs
SA
-353
...
K81
340
100
11A
1..
...
.10
1..
.9N
iP
late
WELDING DATA QW/QB-422
86
QW
/QB
-422
FE
RR
OU
SP
-NU
MB
ER
SA
ND
S-N
UM
BE
RS
(CO
NT
’D)
Gro
upin
gof
Bas
eM
etal
sfo
rQ
ualif
icat
ion
Wel
ding
Bra
zing
Min
imum
Spe
c.T
ype
orU
NS
Spe
cifi
edP
-G
roup
S-
Gro
upP
-S
-N
omin
alP
rodu
ctN
o.G
rade
No.
Ten
sile
,ks
iN
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.C
ompo
siti
onF
orm
SA
-358
XM
–19
S20
910
100
83
...
...
102
...
22C
r–13
Ni–
5Mn
Fus
ion
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-358
XM
–29
S24
000
100
83
...
...
102
...
18C
r–3N
i–12
Mn
Fus
ion
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-358
304
S30
400
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
8Ni
Fus
ion
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-358
304L
S30
403
708
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
8Ni
Fus
ion
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-358
304H
S30
409
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
8Ni
Fus
ion
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-358
304N
S30
451
808
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
8Ni–
NF
usio
nw
elde
dpi
peS
A-3
5830
4LN
S30
453
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
8Ni–
NF
usio
nw
elde
dpi
peS
A-3
58S
3081
5S
3081
587
82
...
...
102
...
21C
r–11
Ni–
NF
usio
nw
elde
dpi
peS
A-3
5830
9SS
3090
875
82
...
...
102
...
23C
r–12
Ni
Fus
ion
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-358
309C
bS
3094
075
82
...
...
102
...
23C
r–12
Ni–
Cb
Fus
ion
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-358
310S
S31
008
758
2..
...
.10
2..
.25
Cr–
20N
iF
usio
nw
elde
dpi
peS
A-3
5831
0Cb
S31
040
758
2..
...
.10
2..
.25
Cr–
20N
i–C
bF
usio
nw
elde
dpi
peS
A-3
58S
3125
4S
3125
494
84
...
...
102
...
20C
r–18
Ni–
6Mo
Fus
ion
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-358
316
S31
600
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.16
Cr–
12N
i–2M
oF
usio
nw
elde
dpi
peS
A-3
5831
6LS
3160
370
81
...
...
102
...
16C
r–12
Ni–
2Mo
Fus
ion
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-358
316H
S31
609
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.16
Cr–
12N
i–2M
oF
usio
nw
elde
dpi
peS
A-3
5831
6NS
3165
180
81
...
...
102
...
16C
r–12
Ni–
2Mo–
NF
usio
nw
elde
dpi
peS
A-3
5831
6LN
S31
653
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.16
Cr–
12N
i–2M
o–N
Fus
ion
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-358
S31
725
S31
725
758
4..
...
.10
2..
.19
Cr–
15N
i–4M
oF
usio
nw
elde
dpi
peS
A-3
58S
3172
6S
3172
680
84
...
...
102
...
19C
r–15
.5N
i–4M
oF
usio
nw
elde
dpi
peS
A-3
5832
1S
3210
075
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–10
Ni–
Ti
Fus
ion
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-358
347
S34
700
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
10N
i–C
bF
usio
nw
elde
dpi
peS
A-3
5834
8S
3480
075
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–10
Ni–
Cb
Fus
ion
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-369
FP
AK
0250
148
11
...
...
101
...
C–S
iF
orge
dpi
peS
A-3
69F
PB
K03
006
601
1..
...
.10
1..
.C
–Mn–
Si
For
ged
pipe
SA
-369
FP
1K
1152
255
31
...
...
101
...
C–0
.5M
oF
orge
dpi
peS
A-3
69F
P2
K11
547
553
1..
...
.10
1..
.0.
5Cr–
0.5M
oF
orge
dpi
peS
A-3
69F
P12
K11
562
604
1..
...
.10
2..
.1C
r–0.
5Mo
For
ged
pipe
SA
-369
FP
11K
1159
760
41
...
...
102
...
1.25
Cr–
0.5M
o–S
iF
orge
dpi
peS
A-3
69F
P22
K21
590
605A
1..
...
.10
2..
.2.
25C
r–1M
oF
orge
dpi
peS
A-3
69F
P21
K31
545
605A
1..
...
.10
2..
.3C
r–1M
oF
orge
dpi
peS
A-3
69F
P5
K41
545
605B
1..
...
.10
2..
.5C
r–0.
5Mo
For
ged
pipe
SA
-369
FP
9K
9094
160
5B1
...
...
102
...
9Cr–
1Mo
For
ged
pipe
SA
-369
FP
91..
.85
5B2
...
...
102
...
9Cr–
1Mo–
VF
orge
dpi
pe
QW/QB-422 1998 SECTION IX
87
QW
/QB
-422
FE
RR
OU
SP
-NU
MB
ER
SA
ND
S-N
UM
BE
RS
(CO
NT
’D)
Gro
upin
gof
Bas
eM
etal
sfo
rQ
ualif
icat
ion
Wel
ding
Bra
zing
Min
imum
Spe
c.T
ype
orU
NS
Spe
cifi
edP
-G
roup
S-
Gro
upP
-S
-N
omin
alP
rodu
ctN
o.G
rade
No.
Ten
sile
,ks
iN
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.C
ompo
siti
onF
orm
SA
-372
AK
0300
260
11
...
...
101
...
C–S
iF
orgi
ngs
SA
-372
BK
0400
175
12
...
...
101
...
C–M
n–S
iF
orgi
ngs
SA
-376
16–8
–2H
...
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.16
Cr–
8Ni–
2Mo
Sm
ls.
pipe
SA
-376
TP
304
S30
400
708
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
8Ni
Sm
ls.
pipe
≥0.
812
in.
SA
-376
TP
304
S30
400
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
8Ni
Sm
ls.
pipe
<0.
812
in.
SA
-376
TP
304H
S30
409
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
8Ni
Sm
ls.
pipe
SA
-376
TP
304N
S30
451
808
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
8Ni–
NS
mls
.pi
peS
A-3
76T
P30
4LN
S30
453
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
8Ni–
NS
mls
.pi
pe
SA
-376
TP
316
S31
600
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.16
Cr–
12N
i–2M
oS
mls
.pi
peS
A-3
76T
P31
6HS
3160
975
81
...
...
102
...
16C
r–12
Ni–
2Mo
Sm
ls.
pipe
SA
-376
TP
316N
S31
651
808
1..
...
.10
2..
.16
Cr–
12N
i–2M
o–N
Sm
ls.
pipe
SA
-376
TP
316L
NS
3165
375
81
...
...
102
...
16C
r–12
Ni–
2Mo–
NS
mls
.pi
peS
A-3
76S
3172
5S
3172
575
84
...
...
102
...
19C
r–15
Ni–
4Mo
Sm
ls.
pipe
SA
-376
S31
726
S31
726
808
4..
...
.10
2..
.19
Cr–
15.5
Ni–
4Mo
Sm
ls.
pipe
SA
-376
TP
321
S32
100
708
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
10N
i–T
iS
mls
.pi
pe>
3 /8
in.
SA
-376
TP
321
S32
100
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
10N
i–T
iS
mls
.pi
pe≤
3 /8
in.
SA
-376
TP
321H
S32
109
708
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
10N
i–T
iS
mls
.pi
pe>
3 /8
in.
SA
-376
TP
321H
S32
109
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
10N
i–T
iS
mls
.pi
pe≤
3 /8
in.
SA
-376
TP
347
S34
700
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
10N
i–C
bS
mls
.pi
peS
A-3
76T
P34
7HS
3470
975
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–10
Ni–
Cb
Sm
ls.
pipe
SA
-376
TP
348
S34
800
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
10N
i–C
bS
mls
.pi
pe
A38
1Y
35K
0301
360
...
...
11
...
101
CP
ipe
A38
1Y
42..
.60
...
...
11
...
101
CP
ipe
A38
1Y
48..
.62
...
...
11
...
101
CP
ipe
>3 /
8in
.A
381
Y46
...
63..
...
.1
1..
.10
1C
Pip
eA
381
Y50
...
64..
...
.1
1..
.10
1C
Pip
e>
3 /8
in.
A38
1Y
52b
...
66..
...
.1
2..
.10
1C
Pip
e>
3 /8
in.
A38
1Y
56b
...
71..
...
.1
2..
.10
1C
Pip
e>
3 /8
in.
A38
1Y
52a
...
72..
...
.1
2..
.10
1C
Pip
e,to
3 /8
in.
A38
1Y
56a
...
75..
...
.1
2..
.10
1C
Pip
e,to
3 /8
in.
A38
1Y
60b
...
75..
...
.1
2..
.10
1C
Pip
e>
3 /8
in.
A38
1Y
60a
...
78..
...
.1
2..
.10
1C
Pip
e>
3 /8
in.
SA
-387
12,
Cl.
1K
1175
755
41
...
...
102
...
1Cr–
0.5M
oP
late
SA
-387
12,
Cl.
2K
1175
765
41
...
...
102
...
1Cr–
0.5M
oP
late
WELDING DATA QW/QB-422
88
QW
/QB
-422
FE
RR
OU
SP
-NU
MB
ER
SA
ND
S-N
UM
BE
RS
(CO
NT
’D)
Gro
upin
gof
Bas
eM
etal
sfo
rQ
ualif
icat
ion
Wel
ding
Bra
zing
Min
imum
Spe
c.T
ype
orU
NS
Spe
cifi
edP
-G
roup
S-
Gro
upP
-S
-N
omin
alP
rodu
ctN
o.G
rade
No.
Ten
sile
,ks
iN
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.C
ompo
siti
onF
orm
SA
-387
11,
Cl.
1K
1178
960
41
...
...
102
...
1.25
Cr–
0.5M
o–S
iP
late
SA
-387
11,
Cl.
2K
1178
975
41
...
...
102
...
1.25
Cr–
0.5M
o–S
iP
late
SA
-387
Gr.
2,C
l.1
K12
143
553
1..
...
.10
1..
.0.
5Cr–
0.5M
oP
late
SA
-387
Gr.
2,C
l.2
K12
143
703
2..
...
.10
1..
.0.
5Cr–
0.5M
oP
late
SA
-387
22,
Cl.
1K
2159
060
5A1
...
...
102
...
2.25
Cr–
1Mo
Pla
teS
A-3
8722
,C
l.2
K21
590
755A
1..
...
.10
2..
.2.
25C
r–1M
oP
late
SA
-387
21,
Cl.
1K
3154
560
5A1
...
...
102
...
3Cr–
1Mo
Pla
teS
A-3
8721
,C
l.2
K31
545
755A
1..
...
.10
2..
.3C
r–1M
oP
late
SA
-387
5,C
l.1
K41
545
605B
1..
...
.10
2..
.5C
r–0.
5Mo
Pla
teS
A-3
875,
Cl.
2K
4154
575
5B1
...
...
102
...
5Cr–
0.5M
oP
late
SA
-387
Gr.
91,
Cl.
2..
.85
5B2
...
...
102
...
9Cr–
1Mo–
VP
late
SA
-403
WP
XM
–19
S20
910
100
83
...
...
102
...
22C
r–13
Ni–
5Mn
Wro
ught
pipe
fitt
ing
SA
-403
WP
304
S30
400
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
8Ni
Wro
ught
pipe
fitt
ing
SA
-403
WP
304L
S30
403
708
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
8Ni
Wro
ught
pipe
fitt
ing
SA
-403
WP
304H
S30
409
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
8Ni
Wro
ught
pipe
fitt
ing
SA
-403
WP
304N
S30
451
808
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
8Ni–
NW
roug
htpi
pefi
ttin
g
SA
-403
WP
304L
NS
3045
375
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–8N
i–N
Wro
ught
pipe
fitt
ing
SA
-403
WP
309
S30
900
758
2..
...
.10
2..
.23
Cr–
12N
iW
roug
htpi
pefi
ttin
gS
A-4
03W
P31
0S
3100
075
82
...
...
102
...
25C
r–20
Ni
Wro
ught
pipe
fitt
ing
SA
-403
WP
316
S31
600
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.16
Cr–
12N
i–2M
oW
roug
htpi
pefi
ttin
gS
A-4
03W
P31
6LS
3160
370
81
...
...
102
...
16C
r–12
Ni–
2Mo
Wro
ught
pipe
fitt
ing
SA
-403
WP
316H
S31
609
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.16
Cr–
12N
i–2M
oW
roug
htpi
pefi
ttin
gS
A-4
03W
P31
6NS
3165
180
81
...
...
102
...
16C
r–12
Ni–
2Mo–
NW
roug
htpi
pefi
ttin
gS
A-4
03W
P31
6LN
S31
653
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.16
Cr–
12N
i–2M
o–N
Wro
ught
pipe
fitt
ing
SA
-403
WP
317
S31
700
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
13N
i–3M
oW
roug
htpi
pefi
ttin
gS
A-4
03W
P31
7LS
3170
375
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–13
Ni–
3Mo
Wro
ught
pipe
fitt
ing
SA
-403
WP
321
S32
100
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
10N
i–T
iW
roug
htpi
pefi
ttin
gS
A-4
03W
P32
1HS
3210
975
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–10
Ni–
Ti
Wro
ught
pipe
fitt
ing
SA
-403
WP
347
S34
700
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
10N
i–C
bW
roug
htpi
pefi
ttin
gS
A-4
03W
P34
7HS
3470
975
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–10
Ni–
Cb
Wro
ught
pipe
fitt
ing
SA
-403
WP
348
S34
800
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
10N
i–C
bW
roug
htpi
pefi
ttin
gS
A-4
03W
P34
8HS
3480
975
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–10
Ni–
Cb
Wro
ught
pipe
fitt
ing
SA
-409
TP
304
S30
400
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
8Ni
Wel
ded
pipe
SA
-409
TP
304L
S30
403
708
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
8Ni
Wel
ded
pipe
QW/QB-422 1998 SECTION IX
89
QW
/QB
-422
FE
RR
OU
SP
-NU
MB
ER
SA
ND
S-N
UM
BE
RS
(CO
NT
’D)
Gro
upin
gof
Bas
eM
etal
sfo
rQ
ualif
icat
ion
Wel
ding
Bra
zing
Min
imum
Spe
c.T
ype
orU
NS
Spe
cifi
edP
-G
roup
S-
Gro
upP
-S
-N
omin
alP
rodu
ctN
o.G
rade
No.
Ten
sile
,ks
iN
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.C
ompo
siti
onF
orm
SA
-409
S30
815
S30
815
878
2..
...
.10
2..
.21
Cr–
11N
i–N
Wel
ded
pipe
SA
-409
TP
309S
S30
908
758
2..
...
.10
2..
.23
Cr–
12N
iW
elde
dpi
peS
A-4
09T
P30
9Cb
S30
940
758
2..
...
.10
2..
.23
Cr–
12N
i–C
bW
elde
dpi
pe
SA
-409
TP
310S
S31
008
758
2..
...
.10
2..
.25
Cr–
20N
iW
elde
dpi
peS
A-4
09T
P31
0Cb
S31
040
758
2..
...
.10
2..
.25
Cr–
20N
i–C
bW
elde
dpi
peS
A-4
09S
3125
4S
3125
494
84
...
...
102
...
20C
r–18
Ni–
6Mo
Wel
ded
pipe
SA
-409
TP
316
S31
600
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.16
Cr–
12N
i–2M
oW
elde
dpi
peS
A-4
09T
P31
6LS
3160
370
81
...
...
102
...
16C
r–12
Ni–
2Mo
Wel
ded
pipe
SA
-409
TP
317
S31
700
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
13N
i–3M
oW
elde
dpi
pe
SA
-409
S31
725
S31
725
758
4..
...
.10
2..
.19
Cr–
15N
i–4M
oW
elde
dpi
peS
A-4
09S
3172
6S
3172
680
84
...
...
102
...
19C
r–15
.5N
i–4M
oW
elde
dpi
peS
A-4
09T
P32
1S
3210
075
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–10
Ni–
Ti
Wel
ded
pipe
SA
-409
TP
347
S34
700
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
10N
i–C
bW
elde
dpi
peS
A-4
09T
P34
8S
3480
075
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–10
Ni–
Cb
Wel
ded
pipe
SA
-414
AK
0150
145
11
...
...
101
...
CS
heet
SA
-414
BK
0220
150
11
...
...
101
...
CS
heet
SA
-414
CK
0250
355
11
...
...
101
...
CS
heet
SA
-414
DK
0250
560
11
...
...
101
...
C–M
nS
heet
SA
-414
EK
0270
465
11
...
...
101
...
C–M
nS
heet
SA
-414
FK
0310
270
12
...
...
101
...
C–M
nS
heet
SA
-414
GK
0310
375
12
...
...
101
...
C–M
nS
heet
SA
-420
WP
L6
...
601
1..
...
.10
1..
.C
–Mn–
Si
Pip
ing
fitt
ing
SA
-420
WP
L9
K22
035
639A
1..
...
.10
1..
.2N
i–1C
uP
ipin
gfi
ttin
gS
A-4
20W
PL
3..
.65
9B1
...
...
101
...
3.5N
iP
ipin
gfi
ttin
gS
A-4
20W
PL
8K
8134
010
011
A1
...
...
101
...
9Ni
Pip
ing
fitt
ing
SA
-423
1K
1153
560
42
...
...
102
...
0.75
Cr–
0.5N
i–C
uS
mls
.&
wel
ded
tube
SA
-423
2K
1154
060
42
...
...
102
...
0.75
Ni–
0.5C
u–M
oS
mls
.&
wel
ded
tube
SA
-426
CP
15J1
1522
603
1..
...
.10
1..
.C
–0.5
Mo–
Si
Cen
trif
ugal
cast
pipe
SA
-426
CP
2J1
1547
603
1..
...
.10
1..
.0.
5Cr–
0.5M
oC
entr
ifug
alca
stpi
peS
A-4
26C
P12
J115
6260
41
...
...
102
...
1Cr–
0.5M
oC
entr
ifug
alca
stpi
peS
A-4
26C
P11
J120
7270
41
...
...
102
...
1.25
Cr–
0.5M
oC
entr
ifug
alca
stpi
peS
A-4
26C
P1
J125
2165
31
...
...
101
...
C–0
.5M
oC
entr
ifug
alca
stpi
peS
A-4
26C
P22
J218
9070
5A1
...
...
102
...
2.25
Cr–
1Mo
Cen
trif
ugal
cast
pipe
WELDING DATA QW/QB-422
90
QW
/QB
-422
FE
RR
OU
SP
-NU
MB
ER
SA
ND
S-N
UM
BE
RS
(CO
NT
’D)
Gro
upin
gof
Bas
eM
etal
sfo
rQ
ualif
icat
ion
Wel
ding
Bra
zing
Min
imum
Spe
c.T
ype
orU
NS
Spe
cifi
edP
-G
roup
S-
Gro
upP
-S
-N
omin
alP
rodu
ctN
o.G
rade
No.
Ten
sile
,ks
iN
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.C
ompo
siti
onF
orm
SA
-426
CP
21J3
1545
605A
1..
...
.10
2..
.3C
r–1M
oC
entr
ifug
alca
stpi
peS
A-4
26C
P5
J420
4590
5B1
...
...
102
...
5Cr–
0.5M
oC
entr
ifug
alca
stpi
peS
A-4
26C
P5b
J515
4560
5B1
...
...
102
...
5Cr–
1.5S
i–0.
5Mo
Cen
trif
ugal
cast
pipe
SA
-426
CP
9J8
2090
905B
1..
...
.10
2..
.9C
r–1M
oC
entr
ifug
alca
stpi
peS
A-4
26C
PC
A15
J911
5090
63
...
...
102
...
13C
rC
entr
ifug
alca
stpi
pe
SA
-430
FP
16–8
–2H
S16
800
708
1..
...
.10
2..
.16
Cr–
8Ni–
2Mo
For
ged
pipe
SA
-430
FP
304
S30
400
708
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
8Ni
For
ged
pipe
SA
-430
FP
304H
S30
409
708
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
8Ni
For
ged
pipe
SA
-430
FP
304N
S30
451
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
8Ni–
NF
orge
dpi
peS
A-4
30F
P31
6S
3160
070
81
...
...
102
...
16C
r–12
Ni–
2Mo
For
ged
pipe
SA
-430
FP
316H
S31
609
708
1..
...
.10
2..
.16
Cr–
12N
i–2M
oF
orge
dpi
peS
A-4
30F
P31
6NS
3165
175
81
...
...
102
...
16C
r–12
Ni–
2Mo–
NF
orge
dpi
peS
A-4
30F
P32
1S
3210
070
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–10
Ni–
Ti
For
ged
pipe
SA
-430
FP
321H
S32
109
708
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
10N
i–T
iF
orge
dpi
peS
A-4
30F
P34
7S
3470
070
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–10
Ni–
Cb
For
ged
pipe
SA
-430
FP
347H
S34
709
708
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
10N
i–C
bF
orge
dpi
pe
A44
11
K12
211
70..
...
.1
2..
.10
1M
n–C
u–V
Sha
pes
A44
12
K12
211
70..
...
.1
2..
.10
1M
n–C
u–V
Sha
pes
A44
6A
...
45..
...
.1
1..
.10
1C
She
et
SA
-451
CP
F8
J926
0070
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–8N
iC
entr
ifug
alca
stpi
peS
A-4
51C
PF
8AJ9
2600
778
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
8Ni
Cen
trif
ugal
cast
pipe
SA
-451
CP
F8C
J927
1070
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–10
Ni–
Cb
Cen
trif
ugal
cast
pipe
SA
-451
CP
F8M
J929
0070
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–12
Ni–
2Mo
Cen
trif
ugal
cast
pipe
SA
-451
CP
F3
J925
0070
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–8N
iC
entr
ifug
alca
stpi
pe
SA
-451
CP
F3M
J928
0070
81
...
...
102
...
16C
r–12
Ni–
2Mo
Cen
trif
ugal
cast
pipe
SA
-451
CP
F3A
J925
0077
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–8N
iC
entr
ifug
alca
stpi
peS
A-4
51C
PH
8J9
3400
658
2..
..
..10
2..
.25
Cr–
12N
iC
entr
ifug
alca
stpi
peS
A-4
51C
PH
20J9
3402
708
2..
...
.10
2..
.25
Cr–
12N
iC
entr
ifug
alca
stpi
peS
A-4
51C
PK
20J9
4202
658
2..
...
.10
2..
.25
Cr–
20N
iC
entr
ifug
alca
stpi
pe
A45
1C
PF
10M
CJ9
2971
70..
...
.8
1..
.10
216
Cr–
14N
i–2M
oC
entr
ifug
alca
stpi
peA
451
CP
E20
N..
.80
...
...
82
...
102
25C
r–8N
i–N
Cen
trif
ugal
cast
pipe
SA
-452
TP
304H
S30
409
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
8Ni
Cen
trif
ugal
cast
pipe
QW/QB-422 1998 SECTION IX
91
QW
/QB
-422
FE
RR
OU
SP
-NU
MB
ER
SA
ND
S-N
UM
BE
RS
(CO
NT
’D)
Gro
upin
gof
Bas
eM
etal
sfo
rQ
ualif
icat
ion
Wel
ding
Bra
zing
Min
imum
Spe
c.T
ype
orU
NS
Spe
cifi
edP
-G
roup
S-
Gro
upP
-S
-N
omin
alP
rodu
ctN
o.G
rade
No.
Ten
sile
,ks
iN
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.C
ompo
siti
onF
orm
SA
-452
TP
316H
S31
609
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.16
Cr–
12N
i–2M
oC
entr
ifug
alca
stpi
peS
A-4
52T
P34
7HS
3470
975
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–10
Ni–
Cb
Cen
trif
ugal
cast
pipe
SA
-455
...
K03
300
701
2..
...
.10
1..
.C
–Mn–
Si
Pla
te>
0.58
0in
.–0.
750
in.
SA
-455
...
K03
300
731
2..
...
.10
1..
.C
–Mn–
Si
Pla
te>
0.37
5in
.–0.
580
in.
SA
-455
...
K03
300
751
2..
...
.10
1..
.C
–Mn–
Si
Pla
te,
upto
0.37
5in
.
SA
-479
XM
–19
S20
910
100
83
...
...
102
...
22C
r–13
Ni–
5Mn
Bar
&sh
ape
SA
-479
XM
–17
S21
600
908
3..
...
.10
2..
.19
Cr–
8Mn–
6Ni–
Mo–
NB
ar&
shap
eS
A-4
79X
M–1
8S
2160
390
83
...
...
102
...
19C
r–8M
n–6N
i–M
o–N
Bar
&sh
ape
SA
-479
S21
800
S21
800
958
3..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
8Ni–
4Si–
NB
ar&
shap
eS
A-4
79X
M–1
1S
2190
490
83
...
...
102
...
21C
r–6N
i–9M
nB
ar&
shap
e
SA
-479
XM
–29
S24
000
100
83
...
...
102
...
18C
r–3N
i–12
Mn
Bar
&sh
ape
SA
-479
302
S30
200
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
8Ni
Bar
&sh
ape
SA
-479
304
S30
400
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
8Ni
Bar
&sh
ape
SA
-479
304L
S30
403
708
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
8Ni
Bar
&sh
ape
SA
-479
304H
S30
409
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
8Ni
Bar
&sh
ape
SA
-479
304N
S30
451
808
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
8Ni–
NB
ar&
shap
eS
A-4
7930
4LN
S30
453
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
8Ni–
NB
ar&
shap
eS
A-4
79S
3060
0S
3060
078
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r-15
Ni-
4Si
Bar
&sh
ape
SA
-479
S30
815
S30
815
878
2..
...
.10
2..
.21
Cr–
11N
i–N
Bar
&sh
ape
SA
-479
309S
S30
908
758
2..
...
.10
2..
.23
Cr–
12N
iB
ar&
shap
eS
A-4
7930
9Cb
S30
940
758
2..
...
.10
2..
.23
Cr–
12N
i–C
bB
ar&
shap
e
SA
-479
310S
S31
008
758
2..
...
.10
2..
.25
Cr–
20N
iB
ar&
shap
eS
A-4
7931
0Cb
S31
040
758
2..
...
.10
2..
.25
Cr–
20N
i–C
bB
ar&
shap
eS
A-4
79S
3125
4S
3125
494
84
...
...
102
...
20C
r–18
Ni–
6Mo
Bar
&sh
ape
SA
-479
316
S31
600
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.16
Cr–
12N
i–2M
oB
ar&
shap
eS
A-4
7931
6LS
3160
370
81
...
...
102
...
16C
r–12
Ni–
2Mo
Bar
&sh
ape
SA
-479
316H
S31
609
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.16
Cr–
12N
i–2M
oB
ar&
shap
eS
A-4
7931
6Ti
S31
635
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.16
Cr–
12N
i–2M
o–T
iB
ar&
shap
eS
A-4
7931
6Cb
S31
640
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.16
Cr–
12N
i–2M
o–C
bB
ar&
shap
eS
A-4
7931
6NS
3165
180
81
...
...
102
...
16C
r–12
Ni–
2Mo–
NB
ar&
shap
eS
A-4
7931
6LN
S31
653
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.16
Cr–
12N
i–2M
o–N
Bar
&sh
ape
SA
-479
S31
725
S31
725
758
4..
...
.10
2..
.19
Cr–
15N
i–4M
oB
ar&
shap
eS
A-4
79S
3172
6S
3172
680
84
...
...
102
...
19C
r–15
.5N
i–4M
oB
ar&
shap
eS
A-4
7932
1S
3210
075
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–10
Ni–
Ti
Bar
&sh
ape
WELDING DATA QW/QB-422
98
92
QW
/QB
-422
FE
RR
OU
SP
-NU
MB
ER
SA
ND
S-N
UM
BE
RS
(CO
NT
’D)
Gro
upin
gof
Bas
eM
etal
sfo
rQ
ualif
icat
ion
Wel
ding
Bra
zing
Min
imum
Spe
c.T
ype
orU
NS
Spe
cifi
edP
-G
roup
S-
Gro
upP
-S
-N
omin
alP
rodu
ctN
o.G
rade
No.
Ten
sile
,ks
iN
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.C
ompo
siti
onF
orm
SA
-479
321H
S32
109
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
10N
i–T
iB
ar&
shap
eS
A-4
79S
3255
0S
3255
011
010
H1
...
...
102
...
25C
r–5N
i–3M
o–2C
uB
ar&
shap
eS
A-4
79..
.S
3276
010
9..
...
.10
H1
102
...
25C
r–7.
5Ni–
3.5M
o–N
–B
ar&
shap
eC
u–W
SA
-479
347
S34
700
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
10N
i–C
bB
ar&
shap
eS
A-4
7934
7HS
3470
975
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–10
Ni–
Cb
Bar
&sh
ape
SA
-479
348
S34
800
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
10N
i–C
bB
ar&
shap
eS
A-4
7934
8HS
3480
975
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–10
Ni–
Cb
Bar
&sh
ape
SA
-479
403
S40
300
706
1..
...
.10
2..
.12
Cr
Bar
&sh
ape
SA
-479
405
S40
500
607
1..
...
.10
2..
.12
Cr–
1Al
Bar
&sh
ape
SA
-479
410
S41
000
706
1..
...
.10
2..
.13
Cr
Bar
&sh
ape
SA
-479
414
S41
400
115
64
...
...
102
...
12.5
Cr–
2Ni–
Si
Bar
&sh
ape
SA
-479
S41
500
S41
500
115
64
...
...
102
...
13C
r–4.
5Ni–
Mo
Bar
&sh
ape
SA
-479
430
S43
000
707
2..
...
.10
2..
.17
Cr
Bar
&sh
ape
SA
-479
439
S43
035
707
2..
...
.10
2..
.17
Cr–
Ti
Bar
&sh
ape
SA
-479
S44
400
S44
400
607
2..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
2Mo
Bar
&sh
ape
SA
-479
XM
–27
S44
627
6510
I1
...
...
102
...
27C
r–1M
oB
ar&
shap
eS
A-4
79S
4470
0S
4470
070
10J
1..
...
.10
2..
.29
Cr–
4Mo
Bar
&sh
ape
SA
-479
S44
800
S44
800
7010
K1
...
...
102
...
29C
r–4M
o–2N
iB
ar&
shap
e
SA
-487
Gr.
16,
Cl.
A..
.70
12
...
...
101
...
Low
C–M
n–N
iC
asti
ngs
SA
-487
Gr.
1,C
l.A
J030
0485
10A
1..
...
.10
1..
.M
n–V
Cas
ting
sS
A-4
87G
r.1,
Cl.
BJ0
3004
9010
A1
...
...
101
...
Mn–
VC
asti
ngs
SA
-487
Gr.
2,C
l.A
J130
0585
33
...
...
101
...
Mn–
0.25
Mo–
VC
asti
ngs
SA
-487
Gr.
2,C
l.B
J130
0590
33
...
...
101
...
Mn–
0.25
Mo–
VC
asti
ngs
SA
-487
Gr.
4,C
l.A
J130
4790
33
...
...
101
...
0.5N
i–0.
5Cr–
0.25
Mo–
VC
asti
ngs
SA
-487
Gr.
4,C
l.B
J130
4710
511
A3
...
...
101
...
0.5N
i–0.
5Cr–
0.25
Mo–
VC
asti
ngs
SA
-487
Gr.
4,C
l.E
J130
4711
511
A3
...
...
101
...
0.5N
i–0.
5Cr–
0.25
Mo–
VC
asti
ngs
SA
-487
Gr.
8,C
l.A
J220
9185
5C1
...
...
102
...
2.25
Cr–
1Mo
Cas
ting
sS
A-4
87G
r.8,
Cl.
CJ2
2091
100
5C4
...
...
102
...
2.25
Cr–
1Mo
Cas
ting
sS
A-4
87G
r.8,
Cl.
BJ2
2091
105
5C4
...
...
102
...
2.25
Cr–
1Mo
Cas
ting
sS
A-4
87C
A15
MC
l.A
J911
5190
63
...
...
102
...
13C
rC
asti
ngs
SA
-487
CA
15C
l.C
...
906
3..
...
.10
2..
.13
Cr
Cas
ting
sS
A-4
87C
A15
Cl.
B..
.90
63
...
...
102
...
13C
rC
asti
ngs
SA
-487
CA
15C
l.D
J911
7110
06
3..
...
.10
2..
.13
Cr
Cas
ting
s
QW/QB-422 1998 SECTION IX
98
93
QW
/QB
-422
FE
RR
OU
SP
-NU
MB
ER
SA
ND
S-N
UM
BE
RS
(CO
NT
’D)
Gro
upin
gof
Bas
eM
etal
sfo
rQ
ualif
icat
ion
Wel
ding
Bra
zing
Min
imum
Spe
c.T
ype
orU
NS
Spe
cifi
edP
-G
roup
S-
Gro
upP
-S
-N
omin
alP
rodu
ctN
o.G
rade
No.
Ten
sile
,ks
iN
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.C
ompo
siti
onF
orm
SA
-487
CA
6NM
Cl.
BJ9
1540
100
64
...
...
102
...
13C
r–4N
iC
asti
ngs
SA
-487
CA
6NM
Cl.
AJ9
1540
110
64
...
...
102
...
13C
r–4N
iC
asti
ngs
SA
-494
CX
2MW
N26
022
8044
...
...
...
112
...
59N
i–22
Cr–
14M
o–C
asti
ngs
4Fe–
3WA
494
CW
-6M
N30
107
72..
...
.44
...
...
112
56N
i–19
Mo–
18C
r–2F
eC
asti
ngs
A50
0C
K02
705
62..
...
.1
1..
.10
1C
Tub
eA
500
BK
0300
058
...
...
11
...
101
CT
ube
A50
1..
.K
0300
058
...
...
11
...
101
CT
ube
SA
-508
3,C
l.1
K12
042
803
3..
...
.10
1..
.0.
75N
i–0.
5Mo–
Cr–
VF
orgi
ngs
SA
-508
3,C
l.2
K12
042
903
3..
...
.10
2..
.0.
75N
i–0.
5Mo–
Cr–
VF
orgi
ngs
SA
-508
2,C
l.1
K12
766
803
3..
...
.10
1..
.0.
75N
i–0.
5Mo–
0.3C
r–V
For
ging
sS
A-5
082,
Cl.
2K
1276
690
33
...
...
101
...
0.75
Ni–
0.5M
o–0.
3Cr–
VF
orgi
ngs
SA
-508
1K
1350
270
12
...
...
101
...
C–S
iF
orgi
ngs
SA
-508
1A..
.70
12
...
...
101
...
C–M
n–S
iF
orgi
ngs
SA
-508
22,
Cl.
3K
2159
085
5C1
...
...
...
...
2.25
Cr–
1Mo
For
ging
sS
A-5
084N
,C
l.3
K22
375
903
3..
...
.10
2..
.3.
5Ni–
1.75
Cr–
0.5M
o–V
For
ging
sS
A-5
084N
,C
l.1
K22
375
105
11A
5..
...
.10
2..
.3.
5Ni–
1.75
Cr–
0.5M
o–V
For
ging
sS
A-5
084N
,C
l.2
K22
375
115
11A
5..
...
.10
2..
.3.
5Ni–
1.75
Cr–
0.5M
o–V
For
ging
sS
A-5
083V
K31
830
855C
1..
...
.10
2..
.3C
r–1M
o–V
–Ti–
BF
orgi
ngs
SA
-508
5,C
l.1
K42
365
105
11A
5..
...
.10
2..
.3.
5Ni–
1.75
Cr–
0.5M
o–V
For
ging
sS
A-5
085,
Cl.
2K
4236
511
511
A5
...
...
102
...
3.5N
i–1.
75C
r–0.
5Mo–
VF
orgi
ngs
A51
310
15C
WG
1015
065
...
...
11
...
101
CT
ube
A51
310
20C
WG
1020
070
...
...
12
...
101
CT
ube
A51
310
25C
WG
1025
075
...
...
12
...
101
CT
ube
A51
310
26C
WG
1026
080
...
...
13
...
101
CT
ube
A51
4F
K11
576
110
...
...
11B
310
1..
.0.
75N
i–0.
5Cr–
0.5M
o–V
Pla
te,
21 /2
in.
max
.A
514
JK
1162
511
0..
...
.11
B6
101
...
C–0
.5M
oP
late
,1
1 /4
in.
max
.A
514
BK
1163
011
0..
...
.11
B4
101
...
0.5C
r–0.
2Mo–
VP
late
,1
1 /4
in.
max
.A
514
DK
1166
211
0..
...
.11
B5
101
...
1Cr–
0.2M
o–S
iP
late
,1
1 /4
in.
max
.A
514
AK
1185
611
0..
...
.11
B1
101
...
0.5C
r–0.
25M
o–S
iP
late
,1
1 /4
in.
max
.
A51
4E
K21
604
100
...
...
11B
210
2..
.1.
75C
r–0.
5Mo–
Cu
Pla
te>
21 /2
in.–
6in
.,in
cl.
A51
4E
K21
604
110
...
...
11B
210
2..
.1.
75C
r–0.
5Mo–
Cu
Pla
te,
21 /2
in.
max
.
WELDING DATA QW/QB-422
94
QW
/QB
-422
FE
RR
OU
SP
-NU
MB
ER
SA
ND
S-N
UM
BE
RS
(CO
NT
’D)
Gro
upin
gof
Bas
eM
etal
sfo
rQ
ualif
icat
ion
Wel
ding
Bra
zing
Min
imum
Spe
c.T
ype
orU
NS
Spe
cifi
edP
-G
roup
S-
Gro
upP
-S
-N
omin
alP
rodu
ctN
o.G
rade
No.
Ten
sile
,ks
iN
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.C
ompo
siti
onF
orm
A51
4P
K21
650
100
...
...
11B
810
2..
.1.
25N
i–1C
r–0.
5Mo
Pla
te>
21 /2
in.–
6in
.,in
cl.
A51
4P
K21
650
110
...
...
11B
810
2..
.1.
25N
i–1C
r–0.
5Mo
Pla
te,
21 /
2in
.m
ax.
A51
4Q
...
100
...
...
11B
910
2..
.1.
3Ni–
1.3C
r–0.
5Mo–
VP
late
>21 /
2in
.–6
in.,
incl
.A
514
Q..
.11
0..
...
.11
B9
102
...
1.3N
i–1.
3Cr–
0.5M
o–V
Pla
te,
21 /
2in
.m
ax.
SA
-515
60K
0240
160
11
...
...
101
...
C–S
iP
late
SA
-515
65K
0280
065
11
...
...
101
...
C–S
iP
late
SA
-515
70K
0310
170
12
...
...
101
...
C–S
iP
late
SA
-516
55K
0180
055
11
...
...
101
...
C–S
iP
late
SA
-516
60K
0210
060
11
...
...
101
...
C–M
n–S
iP
late
SA
-516
65K
0240
365
11
...
...
101
...
C–M
n–S
iP
late
SA
-516
70K
0270
070
12
...
...
101
...
C–M
n–S
iP
late
SA
-517
FK
1157
610
511
B3
...
...
101
...
0.75
Ni–
0.5C
r–0.
5Mo–
VP
late
>21 /
2in
.–6
in.,
incl
.S
A-5
17F
K11
576
115
11B
3..
...
.10
1..
.0.
75N
i–0.
5Cr–
0.5M
o–V
Pla
te≤
21 /2
in.
SA
-517
JK
1162
510
511
B6
...
...
101
...
C–0
.5M
oP
late
>21 /
2in
.–6
in.,
incl
.S
A-5
17J
K11
625
115
11B
6..
...
.10
1..
.C
–0.5
Mo
Pla
te≤
21 /2
in.
SA
-517
BK
1163
010
511
B4
...
...
101
...
0.5C
r–0.
2Mo–
VP
late
>21 /
2in
.–6
in.,
incl
.
SA
-517
BK
1163
011
511
B4
...
...
101
...
0.5C
r–0.
2Mo–
VP
late
≤21 /
2in
.S
A-5
17A
K11
856
105
11B
1..
...
.10
1..
.0.
5Cr–
0.25
Mo–
Si
Pla
te>
21 /2
in.–
6in
.,in
cl.
SA
-517
AK
1185
611
511
B1
...
...
101
...
0.5C
r–0.
25M
o–S
iP
late
≤21 /
2in
.S
A-5
17E
K21
604
105
11B
2..
...
.10
2..
.1.
75C
r–0.
5Mo–
Cu
Pla
te>
21 /2
in.–
6in
.,in
cl.
SA
-517
EK
2160
411
511
B2
...
...
102
...
1.75
Cr–
0.5M
o–C
uP
late
≤21 /
2in
.S
A-5
17P
K21
650
105
11B
8..
...
.10
2..
.1.
25N
i–1C
r–0.
5Mo
Pla
te>
21 /2
in.–
6in
.,in
cl.
SA
-517
PK
2165
011
511
B8
...
...
102
...
1.25
Ni–
1Cr–
0.5M
oP
late
≤21 /
2in
.
A51
910
18H
RG
1018
050
...
...
11
...
101
CT
ube
A51
910
18C
WG
1018
070
...
...
12
...
101
CT
ube
A51
910
20H
RG
1020
050
...
...
11
...
101
CT
ube
A51
910
20C
WG
1020
070
...
...
12
...
101
CT
ube
A51
910
22H
RG
1022
050
...
...
11
...
101
CT
ube
A51
910
22C
WG
1022
070
...
...
12
...
101
CT
ube
A51
910
25H
RG
1025
055
...
...
11
...
101
CT
ube
A51
910
25C
WG
1025
075
...
...
12
...
101
CT
ube
A51
910
26H
RG
1026
055
...
...
11
...
101
CT
ube
A51
910
26C
WG
1026
075
...
...
12
...
101
CT
ube
A52
1C
l.C
C..
.60
...
...
11
...
101
CF
orgi
ngs
QW/QB-422 1998 SECTION IX
95
QW
/QB
-422
FE
RR
OU
SP
-NU
MB
ER
SA
ND
S-N
UM
BE
RS
(CO
NT
’D)
Gro
upin
gof
Bas
eM
etal
sfo
rQ
ualif
icat
ion
Wel
ding
Bra
zing
Min
imum
Spe
c.T
ype
orU
NS
Spe
cifi
edP
-G
roup
S-
Gro
upP
-S
-N
omin
alP
rodu
ctN
o.G
rade
No.
Ten
sile
,ks
iN
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.C
ompo
siti
onF
orm
A52
1C
l.C
E..
.75
...
...
12
...
101
CF
orgi
ngs
SA
-522
Typ
eII
K71
340
100
11A
1..
...
.10
1..
.8N
iF
orgi
ngs
SA
-522
Typ
eI
K81
340
100
11A
1..
...
.10
1..
.9N
iF
orgi
ngs
SA
-524
IIK
0210
455
11
...
...
101
...
C–M
n–S
iS
mls
.pi
peS
A-5
24I
K02
104
601
1..
...
.10
1..
.C
–Mn–
Si
Sm
ls.
pipe
SA
-533
Typ
eA
,C
l.1
K12
521
803
3..
...
.10
1..
.M
n–0.
5Mo
Pla
teS
A-5
33T
ype
A,
Cl.
2K
1252
190
33
...
...
101
...
Mn–
0.5M
oP
late
SA
-533
Typ
eA
,C
l.3
K12
521
100
11A
4..
...
.10
1..
.M
n–0.
5Mo
Pla
teS
A-5
33T
ype
D,
Cl.
1K
1252
980
33
...
...
101
...
Mn–
0.5M
o–0.
25N
iP
late
SA
-533
Typ
eD
,C
l.2
K12
529
903
3..
...
.10
1..
.M
n–0.
5Mo–
0.25
Ni
Pla
teS
A-5
33T
ype
D,
Cl.
3K
1252
910
011
A4
...
...
101
...
Mn–
0.5M
o–0.
25N
iP
late
SA
-533
Typ
eB
,C
l.1
K12
539
803
3..
...
.10
1..
.M
n–0.
5Mo–
0.5N
iP
late
SA
-533
Typ
eB
,C
l.2
K12
539
903
3..
...
.10
1..
.M
n–0.
5Mo–
0.5N
iP
late
SA
-533
Typ
eB
,C
l.3
K12
539
100
11A
4..
...
.10
1..
.M
n–0.
5Mo–
0.5N
iP
late
SA
-533
Typ
eC
,C
l.1
K12
554
803
3..
...
.10
1..
.M
n–0.
5Mo–
0.75
Ni
Pla
teS
A-5
33T
ype
C,
Cl.
2K
1255
490
33
...
...
101
...
Mn–
0.5M
o–0.
75N
iP
late
SA
-533
Typ
eC
,C
l.3
K12
554
100
11A
4..
...
.10
1..
.M
n–0.
5Mo–
0.75
Ni
Pla
te
SA
-537
Cl.
1K
1243
765
12
...
...
101
...
C–M
n–S
iP
late
>21 /
2in
.–4
in.
SA
-537
Cl.
1K
1243
770
12
...
...
101
...
C–M
n–S
iP
late
,2
1 /2
in.
&un
der
SA
-537
Cl.
2K
1243
770
13
...
...
101
...
C–M
n–S
iP
late
>4
in.–
6in
.,in
cl.
SA
-537
Cl.
2K
1243
775
13
...
...
101
...
C–M
n–S
iP
late
>21 /
2in
.–4
in.
SA
-537
Cl.
2K
1243
780
13
...
...
101
...
C–M
n–S
iP
late
,2
1 /2
in.
&un
der
SA
-537
Cl.
3K
1243
770
13
...
...
101
...
C–M
n–S
iP
late
>4
in.
SA
-537
Cl.
3K
1243
775
13
...
...
101
...
C–M
n–S
iP
late
,2
1 /2
in.
<t
≤4
in.
SA
-537
Cl.
3K
1243
780
13
...
...
101
...
C–M
n–S
iP
late
≤21 /
2in
.
SA
-541
1K
0350
670
12
...
...
101
...
C–S
iF
orgi
ngs
SA
-541
1A..
.70
12
...
...
101
...
C–M
n–S
iF
orgi
ngs
SA
-541
11,
Cl.
4K
1157
280
41
...
...
102
...
1.25
Cr–
0.5M
o–S
iF
orgi
ngs
SA
-541
3,C
l.1
K12
045
803
3..
...
.10
1..
.0.
5Ni–
0.5M
o–V
For
ging
sS
A-5
413,
Cl.
2K
1204
590
33
...
...
101
...
0.5N
i–0.
5Mo–
VF
orgi
ngs
SA
-541
2,C
l.1
K12
765
803
3..
...
.10
1..
.0.
75N
i–0.
5Mo–
0.3C
r–V
For
ging
sS
A-5
412,
Cl.
2K
1276
590
33
...
...
101
...
0.75
Ni–
0.5M
o–0.
3Cr–
VF
orgi
ngs
WELDING DATA QW/QB-422
96
QW
/QB
-422
FE
RR
OU
SP
-NU
MB
ER
SA
ND
S-N
UM
BE
RS
(CO
NT
’D)
Gro
upin
gof
Bas
eM
etal
sfo
rQ
ualif
icat
ion
Wel
ding
Bra
zing
Min
imum
Spe
c.T
ype
orU
NS
Spe
cifi
edP
-G
roup
S-
Gro
upP
-S
-N
omin
alP
rodu
ctN
o.G
rade
No.
Ten
sile
,ks
iN
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.C
ompo
siti
onF
orm
SA
-541
22,
Cl.
3K
2139
085
5C1
...
...
102
...
2.25
Cr–
1Mo
For
ging
sS
A-5
4122
,C
l.4
K21
390
105
5C4
...
...
102
...
2.25
Cr–
1Mo
For
ging
sS
A-5
4122
,C
l.5
K21
390
115
5C5
...
...
102
...
2.25
Cr–
1Mo
For
ging
sS
A-5
413V
K31
830
855C
1..
...
.10
2..
.3C
r–1M
o–V
–Ti–
BF
orgi
ngs
SA
-541
22V
K31
835
855C
1..
...
...
...
.2.
25C
r–1M
o–V
For
ging
s
SA
-542
B,
Cl.
4aK
2159
085
5C1
...
...
102
...
2.25
Cr–
1Mo
Pla
teS
A-5
42B
,C
l.4
K21
590
855C
1..
...
.10
2..
.2.
25C
r–1M
oP
late
SA
-542
A,
Cl.
4K
2159
085
5C1
...
...
102
...
2.25
Cr–
1Mo
Pla
teS
A-5
42A
,C
l.4a
K21
590
855C
1..
...
.10
2..
.2.
25C
r–1M
oP
late
SA
-542
A,
Cl.
3K
2159
095
5C3
...
...
102
...
2.25
Cr–
1Mo
Pla
te
SA
-542
B,
Cl.
3K
2159
095
5C3
...
...
102
...
2.25
Cr–
1Mo
Pla
teS
A-5
42A
,C
l.1
K21
590
105
5C4
...
...
102
...
2.25
Cr–
1Mo
Pla
teS
A-5
42B
,C
l.1
K21
590
105
5C4
...
...
102
...
2.25
Cr–
1Mo
Pla
teS
A-5
42B
,C
l.2
K21
590
115
5C5
...
...
102
...
2.25
Cr–
1Mo
Pla
teS
A-5
42A
,C
l.2
K21
590
115
5C5
...
...
102
...
2.25
Cr–
1Mo
Pla
te
SA
-542
C,
Cl.
4K
3183
085
5C1
...
...
102
...
3Cr–
1Mo–
V–T
i–B
Pla
teS
A-5
42C
,C
l.4a
K31
830
855C
1..
...
.10
2..
.3C
r–1M
o–V
–Ti–
BP
late
SA
-542
C,
Cl.
3K
3183
095
5C3
...
...
102
...
3Cr–
1Mo–
V–T
i–B
Pla
teS
A-5
42C
,C
l.1
K31
830
105
5C4
...
...
102
...
3Cr–
1Mo–
V–T
i–B
Pla
teS
A-5
42C
,C
l.2
K31
830
115
5C5
...
...
102
...
3Cr–
1Mo–
V–T
i–B
Pla
teS
A-5
42D
,C
l.4a
K31
835
855C
1..
...
...
...
.2.
25C
r–1M
o–V
Pla
te
SA
-543
BC
l.3
K42
339
9011
A5
...
...
102
...
3Ni–
1.75
Cr–
0.5M
oP
late
SA
-543
CC
l.3
K42
338
9011
A5
...
...
102
...
2.75
Ni–
1.5C
r–0.
5Mo
Pla
teS
A-5
43B
Cl.
1K
4233
910
511
A5
...
...
102
...
3Ni–
1.75
Cr–
0.5M
oP
late
SA
-543
CC
l.1
K42
338
105
11A
5..
...
.10
2..
.2.
75N
i–1.
5Cr–
0.5M
oP
late
SA
-543
BC
l.2
K42
339
115
11B
10..
...
.10
2..
.3N
i–1.
75C
r–0.
5Mo
Pla
teS
A-5
43C
Cl.
2K
4233
811
511
B10
...
...
102
...
2.75
Ni–
1.5C
r–0.
5Mo
Pla
te
SA
-553
IIK
7134
010
011
A1
...
...
101
...
8Ni
Pla
teS
A-5
53I
K81
340
100
11A
1..
...
.10
1..
.9N
iP
late
SA
-556
A2
K01
807
471
1..
...
.10
1..
.C
Sm
ls.
tube
SA
-556
B2
K02
707
601
1..
...
.10
1..
.C
–Si
Sm
ls.
tube
SA
-556
C2
K03
006
701
2..
...
.10
1..
.C
–Si
Sm
ls.
tube
SA
-557
A2
K01
807
471
1..
...
.10
1..
.C
E.R
.W.
tube
SA
-557
B2
K03
007
601
1..
...
.10
1..
.C
E.R
.W.
tube
SA
-557
C2
K03
505
701
2..
...
.10
1..
.C
–Mn
E.R
.W.
tube
QW/QB-422 1998 SECTION IX
97
QW
/QB
-422
FE
RR
OU
SP
-NU
MB
ER
SA
ND
S-N
UM
BE
RS
(CO
NT
’D)
Gro
upin
gof
Bas
eM
etal
sfo
rQ
ualif
icat
ion
Wel
ding
Bra
zing
Min
imum
Spe
c.T
ype
orU
NS
Spe
cifi
edP
-G
roup
S-
Gro
upP
-S
-N
omin
alP
rodu
ctN
o.G
rade
No.
Ten
sile
,ks
iN
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.C
ompo
siti
onF
orm
SA
-562
...
K11
224
551
1..
...
.10
1..
.C
–Mn–
Ti
Pla
te
A57
030
K02
502
49..
...
.1
1..
.10
1C
She
et&
stri
pA
570
33K
0250
252
...
...
11
...
101
CS
heet
&st
rip
A57
036
K02
502
53..
...
.1
1..
.10
1C
She
et&
stri
pA
570
40K
0250
255
...
...
11
...
101
CS
heet
&st
rip
A57
045
K02
507
60..
...
.1
1..
.10
1C
She
et&
stri
pA
570
50K
0250
765
...
...
11
...
101
CS
heet
&st
rip
A57
242
...
60..
...
.1
1..
.10
1C
–Mn–
Si
Pla
te&
shap
esA
572
50..
.65
...
...
11
...
101
C–M
n–S
iP
late
&sh
apes
A57
260
...
75..
...
.1
2..
.10
1C
–Mn–
Si
Pla
te&
shap
es
A57
3..
...
...
...
...
.1
1..
.10
1C
Pla
te
A57
5..
...
...
...
...
.1
1..
.10
1C
Bar
A57
6..
...
...
...
...
.1
1..
.10
1C
Bar
SA
-587
...
K11
500
481
1..
...
.10
1..
.C
E.R
.W.
pipe
A58
8A
,a
K11
430
63..
...
.3
1..
.10
1M
n–0.
5Cr–
0.3C
u–S
i–V
Pla
te&
bar
A58
8A
,b
K11
430
67..
...
.3
1..
.10
1M
n–0.
5Cr–
0.3C
u–S
i–V
Pla
te&
bar
A58
8A
,c
K11
430
70..
...
.3
1..
.10
1M
n–0.
5Cr–
0.3C
u–S
i–V
Pla
te&
shap
esA
588
B,
aK
1204
363
...
...
31
...
101
Mn–
0.6C
r–0.
3Cu–
Si–
VP
late
&ba
rA
588
B,
bK
1204
367
...
...
31
...
101
Mn–
0.6C
r–0.
3Cu–
Si–
VP
late
&ba
rA
588
B,
cK
1204
370
...
...
31
...
101
Mn–
0.6C
r–0.
3Cu–
Si–
VP
late
&sh
apes
SA
-592
FK
1157
610
511
B3
...
...
101
...
0.75
Ni–
0.5C
r–0.
5Mo–
VF
orgi
ngs,
21 /2
in.–
4in
.S
A-5
92F
K11
576
115
11B
3..
...
.10
1..
.0.
75N
i–0.
5Cr–
0.5M
o–V
For
ging
s,21 /
2in
.&
unde
rS
A-5
92E
K11
695
105
11B
2..
...
.10
2..
.1.
75C
r–0.
5Mo–
Cu
For
ging
s,21 /
2in
.–4
in.
SA
-592
EK
1169
511
511
B2
...
...
102
...
1.75
Cr–
0.5M
o–C
uF
orgi
ngs,
21 /2
in.
&un
der
SA
-592
AK
1185
610
511
B1
...
...
101
...
0.5C
r–0.
25M
o–S
iF
orgi
ngs,
21 /2
in.–
4in
.S
A-5
92A
K11
856
115
11B
1..
...
.10
1..
.0.
5Cr–
0.25
Mo–
Si
For
ging
s,21 /
2in
.&
unde
r
A61
1A
G10
170
42..
...
.1
1..
.10
1C
She
etA
611
BG
1017
045
...
...
11
...
101
CS
heet
A61
1C
G10
170
48..
...
.1
1..
.10
1C
She
et
SA
-612
...
K02
900
8110
C1
...
...
101
...
C–M
n–S
iP
late
>1 /
2in
.–1
in.
WELDING DATA QW/QB-422
98
QW
/QB
-422
FE
RR
OU
SP
-NU
MB
ER
SA
ND
S-N
UM
BE
RS
(CO
NT
’D)
Gro
upin
gof
Bas
eM
etal
sfo
rQ
ualif
icat
ion
Wel
ding
Bra
zing
Min
imum
Spe
c.T
ype
orU
NS
Spe
cifi
edP
-G
roup
S-
Gro
upP
-S
-N
omin
alP
rodu
ctN
o.G
rade
No.
Ten
sile
,ks
iN
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.C
ompo
siti
onF
orm
SA
-612
...
K02
900
8310
C1
...
...
101
...
C–M
n–S
iP
late
,1 /
2in
.&
unde
r
A61
8II
,b
K12
609
67..
...
.1
2..
.10
1M
n–C
u–V
Tub
e>
3 /4
in.–
11 /2
in.
A61
8II
,a
K12
609
70..
...
.1
2..
.10
1M
n–C
u–V
Tub
e,3 /
4in
.&
unde
rA
618
III
K12
700
65..
...
.1
1..
.10
1M
n–V
Tub
e
SA
-620
...
K00
040
401
1..
...
.10
1..
.C
She
et
A63
3A
K01
802
63..
...
.1
1..
.10
1M
n–C
bP
late
&sh
apes
A63
3C
bK
1200
065
...
...
11
...
101
Mn–
Cb
Pla
te>
21 /2
in.–
4in
.,sh
apes
A63
3C
aK
1200
070
...
...
12
...
101
Mn–
Cb
Pla
teto
21 /2
in.,
shap
esA
633
Db
K12
037
65..
...
.1
1..
.10
1M
n–C
r–N
i–C
uP
late
>2
1 /2
in.–
4in
.,sh
apes
A63
3D
aK
1203
770
...
...
12
...
101
Mn–
Cr–
Ni–
Cu
Pla
teto
21 /2
in.,
shap
esA
633
EK
1220
280
...
...
13
...
101
C–M
n–S
i–V
Pla
te&
shap
es
SA
-645
...
K41
583
9511
A2
...
...
101
...
5Ni–
0.25
Mo
Pla
te
SA
-660
WC
AJ0
2504
601
1..
...
.10
1..
.C
–Si
Cen
trif
ugal
cast
pipe
SA
-660
WC
CJ0
2505
701
2..
...
.10
1..
.C
–Mn–
Si
Cen
trif
ugal
cast
pipe
SA
-660
WC
BJ0
3003
701
2..
...
.10
1..
.C
–Si
Cen
trif
ugal
cast
pipe
SA
-662
AK
0170
158
11
...
...
101
...
C–M
n–S
iP
late
SA
-662
CK
0200
770
12
...
...
101
...
C–M
n–S
iP
late
SA
-662
BK
0220
365
11
...
...
101
...
C–M
n–S
iP
late
A66
3..
...
...
...
...
.1
1..
.10
1C
Bar
SA
-666
201
S20
100
958
3..
...
.10
2..
.17
Cr–
4Ni–
6Mn
Pla
te,
shee
t,&
stri
pS
A-6
66X
M–1
1S
2190
490
83
...
...
102
...
21C
r–6N
i–9M
nP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
SA
-666
302
S30
200
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
8Ni
Pla
te,
shee
t,&
stri
pS
A-6
6630
4S
3040
075
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–8N
iP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
SA
-666
304L
S30
403
708
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
8Ni
Pla
te,
shee
t,&
stri
p
SA
-666
304N
S30
451
808
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
8Ni–
NP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
SA
-666
304L
NS
3045
380
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–8N
i–N
Pla
te,
shee
t,&
stri
pS
A-6
6631
6S
3160
075
81
...
...
102
...
16C
r–12
Ni–
2Mo
Pla
te,
shee
t,&
stri
pS
A-6
6631
6LS
3160
370
81
...
...
102
...
16C
r–12
Ni–
2Mo
Pla
te,
shee
t,&
stri
pS
A-6
6631
6NS
3165
180
81
...
...
102
...
16C
r–12
Ni–
2Mo–
NP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
A66
8C
l.B
G10
200
60..
...
.1
1..
.10
1C
For
ging
s
QW/QB-422 1998 SECTION IX
99
QW
/QB
-422
FE
RR
OU
SP
-NU
MB
ER
SA
ND
S-N
UM
BE
RS
(CO
NT
’D)
Gro
upin
gof
Bas
eM
etal
sfo
rQ
ualif
icat
ion
Wel
ding
Bra
zing
Min
imum
Spe
c.T
ype
orU
NS
Spe
cifi
edP
-G
roup
S-
Gro
upP
-S
-N
omin
alP
rodu
ctN
o.G
rade
No.
Ten
sile
,ks
iN
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.C
ompo
siti
onF
orm
A66
8C
l.C
G10
250
66..
...
.1
1..
.10
1C
For
ging
sA
668
Cl.
DG
1030
075
...
...
12
...
101
C–M
nF
orgi
ngs
A66
8C
l.F
b..
.85
...
...
13
...
101
C–M
nF
orgi
ngs
>4
in.–
10in
.A
668
Cl.
Fa
...
90..
...
.1
3..
.10
1C
–Mn
For
ging
s,to
4in
.
A66
8C
l.K
b..
.10
0..
...
.4
3..
.10
1C
For
ging
s>
7in
.–10
in.
A66
8C
l.K
a..
.10
5..
...
.4
3..
.10
1C
For
ging
s,to
7in
.A
668
Cl.
Lc
...
110
...
...
43
...
101
CF
orgi
ngs
>7
in.–
10in
.A
668
Cl.
Lb
...
115
...
...
43
...
101
CF
orgi
ngs
>4
in.–
7in
.A
668
Cl.
La
...
125
...
...
43
...
101
CF
orgi
ngs,
to4
in.
SA
-671
CC
60K
0210
060
11
...
...
101
...
C–M
n–S
iF
usio
nw
elde
dpi
peS
A-6
71C
E55
K02
202
551
1..
...
.10
1..
.C
–Mn–
Si
Fus
ion
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-671
CD
70K
1243
770
12
...
...
101
...
C–M
n–S
iF
usio
nw
elde
dpi
peS
A-6
71C
D80
K12
437
801
3..
...
.10
1..
.C
–Mn–
Si
Fus
ion
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-671
CB
60K
0240
160
11
...
...
101
...
C–S
iF
usio
nw
elde
dpi
peS
A-6
71C
E60
K02
402
601
1..
...
.10
1..
.C
–Mn–
Si
Fus
ion
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-671
CC
65K
0240
365
11
...
...
101
...
C–M
n–S
iF
usio
nw
elde
dpi
peS
A-6
71C
C70
K02
700
701
2..
...
.10
1..
.C
–Mn–
Si
Fus
ion
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-671
CB
65K
0280
065
11
...
...
101
...
C–S
iF
usio
nw
elde
dpi
peS
A-6
71C
A55
K02
801
551
1..
...
.10
1..
.C
Fus
ion
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-671
CK
75K
0280
375
12
...
...
101
...
C–M
n–S
iF
usio
nw
elde
dpi
peS
A-6
71C
B70
K03
101
701
2..
...
.10
1..
.C
–Si
Fus
ion
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-672
A45
K01
700
451
1..
...
.10
1..
.C
Fus
ion
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-672
C55
K01
800
551
1..
...
.10
1..
.C
–Si
Fus
ion
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-672
B55
K02
001
551
1..
...
.10
1..
.C
–Si
Fus
ion
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-672
C60
K02
100
601
1..
...
.10
1..
.C
–Mn–
Si
Fus
ion
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-672
A50
K02
200
501
1..
...
.10
1..
.C
Fus
ion
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-672
E55
K02
202
551
1..
...
.10
1..
.C
Fus
ion
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-672
D70
K12
437
701
2..
...
.10
1..
.C
–Mn–
Si
Fus
ion
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-672
D80
K12
437
801
3..
...
.10
1..
.C
–Mn–
Si
Fus
ion
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-672
B60
K02
401
601
1..
...
.10
1..
.C
–Si
Fus
ion
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-672
E60
K02
402
601
1..
...
.10
1..
.C
–Mn–
Si
Fus
ion
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-672
C65
K02
403
651
1..
...
.10
1..
.C
–Mn–
Si
Fus
ion
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-672
C70
K02
700
701
2..
...
.10
1..
.C
–Mn–
Si
Fus
ion
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-672
B65
K02
800
651
1..
...
.10
1..
.C
–Si
Fus
ion
wel
ded
pipe
WELDING DATA QW/QB-422
100
QW
/QB
-422
FE
RR
OU
SP
-NU
MB
ER
SA
ND
S-N
UM
BE
RS
(CO
NT
’D)
Gro
upin
gof
Bas
eM
etal
sfo
rQ
ualif
icat
ion
Wel
ding
Bra
zing
Min
imum
Spe
c.T
ype
orU
NS
Spe
cifi
edP
-G
roup
S-
Gro
upP
-S
-N
omin
alP
rodu
ctN
o.G
rade
No.
Ten
sile
,ks
iN
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.C
ompo
siti
onF
orm
SA
-672
A55
K02
801
551
1..
...
.10
1..
.C
Fus
ion
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-672
N75
K02
803
751
2..
...
.10
1..
.C
–Mn–
Si
Fus
ion
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-672
B70
K03
101
701
2..
...
.10
1..
.C
–Si
Fus
ion
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-672
L65
K11
820
653
1..
...
.10
1..
.C
–0.5
Mo
Fus
ion
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-672
L70
K12
020
703
2..
...
.10
1..
.C
–0.5
Mo
Fus
ion
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-672
H75
K12
021
753
2..
...
.10
1..
.M
n–0.
5Mo
Fus
ion
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-672
H80
K12
022
803
3..
...
.10
1..
.M
n–0.
5Mo
Fus
ion
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-672
L75
K12
320
753
2..
...
.10
1..
.C
–0.5
Mo
Fus
ion
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-672
J100
K12
521
100
11A
4..
...
.10
1..
.M
n–0.
5Mo
Fus
ion
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-672
J80
K12
554
803
3..
...
.10
1..
.M
n–0.
5Mo–
0.75
Ni
Fus
ion
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-672
J90
K12
554
903
3..
...
.10
1..
.M
n–0.
5Mo–
0.75
Ni
Fus
ion
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-675
45..
.45
11
...
...
101
...
CB
arS
A-6
7550
...
501
1..
...
.10
1..
.C
Bar
SA
-675
55..
.55
11
...
...
101
...
CB
arS
A-6
7560
...
601
1..
...
.10
1..
.C
Bar
SA
-675
65..
.65
11
...
...
101
...
CB
arS
A-6
7570
...
701
2..
...
.10
1..
.C
Bar
A67
575
...
75..
...
.1
2..
.10
1C
Bar
SA
-688
XM
–29
S24
000
100
83
...
...
102
...
18C
r–3N
i–12
Mn
Wel
ded
tube
SA
-688
TP
304
S30
400
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
8Ni
Wel
ded
tube
SA
-688
TP
304L
S30
403
708
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
8Ni
Wel
ded
tube
SA
-688
TP
304N
S30
451
808
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
8Ni–
NW
elde
dtu
beS
A-6
88T
P30
4LN
S30
453
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
8Ni–
NW
elde
dtu
be
SA
-688
TP
316
S31
600
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.16
Cr–
12N
i–2M
oW
elde
dtu
beS
A-6
88T
P31
6LS
3160
370
81
...
...
102
...
16C
r–12
Ni–
2Mo
Wel
ded
tube
SA
-688
TP
316N
S31
651
808
1..
...
.10
2..
.16
Cr–
12N
i–2M
o–N
Wel
ded
tube
SA
-688
TP
316L
NS
3165
375
81
...
...
102
...
16C
r–12
Ni–
2Mo–
NW
elde
dtu
be
SA
-691
CM
SH
–70
K02
400
701
2..
...
.10
1..
.C
–Mn–
Si
Fus
ion
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-691
CM
SH
–80
K02
400
801
3..
...
.10
1..
.C
–Mn–
Si
Fus
ion
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-691
CM
S–7
5K
0280
375
12
...
...
101
...
C–M
n–S
iF
usio
nw
elde
dpi
peS
A-6
911C
R,
Cl.
1K
1175
755
41
...
...
102
...
1Cr–
0.5M
oF
usio
nw
elde
dpi
peS
A-6
911C
R,
Cl.
2K
1175
765
41
...
...
102
...
1Cr–
0.5M
oF
usio
nw
elde
dpi
pe
QW/QB-422 1998 SECTION IX
98
101
QW
/QB
-422
FE
RR
OU
SP
-NU
MB
ER
SA
ND
S-N
UM
BE
RS
(CO
NT
’D)
Gro
upin
gof
Bas
eM
etal
sfo
rQ
ualif
icat
ion
Wel
ding
Bra
zing
Min
imum
Spe
c.T
ype
orU
NS
Spe
cifi
edP
-G
roup
S-
Gro
upP
-S
-N
omin
alP
rodu
ctN
o.G
rade
No.
Ten
sile
,ks
iN
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.C
ompo
siti
onF
orm
SA
-691
1.25
CR
,C
l.1
K11
789
604
1..
...
.10
2..
.1.
25C
r–0.
5Mo–
Si
Fus
ion
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-691
1.25
CR
,C
l.2
K11
789
754
1..
...
.10
2..
.1.
25C
r–0.
5Mo–
Si
Fus
ion
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-691
CM
–65
K11
820
653
1..
...
.10
1..
.C
–0.5
Mo
Fus
ion
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-691
CM
–70
K12
020
703
2..
...
.10
1..
.C
–0.5
Mo
Fus
ion
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-691
0.5C
R,
Cl.
1K
1214
355
31
...
...
101
...
0.5C
r–0.
5Mo
Fus
ion
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-691
0.5C
R,
Cl.
2K
1214
370
32
...
...
101
...
0.5C
r–0.
5Mo
Fus
ion
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-691
CM
–75
K12
320
753
2..
...
.10
1..
.C
–0.5
Mo
Fus
ion
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-691
2.25
CR
,C
l.1
K21
590
605A
1..
...
.10
2..
.2.
25C
r–1M
oF
usio
nw
elde
dpi
peS
A-6
912.
25C
R,
Cl.
2K
2159
075
5A1
...
...
102
...
2.25
Cr–
1Mo
Fus
ion
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-691
3CR
,C
l.1
K31
545
605A
1..
...
.10
2..
.3C
r–1M
oF
usio
nw
elde
dpi
pe
SA
-691
3CR
,C
l.2
K31
545
755A
1..
...
.10
2..
.3C
r–1M
oF
usio
nw
elde
dpi
peS
A-6
915C
R,
Cl.
1K
4154
560
5B1
...
...
102
...
5Cr–
0.5M
oF
usio
nw
elde
dpi
peS
A-6
915C
R,
Cl.
2K
4154
575
5B1
...
...
102
...
5Cr–
0.5M
oF
usio
nw
elde
dpi
pe
A69
19C
R,
Cl.
2..
.85
...
...
5B2
...
...
9Cr-
1Mo-
VF
usio
nw
elde
dpi
peA
694
...
K03
014
...
...
...
11
...
101
CF
orgi
ngs
SA
-695
Typ
eB
,G
r.35
K03
504
601
1..
...
.10
1..
.C
–Mn–
Si
Bar
SA
-695
Typ
eB
,G
r.40
K03
504
701
2..
...
.10
1..
.C
–Mn–
Si
Bar
SA
-696
BK
0320
060
11
...
...
101
...
C–M
n–S
iB
arS
A-6
96C
K03
200
701
2..
...
.10
1..
.C
–Mn–
Si
Bar
A71
4G
r.V
,T
p.E
K22
035
65..
...
.9A
1..
.10
22N
i–1C
uS
mls
.&
wel
ded
pipe
A71
4G
r.V
K22
035
65..
...
.9A
1..
.10
22N
i–1C
uS
mls
.&
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-724
AK
1183
190
14
...
...
101
...
C–M
n–S
iP
late
SA
-724
BK
1203
195
14
...
...
101
...
C–M
n–S
iP
late
SA
-724
CK
1203
790
14
...
...
101
...
C–M
n–S
iP
late
SA
-727
...
K02
506
601
1..
...
.10
1..
.C
–Mn–
Si
For
ging
s
SA
-731
S41
500
S41
500
115
64
...
...
102
...
13C
r–4.
5Ni–
Mo
Sm
ls.
&w
elde
dpi
peS
A-7
31T
P43
9S
4303
560
72
...
...
102
...
18C
r–T
iS
mls
.&
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-731
18C
r–2M
oS
4440
060
72
...
...
102
...
18C
r–2M
oS
mls
.&
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-731
TP
XM
–33
S44
626
6510
I1
...
...
102
...
27C
r–1M
o–T
iS
mls
.&
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-731
TP
XM
–27
S44
627
6510
I1
...
...
102
...
27C
r–1M
oS
mls
.&
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-731
S44
660
S44
660
8510
K1
...
...
102
...
26C
r–3N
i–3M
oS
mls
.&
wel
ded
pipe
WELDING DATA QW/QB-422
98
102
QW
/QB
-422
FE
RR
OU
SP
-NU
MB
ER
SA
ND
S-N
UM
BE
RS
(CO
NT
’D)
Gro
upin
gof
Bas
eM
etal
sfo
rQ
ualif
icat
ion
Wel
ding
Bra
zing
Min
imum
Spe
c.T
ype
orU
NS
Spe
cifi
edP
-G
roup
S-
Gro
upP
-S
-N
omin
alP
rodu
ctN
o.G
rade
No.
Ten
sile
,ks
iN
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.C
ompo
siti
onF
orm
SA
-731
S44
700
S44
700
8010
J1
...
...
102
...
29C
r–4M
oS
mls
.&
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-731
S44
800
S44
800
8010
K1
...
...
102
...
29C
r–4M
o–2N
iS
mls
.&
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-737
BK
1200
170
12
...
...
101
...
C–M
n–S
i–C
bP
late
SA
-737
CK
1220
280
13
...
...
101
...
C–M
n–S
i–V
Pla
te
SA
-738
AK
1244
775
12
...
...
101
...
C–M
n–S
iP
late
SA
-738
BK
1200
185
13
...
...
101
...
C–M
n–S
iP
late
,21 /
2in
.&
unde
rS
A-7
38C
...
701
3..
...
.10
1..
.C
–Mn–
Si
Pla
te>
4in
.–6
in.,
incl
.S
A-7
38C
...
751
3..
...
.10
1..
.C
–Mn–
Si
Pla
te>
21 /2
in.–
4in
.S
A-7
38C
...
801
3..
...
.10
1..
.C
–Mn–
Si
Pla
te,
21 /
2in
.&
unde
r
SA
-739
B11
K11
797
704
1..
...
.10
2..
.1.
25C
r–0.
5Mo
Bar
SA
-739
B22
K21
390
755A
1..
...
.10
2..
.2.
25C
r–1M
oB
ar
SA
-765
IK
0304
660
11
...
...
101
...
C–M
n–S
iF
orgi
ngs
SA
-765
IIK
0304
770
12
...
...
101
...
C–M
n–S
iF
orgi
ngs
SA
-765
III
K32
026
709B
1..
...
.10
1..
.3.
5Ni
For
ging
s
SA
-789
S31
200
S31
200
100
10H
1..
...
.10
2..
.25
Cr–
6Ni–
Mo–
NS
mls
.&
wel
ded
tube
SA
-789
S31
260
S31
260
100
10H
1..
...
.10
2..
.25
Cr–
6.5N
i–3M
o–N
Sm
ls.
&w
elde
dtu
beS
A-7
89S
3150
0S
3150
092
10H
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
5Ni–
3Mo–
NS
mls
.&
wel
ded
tube
SA
-789
S31
803
S31
803
9010
H1
...
...
102
...
22C
r–5N
i–3M
o–N
Sm
ls.
&w
elde
dtu
beS
A-7
89S
3230
4S
3230
487
10H
1..
...
.10
2..
.23
Cr–
4Ni–
Mo–
Cu–
NS
mls
.&
wel
ded
tube
SA
-789
S32
550
S32
550
110
10H
1..
...
.10
2..
.25
Cr–
5Ni–
3Mo–
2Cu
Sm
ls.
&w
elde
dtu
beS
A-7
89S
3275
0S
3275
011
610
H1
...
...
102
...
25C
r–7N
i–4M
o–N
Sm
ls.
&w
elde
dtu
beS
A-7
89S
3290
0S
3290
090
10H
1..
...
.10
2..
.26
Cr–
4Ni–
Mo
Sm
ls.
&w
elde
dtu
beS
A-7
89S
3295
0S
3295
010
010
H1
...
...
102
...
26C
r–4N
i–M
o–N
Sm
ls.
&w
elde
dtu
beS
A-7
89S
3276
0S
3276
010
9..
...
.10
H1
...
102
25C
r–8N
i–3M
o–W
–S
mls
.&
wel
ded
tube
Cu–
N
SA
-790
S31
200
S31
200
100
10H
1..
...
.10
2..
.25
Cr–
6Ni–
Mo–
NS
mls
.&
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-790
S31
260
S31
260
100
10H
1..
...
.10
2..
.25
Cr–
6.5N
i–3M
o–N
Sm
ls.
&w
elde
dpi
peS
A-7
90S
3150
0S
3150
092
10H
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
5Ni–
3Mo–
NS
mls
.&
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-790
S31
803
S31
803
9010
H1
...
...
102
...
22C
r–5N
i–3M
o–N
Sm
ls.
&w
elde
dpi
peS
A-7
90S
3230
4S
3230
487
10H
1..
...
.10
2..
.23
Cr–
4Ni–
Mo–
Cu–
NS
mls
.&
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-790
S32
550
S32
550
110
10H
1..
...
.10
2..
.25
Cr–
5Ni–
3Mo–
2Cu
Sm
ls.
&w
elde
dpi
peS
A-7
90S
3275
0S
3275
011
610
H1
...
...
102
...
25C
r–7N
i–4M
o–N
Sm
ls.
&w
elde
dtu
be
QW/QB-422 1998 SECTION IX
98
103
QW
/QB
-422
FE
RR
OU
SP
-NU
MB
ER
SA
ND
S-N
UM
BE
RS
(CO
NT
’D)
Gro
upin
gof
Bas
eM
etal
sfo
rQ
ualif
icat
ion
Wel
ding
Bra
zing
Min
imum
Spe
c.T
ype
orU
NS
Spe
cifi
edP
-G
roup
S-
Gro
upP
-S
-N
omin
alP
rodu
ctN
o.G
rade
No.
Ten
sile
,ks
iN
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.C
ompo
siti
onF
orm
SA
-790
S32
900
S32
900
9010
H1
...
...
102
...
26C
r–4N
i–M
oS
mls
.&
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-790
S32
950
S32
950
100
10H
1..
...
.10
2..
.26
Cr–
4Ni–
Mo–
NS
mls
.&
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-790
S32
760
S32
760
109
...
...
10H
1..
.10
225
Cr–
8Ni–
3Mo–
W–
Sm
ls.
&w
elde
dtu
beC
u–N
SA
-803
TP
439
S43
035
707
2..
...
.10
2..
.17
Cr–
Ti
Wel
ded
tube
SA
-803
26–3
–3S
4466
085
10K
1..
...
.10
2..
.26
Cr–
3Ni–
3Mo
Wel
ded
tube
SA
-813
TP
XM
–19
S20
910
100
83
...
...
102
...
22C
r–13
Ni–
5Mn
Wel
ded
pipe
SA
-813
TP
XM
–11
S21
904
908
3..
...
.10
2..
.21
Cr–
6Ni–
9Mn
Wel
ded
pipe
SA
-813
TP
XM
–29
S24
000
100
83
...
...
102
...
18C
r–3N
i–12
Mn
Wel
ded
pipe
SA
-813
TP
304
S30
400
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
8Ni
Wel
ded
pipe
SA
-813
TP
304L
S30
403
708
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
8Ni
Wel
ded
pipe
SA
-813
TP
304H
S30
409
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
8Ni
Wel
ded
pipe
SA
-813
TP
304N
S30
451
808
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
8Ni–
NW
elde
dpi
peS
A-8
13T
P30
4LN
S30
453
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
8Ni–
NW
elde
dpi
peS
A-8
13S
3081
5S
3081
587
82
...
...
102
...
21C
r–11
Ni–
NW
elde
dpi
peS
A-8
13T
P30
9SS
3090
875
82
...
...
102
...
23C
r–12
Ni
Wel
ded
pipe
SA
-813
TP
309C
bS
3094
075
82
...
...
102
...
23C
r–12
Ni–
Cb
Wel
ded
pipe
SA
-813
TP
310S
S31
008
758
2..
...
.10
2..
.25
Cr–
20N
iW
elde
dpi
peS
A-8
13T
P31
0Cb
S31
040
758
2..
...
.10
2..
.25
Cr–
20N
i–C
bW
elde
dpi
peS
A-8
13S
3125
4S
3125
494
84
...
...
102
...
20C
r–18
Ni–
6Mo
Wel
ded
pipe
SA
-813
TP
316
S31
600
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.16
Cr–
12N
i–2M
oW
elde
dpi
peS
A-8
13T
P31
6LS
3160
370
81
...
...
102
...
16C
r–12
Ni–
2Mo
Wel
ded
pipe
SA
-813
TP
316H
S31
609
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.16
Cr–
12N
i–2M
oW
elde
dpi
peS
A-8
13T
P31
6NS
3165
180
81
...
...
102
...
16C
r–12
Ni–
2Mo–
NW
elde
dpi
peS
A-8
13T
P31
6LN
S31
653
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.16
Cr–
12N
i–2M
o–N
Wel
ded
pipe
SA
-813
TP
317
S31
700
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
13N
i–3M
oW
elde
dpi
peS
A-8
13T
P31
7LS
3170
375
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–13
Ni–
3Mo
Wel
ded
pipe
SA
-813
TP
321
S32
100
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
10N
i–T
iW
elde
dpi
pe
SA
-813
TP
321H
S32
109
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
10N
i–T
iW
elde
dpi
peS
A-8
13T
P34
7S
3470
075
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–10
Ni–
Cb
Wel
ded
pipe
SA
-813
TP
347H
S34
709
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
10N
i–C
bW
elde
dpi
peS
A-8
13T
P34
8S
3480
075
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–10
Ni–
Cb
Wel
ded
pipe
SA
-813
TP
348H
S34
809
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
10N
i–C
bW
elde
dpi
peS
A-8
13T
PX
M–1
5S
3810
075
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–18
Ni–
2Si
Wel
ded
pipe
WELDING DATA QW/QB-422
104
QW
/QB
-422
FE
RR
OU
SP
-NU
MB
ER
SA
ND
S-N
UM
BE
RS
(CO
NT
’D)
Gro
upin
gof
Bas
eM
etal
sfo
rQ
ualif
icat
ion
Wel
ding
Bra
zing
Min
imum
Spe
c.T
ype
orU
NS
Spe
cifi
edP
-G
roup
S-
Gro
upP
-S
-N
omin
alP
rodu
ctN
o.G
rade
No.
Ten
sile
,ks
iN
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.C
ompo
siti
onF
orm
SA
-814
TP
XM
–19
S20
910
100
83
...
...
102
...
22C
r–13
Ni–
5Mn
Col
dw
orke
dw
elde
dpi
peS
A-8
14T
PX
M–1
1S
2190
490
83
...
...
102
...
21C
r–6N
i–9M
nC
old
wor
ked
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-814
TP
XM
–29
S24
000
100
83
...
...
102
...
18C
r–3N
i–12
Mn
Col
dw
orke
dw
elde
dpi
peS
A-8
14T
P30
4S
3040
075
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–8N
iC
old
wor
ked
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-814
TP
304L
S30
403
708
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
8Ni
Col
dw
orke
dw
elde
dpi
pe
SA
-814
TP
304H
S30
409
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
8Ni
Col
dw
orke
dw
elde
dpi
peS
A-8
14T
P30
4NS
3045
180
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–8N
i–N
Col
dw
orke
dw
elde
dpi
peS
A-8
14T
P30
4LN
S30
453
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
8Ni–
NC
old
wor
ked
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-814
S30
815
S30
815
878
2..
...
.10
2..
.21
Cr–
11N
i–N
Col
dw
orke
dw
elde
dpi
peS
A-8
14T
P30
9SS
3090
875
82
...
...
...
23C
r–12
Ni
Col
dw
orke
dw
elde
dpi
pe
SA
-814
TP
309C
bS
3094
075
82
...
...
102
...
23C
r–12
Ni–
Cb
Col
dw
orke
dw
elde
dpi
peS
A-8
14T
P31
0SS
3100
875
82
...
...
102
...
25C
r–20
Ni
Col
dw
orke
dw
elde
dpi
peS
A-8
14T
P31
0Cb
S31
040
758
2..
...
.10
2..
.25
Cr–
20N
i–C
bC
old
wor
ked
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-814
S31
254
S31
254
948
4..
...
.10
2..
.20
Cr–
18N
i–6M
oC
old
wor
ked
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-814
TP
316
S31
600
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.16
Cr–
12N
i–2M
oC
old
wor
ked
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-814
TP
316L
S31
603
708
1..
...
.10
2..
.16
Cr–
12N
i–2M
oC
old
wor
ked
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-814
TP
316H
S31
609
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.16
Cr–
12N
i–2M
oC
old
wor
ked
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-814
TP
316N
S31
651
808
1..
...
.10
2..
.16
Cr–
12N
i–2M
o–N
Col
dw
orke
dw
elde
dpi
peS
A-8
14T
P31
6LN
S31
653
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.16
Cr–
12N
i–2M
o–N
Col
dw
orke
dw
elde
dpi
peS
A-8
14T
P31
7S
3170
075
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–13
Ni–
3Mo
Col
dw
orke
dw
elde
dpi
peS
A-8
14T
P31
7LS
3170
375
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–13
Ni–
3Mo
Col
dw
orke
dw
elde
dpi
peS
A-8
14T
P32
1S
3210
075
81
...
...
102
...
18C
r–10
Ni–
Ti
Col
dw
orke
dw
elde
dpi
pe
SA
-814
TP
321H
S32
109
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
10N
i–T
iC
old
wor
ked
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-814
TP
347
S34
700
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
10N
i–C
bC
old
wor
ked
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-814
TP
347H
S34
709
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
10N
i–C
bC
old
wor
ked
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-814
TP
348
S34
800
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
10N
i–C
bC
old
wor
ked
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-814
TP
348H
S34
809
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
10N
i–C
bC
old
wor
ked
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-814
TP
XM
–15
S38
100
758
1..
...
.10
2..
.18
Cr–
18N
i–2S
iC
old
wor
ked
wel
ded
pipe
SA
-815
S31
803
S31
803
9010
H1
...
...
102
...
22C
r–5N
i–3M
o–N
Fit
ting
sS
A-8
15S
4150
0S
4150
011
06
4..
...
.10
2..
.13
Cr–
4.5N
i–M
oF
itti
ngs
SA
-815
S32
760
S32
760
109
...
...
10H
1..
.10
225
Cr–
8Ni–
3Mo–
W–
Fit
ting
sC
u–N
SA
-832
21V
K31
830
855C
1..
...
.10
2..
.3C
r–1M
o–V
–Ti–
BP
late
SA
-832
22V
K31
835
855C
1..
...
...
...
.2.
25C
r–1M
o–V
Pla
te
QW/QB-422 1998 SECTION IX
98
105
QW
/QB
-422
FE
RR
OU
SP
-NU
MB
ER
SA
ND
S-N
UM
BE
RS
(CO
NT
’D)
Gro
upin
gof
Bas
eM
etal
sfo
rQ
ualif
icat
ion
Wel
ding
Bra
zing
Min
imum
Spe
c.T
ype
orU
NS
Spe
cifi
edP
-G
roup
S-
Gro
upP
-S
-N
omin
alP
rodu
ctN
o.G
rade
No.
Ten
sile
,ks
iN
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.C
ompo
siti
onF
orm
SA
-836
...
...
551
1..
...
.10
1..
.C
–Si–
Ti
For
ging
s
SA
-841
...
...
6510
C1
...
...
101
...
C–M
n–S
iP
late
>21 /
2in
.S
A-8
41..
...
.70
10C
1..
...
.10
1..
.C
–Mn–
Si
Pla
te,
21 /
2in
.&
unde
r
A89
0C
D3M
WC
uNJ9
3380
100
...
...
10H
1..
.10
225
Cr–
8Ni–
3Mo–
W–
Cas
ting
sC
u–N
A92
8..
.S
3276
010
9..
...
.10
H1
...
102
25C
r–8N
i–3M
o–W
–W
elde
dpi
peC
u–N
AP
I5L
A25
,C
l.I
...
45..
...
.1
1..
.10
1C
–Mn
Sm
ls.
&w
elde
dpi
pe&
tube
sA
PI
5LA
25,
Cl.
II..
.45
...
...
11
...
101
C–M
nS
mls
.&
wel
ded
pipe
&tu
bes
AP
I5L
A..
.48
...
...
11
...
101
C–M
nS
mls
.&
wel
ded
pipe
&tu
bes
AP
I5L
B..
.60
...
...
11
...
101
C–M
nS
mls
.&
wel
ded
pipe
&tu
bes
AP
I5L
X42
...
60..
...
.1
1..
.10
1C
–Mn
Sm
ls.
&w
elde
dpi
pe&
tube
sA
PI
5LX
46..
.63
...
...
11
...
101
C–M
nS
mls
.&
wel
ded
pipe
&tu
bes
AP
I5L
X52
...
66..
...
.1
1..
.10
1C
–Mn
Sm
ls.
&w
elde
dpi
pe&
tube
sA
PI
5LX
56..
.71
...
...
12
...
101
C–M
nS
mls
.&
wel
ded
pipe
&tu
bes
AP
I5L
X60
...
75..
...
.1
2..
.10
1C
–Mn
Sm
ls.
&w
elde
dpi
pe&
tube
sA
PI
5LX
65..
.77
...
...
12
...
101
C–M
nS
mls
.&
wel
ded
pipe
&tu
bes
AP
I5L
X70
...
82..
...
.1
3..
.10
1C
–Mn
Sm
ls.
&w
elde
dpi
pe&
tube
sA
PI
5LX
80..
.90
...
...
14
...
101
C–M
nS
mls
.&
wel
ded
pipe
&tu
bes
MS
SS
P-7
5W
PH
Y-4
2..
.60
...
...
11
...
101
C–M
nS
mls
./wel
ded
fitt
ings
MS
SS
P-7
5W
PH
Y-4
6..
.63
...
...
11
...
101
C–M
nS
mls
./wel
ded
fitt
ings
MS
SS
P-7
5W
PH
Y-5
2..
.66
...
...
11
...
101
C–M
nS
mls
./wel
ded
fitt
ings
MS
SS
P-7
5W
PH
Y-5
6..
.71
...
...
12
...
101
C–M
nS
mls
./wel
ded
fitt
ings
MS
SS
P-7
5W
PH
Y-6
0..
.75
...
...
12
...
101
C–M
nS
mls
./wel
ded
fitt
ings
MS
SS
P-7
5W
PH
Y-6
5..
.77
...
...
12
...
101
C–M
nS
mls
./wel
ded
fitt
ings
MS
SS
P-7
5W
PH
Y-7
0..
.82
...
...
13
...
101
C–M
nS
mls
./wel
ded
fitt
ings
SA
/CS
A-G
Gr.
38W
...
601
1..
...
.10
1..
.C
–Mn–
Si
Pla
te,
bar,
&sh
apes
40.2
1
SA
/CS
A-G
Gr.
44W
...
601
1..
...
.10
1..
.C
–Mn–
Si
Pla
te,
bar,
&sh
apes
40.2
1
WELDING DATA QW/QB-422
98
106
QW
/QB
-422
NO
NF
ER
RO
US
P-N
UM
BE
RS
AN
DS
-NU
MB
ER
S(G
roup
ing
ofB
ase
Met
als
for
Qua
lific
atio
n)
Min
imum
Wel
ding
Bra
zing
Spe
cifi
edS
pec.
UN
ST
ype
orT
ensi
le,
P-
S-
P-
S-
Siz
e(s)
orN
omin
alP
rodu
ctN
o.N
o.G
rade
Allo
yks
iN
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.C
ondi
tion
Thi
ckne
ss,
in.
Com
posi
tion
For
m
B26
..
.S
5A(4
3),
F.
..
17.
..
21.
..
104
..
..
..
Al–
Si
Cas
ting
sB
26.
..
SG
70A
..
.25
..
.21
..
.10
4.
..
..
.A
l–S
iC
asti
ngs
(356
),T
71B
26.
..
SG
70A
..
.30
..
.21
..
.10
4.
..
..
.A
l–S
iC
asti
ngs
(356
),T
6
SB
-42
C10
200
..
.06
130
31.
..
107
..
..
..
All
99.9
5Cu
+A
gS
mls
.pi
peS
B-4
2C
1020
0.
..
H55
3631
..
.10
7.
..
..
.2.
5–12
99.9
5Cu
+A
gS
mls
.pi
peS
B-4
2C
1020
0.
..
H80
4531
..
.10
7.
..
..
.0.
125–
2,in
cl.
99.9
5Cu
+A
gS
mls
.pi
peS
B-4
2C
1200
0.
..
061
3031
..
.10
7.
..
..
.A
ll99
.9C
u+
Ag
Sm
ls.
pipe
SB
-42
C12
000
..
.H
5536
31.
..
107
..
..
..
2.5–
1299
.9C
u+
Ag
Sm
ls.
pipe
SB
-42
C12
000
..
.H
8045
31.
..
107
..
..
..
0.12
5–2,
incl
.99
.9C
u+
Ag
Sm
ls.
pipe
SB
-42
C12
200
..
.06
130
31.
..
107
..
..
..
All
99.9
Cu
+A
gS
mls
.pi
peS
B-4
2C
1220
0.
..
H55
3631
..
.10
7.
..
..
.2.
5–12
99.9
Cu
+A
gS
mls
.pi
peS
B-4
2C
1220
0.
..
H80
4531
..
.10
7.
..
..
.0.
125–
2,in
cl.
99.9
Cu
+A
gS
mls
.pi
pe
SB
-43
C23
000
..
..
..
4032
..
.10
7.
..
Ann
eale
dA
ll15
Zn
Sm
ls.
pipe
SB
-61
C92
200
..
..
..
30.
..
..
.10
7.
..
..
..
..
88C
u–S
n–Z
n–P
bC
asti
ngs
SB
-62
C83
600
..
..
..
28.
..
..
.10
7.
..
..
..
..
85C
u–5S
n–5Z
n–5P
bC
asti
ngs
B68
C10
200
102
..
.30
..
.31
..
.10
7.
..
..
.99
.95C
u+
Ag
Tub
eB
68C
1200
012
0.
..
30.
..
31.
..
107
..
..
..
99.9
Cu
+A
gT
ube
B68
C12
200
122
..
.30
..
.31
..
.10
7.
..
..
.99
.9C
u+
Ag
Tub
e
SB
-75
C10
200
..
..
..
3031
..
.10
7.
..
Ann
eale
dA
ll99
.95C
u+
Ag
Sm
ls.
tube
SB
-75
C10
200
..
..
..
3631
..
.10
7.
..
Lig
htdr
awn
All
99.9
5Cu
+A
gS
mls
.tu
beS
B-7
5C
1020
0.
..
..
.45
31.
..
107
..
.H
ard
draw
nA
ll99
.95C
u+
Ag
Sm
ls.
tube
SB
-75
C12
000
..
..
..
3031
..
.10
7.
..
Ann
eale
dA
ll99
.9C
u+
Ag
Sm
ls.
tube
SB
-75
C12
000
..
..
..
3631
..
.10
7.
..
Lig
htdr
awn
All
99.9
Cu
+A
gS
mls
.tu
beS
B-7
5C
1200
0.
..
..
.45
31.
..
107
..
.H
ard
draw
nA
ll99
.9C
u+
Ag
Sm
ls.
tube
SB
-75
C12
200
..
..
..
3031
..
.10
7.
..
Ann
eale
dA
ll99
.9C
u+
Ag
Sm
ls.
tube
SB
-75
C12
200
..
..
..
3631
..
.10
7.
..
Lig
htdr
awn
All
99.9
Cu
+A
gS
mls
.tu
beS
B-7
5C
1220
0.
..
..
.45
31.
..
107
..
.H
ard
draw
nA
ll99
.9C
u+
Ag
Sm
ls.
tube
B85
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
.31
..
.10
7.
..
..
..
..
Die
cast
ings
B88
C10
200
102
..
.30
..
.31
..
.10
7A
nnea
led
..
.99
.95C
u+
Ag
Tub
eB
88C
1020
010
2.
..
36.
..
31.
..
107
Lig
htdr
awn
..
.99
.95C
u+
Ag
Tub
eB
88C
1200
012
0.
..
30.
..
31.
..
107
Ann
eale
d.
..
99.9
Cu
+A
gT
ube
B88
C12
000
120
..
.36
..
.31
..
.10
7L
ight
draw
n.
..
99.9
Cu
+A
gT
ube
B88
C12
200
122
..
.30
..
.31
..
.10
7A
nnea
led
..
.99
.9C
u+
Ag
Tub
eB
88C
1220
012
2.
..
36.
..
31.
..
107
Lig
htdr
awn
..
.99
.9C
u+
Ag
Tub
e
SB
-96
C65
500
..
..
..
5033
..
.10
7.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
3.3S
iP
late
,sh
t,st
rip,
&ba
r
QW/QB-422 1998 SECTION IX
98
107
QW
/QB
-422
NO
NF
ER
RO
US
P-N
UM
BE
RS
AN
DS
-NU
MB
ER
S(C
ON
T’D
)(G
roup
ing
ofB
ase
Met
als
for
Qua
lific
atio
n)
Min
imum
Wel
ding
Bra
zing
Spe
cifi
edS
pec.
UN
ST
ype
orT
ensi
le,
P-
S-
P-
S-
Siz
e(s)
orN
omin
alP
rodu
ctN
o.N
o.G
rade
Allo
yks
iN
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.C
ondi
tion
Thi
ckne
ss,
in.
Com
posi
tion
For
m
SB
-98
C65
100
..
..
..
4033
..
.10
7.
..
Sof
t.
..
1.6S
iR
od,
bar,
&sh
apes
SB
-98
C65
100
..
..
..
5533
..
.10
7.
..
Hal
fha
rdT
o2
diam
.1.
6Si
Rod
,ba
r,&
shap
esS
B-9
8C
6510
0.
..
..
.75
33.
..
107
..
.B
olt
tem
per
Ove
r1–
1.5
1.6S
iR
od,
bar,
&sh
apes
SB
-98
C65
100
..
..
..
7533
..
.10
7.
..
Bol
tte
mpe
r0.
5to
11.
6Si
Rod
,ba
r,&
shap
esS
B-9
8C
6510
0.
..
..
.85
33.
..
107
..
.B
olt
tem
per
Up
to0.
51.
6Si
Rod
,ba
r,&
shap
es
SB
-98
C65
500
..
..
..
5533
..
.10
7.
..
Qua
rter
hard
..
.3.
3Si
Rod
,ba
r,&
shap
esS
B-9
8C
6550
0.
..
..
.70
33.
..
107
..
.H
alf
hard
To
2di
am.
3.3S
iR
od,
bar,
&sh
apes
SB
-98
C65
500
..
..
..
5233
..
.10
7.
..
Sof
t.
..
3.3S
iR
od,
bar,
&sh
apes
SB
-98
C66
100
..
..
..
5233
..
.10
7.
..
Sof
t.
..
3.2S
iR
od,
bar,
&sh
apes
SB
-98
C66
100
..
..
..
5533
..
.10
7.
..
Qua
rter
hard
..
.3.
2Si
Rod
,ba
r,&
shap
esS
B-9
8C
6610
0.
..
..
.70
33.
..
107
..
.H
alf
hard
To
2di
am.
3.2S
iR
od,
bar,
&sh
apes
SB
-111
C10
200
..
..
..
3631
..
.10
7.
..
Lig
htdr
awn
..
.99
.95C
u+
Ag
Sm
ls.
tube
SB
-111
C10
200
..
..
..
4531
..
.10
7.
..
Har
ddr
awn
..
.99
.95C
u+
Ag
Sm
ls.
tube
SB
-111
C12
000
..
..
..
3631
..
.10
7.
..
Lig
htdr
awn
..
.99
.9C
u+
Ag
Sm
ls.
tube
SB
-111
C12
000
..
..
..
4531
..
.10
7.
..
Har
ddr
awn
..
.99
.9C
u+
Ag
Sm
ls.
tube
SB
-111
C12
200
..
..
..
3631
..
.10
7.
..
Lig
htdr
awn
..
.99
.90C
u+
Ag
Sm
ls.
tube
SB
-111
C12
200
..
..
..
4531
..
.10
7.
..
Har
ddr
awn
..
.99
.9C
u+
Ag
Sm
ls.
tube
SB
-111
C14
200
..
..
..
3631
..
.10
7.
..
Lig
htdr
awn
..
.99
.4C
u+
Ag
Sm
ls.
tube
SB
-111
C14
200
..
..
..
4531
..
.10
7.
..
Har
ddr
awn
..
.99
.4C
u+
Ag
Sm
ls.
tube
SB
-111
C19
200
..
..
..
3831
..
.10
7.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
99.7
Cu
+F
eS
mls
.tu
beS
B-1
11C
2300
0.
..
..
.40
32.
..
107
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.15
Zn
Sm
ls.
tube
SB
-111
C28
000
..
..
..
5032
..
.10
7.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
40Z
nS
mls
.tu
beS
B-1
11C
4430
0.
..
..
.45
32.
..
107
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.28
Zn–
1Sn–
0.06
As
Sm
ls.
tube
SB
-111
C44
400
..
..
..
4532
..
.10
7.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
28Z
n–1S
n–0.
06S
bS
mls
.tu
beS
B-1
11C
4450
0.
..
..
.45
32.
..
107
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.28
Zn–
1Sn–
0.06
PS
mls
.tu
beS
B-1
11C
6080
0.
..
..
.50
35.
..
108
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.5.
8Al
Sm
ls.
tube
SB
-111
C68
700
..
..
..
5032
..
.10
8.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
20Z
n–2A
lS
mls
.tu
beS
B-1
11C
7040
0.
..
..
.38
34.
..
107
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.5.
5Ni
Sm
ls.
tube
SB
-111
C70
400
..
..
..
4034
..
.10
7.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
5.5N
iS
mls
.tu
beS
B-1
11C
7060
0.
..
..
.40
34.
..
107
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.10
Ni
Sm
ls.
tube
SB
-111
C70
600
..
..
..
4534
..
.10
7.
..
Lig
htdr
awn
..
.10
Ni
Sm
ls.
tube
SB
-111
C71
000
..
..
..
4534
..
.10
7.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
20N
iS
mls
.tu
be
SB
-111
C71
500
..
..
..
5234
..
.10
7.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
30N
iS
mls
.tu
beS
B-1
11C
7150
0.
..
..
.72
34.
..
107
..
.D
raw
n&
stre
ssre
l..
..
30N
iS
mls
.tu
beS
B-1
11C
7164
0.
..
O61
6334
..
.10
7.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
30.5
Ni–
2Fe–
2Mn
Sm
ls.
tube
SB
-111
C71
640
..
.H
R50
8134
..
.10
7.
..
Dra
wn
&st
ress
rel.
..
.30
.5N
i–2F
e–2M
nS
mls
.tu
beS
B-1
11C
7220
0.
..
O61
4534
..
.10
7.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
16.5
Ni–
0.75
Fe–
0.5C
rS
mls
.tu
beS
B-1
11C
7220
0.
..
H55
5034
..
.10
7.
..
Lig
htdr
awn
..
.16
.5N
i–0.
75F
e–0.
5Cr
Sm
ls.
tube
SB
-127
N04
400
..
..
..
7042
..
.11
0.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
67N
i–30
Cu
Pla
te,
shee
t,&
stri
pS
B-1
27N
0440
0.
..
..
.75
42.
..
110
..
.H
otro
lled
..
.67
Ni–
30C
uP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
SB
-135
C23
000
..
..
..
4032
..
.10
7.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
15Z
nS
mls
.tu
be
WELDING DATA QW/QB-422
108
QW
/QB
-422
NO
NF
ER
RO
US
P-N
UM
BE
RS
AN
DS
-NU
MB
ER
S(C
ON
T’D
)(G
roup
ing
ofB
ase
Met
als
for
Qua
lific
atio
n)
Min
imum
Wel
ding
Bra
zing
Spe
cifi
edS
pec.
UN
ST
ype
orT
ensi
le,
P-
S-
P-
S-
Siz
e(s)
orN
omin
alP
rodu
ctN
o.N
o.G
rade
Allo
yks
iN
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.C
ondi
tion
Thi
ckne
ss,
in.
Com
posi
tion
For
m
SB
-148
C95
200
..
..
..
6535
..
.10
8.
..
As
cast
..
.9A
l-3F
eC
asti
ngs
SB
-148
C95
400
..
..
..
7535
..
.10
8.
..
As
cast
..
.11
Al-
4Fe
Cas
ting
s
B14
8C
9530
0.
..
Al
Bro
nze
65.
..
35.
..
108
..
..
..
90C
u–9A
l–1F
eC
asti
ngs
B14
8C
9550
0.
..
Al
Bro
nze
90.
..
35.
..
108
..
..
..
82C
u–11
Al–
4Fe–
3Mn
Cas
ting
sB
148
C95
600
..
.A
lB
ronz
e60
..
.35
..
.10
8.
..
..
.90
Cu–
7Al–
3Si
Cas
ting
s
SB
-150
C61
400
..
..
..
7035
..
.10
8.
..
HR
50>
1–3,
incl
.7A
l–2.
5Fe
Rod
&ba
rS
B-1
50C
6140
0.
..
..
.75
35.
..
108
..
.H
R50
>0.
5–1,
incl
.7A
l–2.
5Fe
Rod
&ba
rS
B-1
50C
6140
0.
..
..
.80
35.
..
108
..
.H
R50
0.5
&un
der
7Al–
2.5F
eR
od&
bar
SB
-150
C62
300
..
..
..
7535
..
.10
8.
..
M20
>3
9Al–
3Fe
Rod
(rou
nd)
SB
-150
C62
300
..
..
..
7535
..
.10
8.
..
M30
>3
9Al–
3Fe
Rod
(rou
nd)
SB
-150
C62
300
..
..
..
7535
..
.10
8.
..
020
>3
9Al–
3Fe
Rod
(rou
nd)
SB
-150
C62
300
..
..
..
7535
..
.10
8.
..
025
>3
9Al–
3Fe
Rod
(rou
nd)
SB
-150
C62
300
..
..
..
7535
..
.10
8.
..
030
>3
9Al–
3Fe
Rod
(rou
nd)
SB
-150
C62
300
..
..
..
7535
..
.10
8.
..
HR
50>
39A
l–3F
eR
od(r
ound
)S
B-1
50C
6230
0.
..
..
.75
35.
..
108
..
.M
20>
29A
l–3F
eR
od(r
ound
)
SB
-150
C62
300
..
..
..
7635
..
.10
8.
..
HR
50>
2–3,
incl
.9A
l–3F
eR
od(r
ound
)S
B-1
50C
6230
0.
..
..
.78
35.
..
108
..
.H
R50
>1–
2,in
cl.
9Al–
3Fe
Rod
(rou
nd)
SB
-150
C62
300
..
..
..
8035
..
.10
8.
..
HR
501
&un
der
9Al–
3Fe
Rod
(rou
nd)
SB
-150
C62
300
..
..
..
8835
..
.10
8.
..
HR
500.
5–1,
incl
.9A
l–3F
eR
od(r
ound
)S
B-1
50C
6230
0.
..
..
.84
35.
..
108
..
.H
R50
>1–
2,in
cl.
9Al–
3Fe
Rod
(rou
nd)
SB
-150
C62
300
..
..
..
9035
..
.10
8.
..
HR
500.
5&
unde
r9A
l–3F
eR
od(r
ound
)
SB
-150
C63
000
..
..
..
100
35.
..
108
..
.H
R50
0.5–
1,in
cl.
10A
l–5N
i–3F
eR
od&
bar
SB
-150
C63
000
..
..
..
8535
..
.10
8.
..
HR
50>
2–4,
incl
.10
Al–
5Ni–
3Fe
Rod
&ba
rS
B-1
50C
6300
0.
..
..
.85
35.
..
108
..
.M
20A
ll10
Al–
5Ni–
3Fe
Rod
&ba
rS
B-1
50C
6300
0.
..
..
.90
35.
..
108
..
.H
R50
>1–
2,in
cl.
10A
l–5N
i–3F
eR
od&
bar
SB
-150
C64
200
..
..
..
7035
..
.10
8.
..
M10
>3–
4,in
cl.
7Al–
2Si
Rod
&ba
rS
B-1
50C
6420
0.
..
..
.70
35.
..
108
..
.M
20>
47A
l–2S
iR
od&
bar
SB
-150
C64
200
..
..
..
7035
..
.10
8.
..
M30
..
.7A
l–2S
iR
od&
bar
SB
-150
C64
200
..
..
..
7535
..
.10
8.
..
HR
50>
2–3,
incl
.7A
l–2S
iR
od&
bar
SB
-150
C64
200
..
..
..
8035
..
.10
8.
..
HR
50>
1–2,
incl
.7A
l–2S
iR
od&
bar
SB
-150
C64
200
..
..
..
8535
..
.10
8.
..
HR
50>
0.5–
1,in
cl.
7Al–
2Si
Rod
&ba
rS
B-1
50C
6420
0.
..
..
.90
35.
..
108
..
.H
R50
0.5
and
unde
r7A
l–2S
iR
od&
bar
SB
-151
C70
600
..
..
..
3834
..
.10
7.
..
Sof
tA
ll10
Ni
Rod
&ba
r
SB
-152
C10
200
..
..
..
3031
..
.10
7.
..
Hot
rolle
d&
anne
aled
..
.99
.95C
u+
Ag
Plt
,sh
t,st
rip,
&ba
rS
B-1
52C
1040
0.
..
..
.30
31.
..
107
..
.H
otro
lled
&an
neal
ed.
..
99.9
5Cu
+A
gP
lt,
sht,
stri
p,&
bar
SB
-152
C10
500
..
..
..
3031
..
.10
7.
..
Hot
rolle
d&
anne
aled
..
.99
.95C
u+
Ag
Plt
,sh
t,st
rip,
&ba
rS
B-1
52C
1070
0.
..
..
.30
31.
..
107
..
.H
otro
lled
&an
neal
ed.
..
99.9
5Cu
+A
gP
lt,
sht,
stri
p,&
bar
SB
-152
C11
000
..
..
..
3031
..
.10
7.
..
Hot
rolle
d&
anne
aled
..
.99
.90C
uP
lt,
sht,
stri
p,&
bar
SB
-152
C12
200
..
..
..
3031
..
.10
7.
..
Hot
rolle
d&
anne
aled
..
.99
.9C
u+
Ag
Plt
,sh
t,st
rip,
&ba
rS
B-1
52C
1230
0.
..
..
.30
31.
..
107
..
.H
otro
lled
&an
neal
ed.
..
99.9
Cu
+A
gP
lt,
sht,
stri
p,&
bar
SB
-152
C12
500
..
..
..
3031
..
.10
7.
..
Hot
rolle
d&
anne
aled
..
.99
.88C
u+
Ag
Plt
,sh
t,st
rip,
&ba
r
QW/QB-422 1998 SECTION IX
109
QW
/QB
-422
NO
NF
ER
RO
US
P-N
UM
BE
RS
AN
DS
-NU
MB
ER
S(C
ON
T’D
)(G
roup
ing
ofB
ase
Met
als
for
Qua
lific
atio
n)
Min
imum
Wel
ding
Bra
zing
Spe
cifi
edS
pec.
UN
ST
ype
orT
ensi
le,
P-
S-
P-
S-
Siz
e(s)
orN
omin
alP
rodu
ctN
o.N
o.G
rade
Allo
yks
iN
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.C
ondi
tion
Thi
ckne
ss,
in.
Com
posi
tion
For
m
SB
-152
C14
200
..
..
..
3031
..
.10
7.
..
Hot
rolle
d&
anne
aled
..
.99
.4C
u+
Ag
Plt
,sh
t,st
rip,
&ba
r
SB
-160
N02
200
..
..
..
5541
..
.11
0.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
99.0
Ni
Rod
&ba
rS
B-1
60N
0220
0.
..
..
.60
41.
..
110
..
.H
otw
orke
d.
..
99.0
Ni
Rod
&ba
rS
B-1
60N
0220
0.
..
..
.65
41.
..
110
..
.C
old
wor
ked
All
99.0
Ni
Rod
&ba
rS
B-1
60N
0220
0.
..
..
.75
41.
..
110
..
.C
old
wor
ked
>1–
499
.0N
iR
od&
bar
SB
-160
N02
200
..
..
..
8041
..
.11
0.
..
Col
dw
orke
d1
&un
der
99.0
Ni
Rod
&ba
rS
B-1
60N
0220
1.
..
..
.50
41.
..
110
..
.H
otw
orke
dA
llL
owC
–99.
0Ni
Rod
&ba
rS
B-1
60N
0220
1.
..
..
.50
41.
..
110
..
.A
nnea
led
All
Low
C–9
9.0N
iR
od&
bar
SB
-161
N02
200
..
..
..
5541
..
.11
0.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
99.0
Ni
Sm
ls.
pipe
&tu
beS
B-1
61N
0220
0.
..
..
.65
41.
..
110
..
.S
tres
sre
lieve
d.
..
99.0
Ni
Sm
ls.
pipe
&tu
beS
B-1
61N
0220
1.
..
..
.50
41.
..
110
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.L
owC
–99.
0Ni
Sm
ls.
pipe
&tu
beS
B-1
61N
0220
1.
..
..
.60
41.
..
110
..
.S
tres
sre
lieve
d.
..
Low
C–9
9.0N
iS
mls
.pi
pe&
tube
SB
-162
N02
200
..
..
..
5541
..
.11
0.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
99.0
Ni
Pla
te,
shee
t,&
stri
pS
B-1
62N
0220
0.
..
..
.55
41.
..
110
..
.H
otro
lled
..
.99
.0N
iP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
SB
-162
N02
201
..
..
..
5041
..
.11
0.
..
Hot
rolle
d.
..
Low
C–9
9.0N
iP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
SB
-162
N02
201
..
..
..
5041
..
.11
0.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
Low
C–9
9.0N
iP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
SB
-163
N02
200
..
..
..
5541
..
.11
0.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
99.0
Ni
Sm
ls.
tube
SB
-163
N02
200
..
..
..
6541
..
.11
0.
..
Str
ess
relie
ved
..
.99
.0N
iS
mls
.tu
beS
B-1
63N
0220
1.
..
..
.50
41.
..
110
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.L
owC
–99.
0Ni
Sm
ls.
tube
SB
-163
N02
201
..
..
..
6041
..
.11
0.
..
Str
ess
relie
ved
..
.L
owC
–99.
0Ni
Sm
ls.
tube
SB
-163
N04
400
..
..
..
7042
..
.11
0.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
67N
i–30
Cu
Sm
ls.
tube
SB
-163
N04
400
..
..
..
8542
..
.11
0.
..
Str
ess
relie
ved
..
.67
Ni–
30C
uS
mls
.tu
beS
B-1
63N
0660
0.
..
..
.80
43.
..
111
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.72
Ni–
15C
r–8F
eS
mls
.tu
beS
B-1
63N
0669
0.
..
..
.85
43.
..
111
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.58
Ni–
29C
r–9F
eS
mls
.tu
beS
B-1
63N
0880
0.
..
..
.75
45.
..
111
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.33
Ni–
42F
e–21
Cr
Sm
ls.
tube
SB
-163
N08
810
..
..
..
6545
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
33N
i–42
Fe–
21C
rS
mls
.tu
beS
B-1
63N
0881
1.
..
..
.65
45.
..
..
..
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
33N
i–21
Cr-
1(A
l+T
i)S
mls
.tu
beS
B-1
63N
0882
5.
..
..
.85
45.
..
111
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.42
Ni–
21.5
Cr–
3Mo–
2.3C
uS
mls
.tu
be
SB
-164
N04
400
..
..
..
8042
..
.11
0.
..
Col
dw
orke
d(s
tres
s-re
l.)>
2–31 /
8,
incl
.67
Ni–
30C
uR
od,
bar,
&w
ire
SB
-164
N04
400
..
..
..
110
42.
..
110
..
.C
old
wor
ked
Rds
.un
der
0.5
67N
i–30
Cu
Rod
,ba
r,&
wir
eS
B-1
64N
0440
0.
..
..
.70
42.
..
110
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.67
Ni–
30C
uR
od,
bar,
&w
ire
SB
-164
N04
400
..
..
..
7542
..
.11
0.
..
Hot
wor
ked
Hex
>21 /
8–4,
incl
.67
Ni–
30C
uR
od,
bar,
&w
ire
SB
-164
N04
400
..
..
..
7542
..
.11
0.
..
Hot
wor
ked
>12
–14,
incl
.67
Ni–
30C
uR
od,
bar,
&w
ire
SB
-164
N04
400
..
..
..
8042
..
.11
0.
..
Hot
wor
ked
Ex.
hex
>2.
125
67N
i–30
Cu
Rod
,ba
r,&
wir
eS
B-1
64N
0440
0.
..
..
.84
42.
..
110
..
.C
old
wor
ked
(str
ess-
rel.)
Rds
.>
3.5–
4,in
cl.
67N
i–30
Cu
Rod
,ba
r,&
wir
eS
B-1
64N
0440
0.
..
..
.84
42.
..
110
..
.C
old
wor
ked
(str
ess-
rel.)
2&
unde
r67
Ni–
30C
uR
od,
bar,
&w
ire
SB
-164
N04
400
..
..
..
8442
..
.11
0.
..
Col
dw
orke
d(s
tres
s-re
l.)U
nder
0.5
67N
i–30
Cu
Rod
,ba
r,&
wir
eS
B-1
64N
0440
0.
..
..
.85
42.
..
110
..
.C
old
wor
ked
Und
er0.
567
Ni–
30C
uR
od,
bar,
&w
ire
SB
-164
N04
400
..
..
..
8742
..
.11
0.
..
Col
dw
orke
d(s
tres
s-re
l.)0.
5–3.
5,in
cl.
67N
i–30
Cu
Rod
,ba
r,&
wir
eS
B-1
64N
0440
5.
..
..
.75
42.
..
110
..
.H
otw
orke
dR
ds.
3&
less
67N
i–30
Cu
Rod
,ba
r,&
wir
eS
B-1
64N
0440
5.
..
..
.80
42.
..
110
..
.C
old
wor
ked
(str
ess-
rel.)
>2–
31 /8,
incl
.67
Ni–
30C
uR
od,
bar,
&w
ire
SB
-164
N04
405
..
..
..
8042
..
.11
0.
..
Col
dw
orke
d(s
tres
s-re
l.)>
3–4,
incl
.67
Ni–
30C
uR
od,
bar,
&w
ire
WELDING DATA QW/QB-422
110
QW
/QB
-422
NO
NF
ER
RO
US
P-N
UM
BE
RS
AN
DS
-NU
MB
ER
S(C
ON
T’D
)(G
roup
ing
ofB
ase
Met
als
for
Qua
lific
atio
n)
Min
imum
Wel
ding
Bra
zing
Spe
cifi
edS
pec.
UN
ST
ype
orT
ensi
le,
P-
S-
P-
S-
Siz
e(s)
orN
omin
alP
rodu
ctN
o.N
o.G
rade
Allo
yks
iN
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.C
ondi
tion
Thi
ckne
ss,
in.
Com
posi
tion
For
m
SB
-164
N04
405
..
..
..
8542
..
.11
0.
..
Col
dw
orke
d(s
tres
s-re
l.)U
nder
0.5
67N
i–30
Cu
Rod
,ba
r,&
wir
e
SB
-164
N04
405
..
..
..
8542
..
.11
0.
..
Col
dw
orke
d(s
tres
s-re
l.)0.
5–3.
,in
cl.
67N
i–30
Cu
Rod
,ba
r,&
wir
eS
B-1
64N
0440
5.
..
..
.70
42.
..
110
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.67
Ni–
30C
uR
od,
bar,
&w
ire
SB
-164
N04
405
..
..
..
7042
..
.11
0.
..
Hot
wor
ked
>21 /
8–4,
incl
.67
Ni–
30C
uR
od,
bar,
&w
ire
SB
-164
N04
405
..
..
..
8542
..
.11
0.
..
Col
dw
orke
d(s
tres
s-re
l.)2
&un
der
67N
i–30
Cu
Rod
,ba
r,&
wir
eS
B-1
64N
0440
5.
..
..
.75
42.
..
110
..
.H
otw
orke
d2
1 /8
&le
ss67
Ni–
30C
uR
od,
bar,
&w
ire
SB
-165
N04
400
..
..
..
7042
..
.11
0.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
67N
i–30
Cu
Sm
ls.
pipe
&tu
beS
B-1
65N
0440
0.
..
..
.85
42.
..
110
..
.S
tres
sre
lieve
d.
..
67N
i–30
Cu
Sm
ls.
pipe
&tu
be
SB
-166
N06
600
..
..
..
8043
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
72N
i–15
Cr–
8Fe
Rod
,ba
r,&
wir
eS
B-1
66N
0660
0.
..
..
.85
43.
..
111
..
.H
otw
orke
d>
3&
hex.
72N
i–15
Cr–
8Fe
Rod
,ba
r,&
wir
eS
B-1
66N
0660
0.
..
..
.90
43.
..
111
..
.H
otw
orke
d0.
25–3
,in
cl.
72N
i–15
Cr–
8Fe
Rod
,ba
r,&
wir
eS
B-1
66N
0669
0.
..
..
.85
43.
..
111
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.58
Ni–
29C
r–9F
eR
od,
bar,
&w
ire
SB
-166
N06
690
..
..
..
8543
..
.11
1.
..
Hot
wor
ked
>3
&he
x.58
Ni-
29C
r-9F
eR
od,
bar,
&w
ire
SB
-166
N06
690
..
..
..
9043
..
.11
1.
..
Hot
wor
ked
Rds
.0.
25–3
,in
cl.
58N
i–29
Cr–
9Fe
Rod
,ba
r,&
wir
eS
B-1
66N
0669
0.
..
..
.95
43.
..
111
..
.H
otw
orke
dR
ds.
0.5–
3,in
cl.
58N
i–29
Cr–
9Fe
Rod
,ba
r,&
wir
e
SB
-167
N06
600
..
..
..
7543
..
.11
1.
..
Hot
wor
ked
anne
aled
>5
diam
.72
Ni–
15C
r–8F
eS
mls
.pi
pe&
tube
SB
-167
N06
600
..
..
..
8043
..
.11
1.
..
Col
dw
orke
dan
neal
ed>
5di
am.
72N
i–15
Cr–
8Fe
Sm
ls.
pipe
&tu
beS
B-1
67N
0660
0.
..
..
.80
43.
..
111
..
.C
old
wor
ked
anne
aled
5di
am.
&un
der
72N
i–15
Cr–
8Fe
Sm
ls.
pipe
&tu
beS
B-1
67N
0660
0.
..
..
.80
43.
..
111
..
.H
otw
orke
dan
neal
ed5
diam
.&
unde
r72
Ni–
15C
r–8F
eS
mls
.pi
pe&
tube
SB
-167
N06
690
..
..
..
7543
..
.11
1.
..
Hot
wor
ked
anne
aled
>5
diam
.58
Ni–
29C
r–9F
eS
mls
.pi
pe&
tube
SB
-167
N06
690
..
..
..
8543
..
.11
1.
..
Col
dw
orke
dan
neal
ed>
5di
am.
58N
i–29
Cr–
9Fe
Sm
ls.
pipe
&tu
beS
B-1
67N
0669
0.
..
..
.85
43.
..
111
..
.H
otw
orke
dan
neal
ed5
diam
.&
unde
r58
Ni–
29C
r–9F
eS
mls
.pi
pe&
tube
SB
-167
N06
690
..
..
..
8543
..
.11
1.
..
Col
dw
orke
dan
neal
ed5
diam
.&
unde
r58
Ni–
29C
r–9F
eS
mls
.pi
pe&
tube
SB
-168
N06
600
..
..
..
8043
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
72N
i–15
Cr–
8Fe
Pla
te,
shee
t,&
stri
pS
B-1
68N
0660
0.
..
..
.85
43.
..
111
..
.H
otro
lled
..
.72
Ni–
15C
r–8F
eP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
SB
-168
N06
690
..
..
..
8543
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
58N
i–29
Cr–
9Fe
Pla
te,
shee
t,&
stri
pS
B-1
68N
0669
0.
..
..
.85
43.
..
111
..
.H
otro
lled
..
.58
Ni–
29C
r–9F
eP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
SB
-169
C61
400
..
..
..
6535
..
.10
8.
..
Ann
eale
d>
2–5,
incl
.7A
l–2.
5Fe
Plt
,sh
t,st
rip,
&ba
rS
B-1
69C
6140
0.
..
..
.70
35.
..
108
..
.A
nnea
led
>0.
5–2,
incl
.7A
l–2.
5Fe
Plt
,sh
t,st
rip,
&ba
rS
B-1
69C
6140
0.
..
..
.72
35.
..
108
..
.A
nnea
led
0.5
and
unde
r7A
l–2.
5Fe
Plt
,sh
t,st
rip,
&ba
r
SB
-171
C36
500
..
..
..
4032
..
.10
7.
..
Ann
eale
d>
3.5–
5,in
cl.
40.5
Zn
Pla
te&
shee
tS
B-1
71C
3650
0.
..
..
.45
32.
..
107
..
.A
nnea
led
>2–
3.5,
incl
.40
.5Z
nP
late
&sh
eet
SB
-171
C36
500
..
..
..
5032
..
.10
7.
..
Ann
eale
d2
&un
der
40.5
Zn
Pla
te&
shee
tS
B-1
71C
4430
0.
..
..
.45
32.
..
107
..
.A
nnea
led
4&
unde
r28
Zn–
1Sn–
0.06
As
Pla
te&
shee
tS
B-1
71C
4440
0.
..
..
.45
32.
..
107
..
.A
nnea
led
4&
unde
r28
Zn–
1Sn–
0.06
Sb
Pla
te&
shee
tS
B-1
71C
4450
0.
..
..
.45
32.
..
107
..
.A
nnea
led
4&
unde
r28
Zn–
1Sn–
0.06
PP
late
&sh
eet
SB
-171
C46
400
..
..
..
5032
..
.10
7.
..
Ann
eale
dT
o5
39.5
Zn
Pla
te&
shee
tS
B-1
71C
4650
0.
..
..
.50
32.
..
107
..
.A
nnea
led
To
5,in
cl.
39.5
Zn–
0.06
As
Pla
te&
shee
tS
B-1
71C
6140
0.
..
..
.65
35.
..
108
..
.A
nnea
led
>2–
5,in
cl.
7Al–
2.5F
eP
late
&sh
eet
SB
-171
C61
400
..
..
..
7035
..
.10
8.
..
Ann
eale
d2
&un
der
7Al–
2.5F
eP
late
&sh
eet
SB
-171
C63
000
..
..
..
8035
..
.10
8.
..
Ann
eale
d>
3.5–
5,in
cl.
10A
l–5N
i–3F
eP
late
&sh
eet
QW/QB-422 1998 SECTION IX
98
111
QW
/QB
-422
NO
NF
ER
RO
US
P-N
UM
BE
RS
AN
DS
-NU
MB
ER
S(C
ON
T’D
)(G
roup
ing
ofB
ase
Met
als
for
Qua
lific
atio
n)
Min
imum
Wel
ding
Bra
zing
Spe
cifi
edS
pec.
UN
ST
ype
orT
ensi
le,
P-
S-
P-
S-
Siz
e(s)
orN
omin
alP
rodu
ctN
o.N
o.G
rade
Allo
yks
iN
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.C
ondi
tion
Thi
ckne
ss,
in.
Com
posi
tion
For
m
SB
-171
C63
000
..
..
..
8535
..
.10
8.
..
Ann
eale
d>
2–3.
5,in
cl.
10A
l–5N
i–3F
eP
late
&sh
eet
SB
-171
C63
000
..
..
..
9035
..
.10
8.
..
Ann
eale
d2
&un
der
10A
l–5N
i–3F
eP
late
&sh
eet
SB
-171
C70
600
..
..
..
4034
..
.10
7.
..
Ann
eale
dT
o2.
5,in
cl.
10N
iP
late
&sh
eet
SB
-171
C71
500
..
..
..
4534
..
.10
7.
..
Ann
eale
d>
2.5–
5,in
cl.
30N
iP
late
&sh
eet
SB
-171
C71
500
..
..
..
5034
..
.10
7.
..
Ann
eale
dT
o2.
5,in
cl.
30N
iP
late
&sh
eet
SB
-187
C10
200
..
.O
6030
31.
..
..
..
..
..
.A
ll99
.95C
u+
Ag
Rod
&ba
rS
B-1
87C
1100
0.
..
O60
3031
..
..
..
..
..
..
All
99.9
0Cu
+A
gR
od&
bar
SB
-209
A91
060
..
.10
608
21.
..
104
..
..
..
0.05
1–3.
000
99.6
min
.A
lP
late
&sh
eet
SB
-209
A91
100
..
.11
0011
21.
..
104
..
..
..
0.00
6–3.
000
99.0
min
.A
lP
late
&sh
eet
SB
-209
A93
003
..
.30
0314
21.
..
104
..
..
..
0.00
6–3.
000
1.2M
nP
late
&sh
eet
SB
-209
A93
004
..
.30
0422
22.
..
104
..
..
..
0.00
6–3.
000
1.2M
n–1.
0Mg
Pla
te&
shee
tS
B-2
09A
9505
2.
..
5052
2522
..
.10
5.
..
..
.0.
051–
3.00
02.
5Mg–
0.25
Cr
Pla
te&
shee
t
SB
-209
A95
083
..
.50
8336
25.
..
105
..
..
..
7.00
1–8.
000
4.5M
g–0.
8Mn–
0.15
Cr
Pla
te&
shee
tS
B-2
09A
9508
3.
..
5083
3725
..
.10
5.
..
..
.5.
001–
7.00
04.
5Mg–
0.8M
n–0.
15C
rP
late
&sh
eet
SB
-209
A95
083
..
.50
8338
25.
..
105
..
..
..
3.00
1–5.
000
4.5M
g–0.
8Mn–
0.15
Cr
Pla
te&
shee
tS
B-2
09A
9508
3.
..
5083
3925
..
.10
5.
..
..
.1.
501–
3.00
04.
5Mg–
0.8M
n–0.
15C
rP
late
&sh
eet
SB
-209
A95
083
..
.50
8340
25.
..
105
..
..
..
0.05
1–1.
500
4.5M
g–0.
8Mn–
0.15
Cr
Pla
te&
shee
t
SB
-209
A95
086
..
.50
8634
25.
..
105
..
..
..
2.00
1–3.
000
4.0M
g–0.
5Mn–
0.15
Cr
Pla
te&
shee
tS
B-2
09A
9508
6.
..
5086
3525
..
.10
5.
..
..
.0.
051–
2.00
04.
0Mg–
0.5M
n–0.
15C
rP
late
&sh
eet
SB
-209
A95
154
..
.51
5430
22.
..
105
..
..
..
0.05
1–3.
000
3.5M
g–0.
25C
rP
late
&sh
eet
SB
-209
A95
254
..
.52
5430
22.
..
105
..
..
..
0.05
1–3.
000
3.5M
g–0.
25C
rP
late
&sh
eet
SB
-209
A95
454
..
.54
5431
22.
..
105
..
..
..
0.05
1–3.
000
2.75
Mg–
0.8M
n–0.
1Cr
Pla
te&
shee
t
SB
-209
A95
456
..
.54
5638
25.
..
105
..
..
..
7.00
1–8.
000
5.1M
g–0.
8Mn–
0.1C
rP
late
&sh
eet
SB
-209
A95
456
..
.54
5639
25.
..
105
..
..
..
5.00
1–7.
000
5.1M
g–0.
8Mn–
0.1C
rP
late
&sh
eet
SB
-209
A95
456
..
.54
5640
25.
..
105
..
..
..
3.00
0–5.
000
5.1M
g–0.
8Mn–
0.1C
rP
late
&sh
eet
SB
-209
A95
456
..
.54
5641
25.
..
105
..
..
..
1.50
1–3.
000
5.1M
g–0.
8Mn–
0.1C
rP
late
&sh
eet
SB
-209
A95
456
..
.54
5642
25.
..
105
..
..
..
0.05
1–1.
500
5.1M
g–0.
8Mn–
0.1C
rP
late
&sh
eet
SB
-209
A95
652
..
.56
5225
22.
..
105
..
..
..
0.05
1–3.
000
2.5M
g–0.
25C
r–0.
01M
nP
late
&sh
eet
SB
-209
A96
061
..
.60
6124
23.
..
105
..
..
..
0.05
1–6.
000
1Mg–
0.6S
i–0.
25C
rP
late
&sh
eet
SB
-209
..
..
..
Alc
lad
1321
..
.10
4.
..
..
.0.
051–
0.49
91.
2Mn
Pla
te&
shee
t30
03S
B-2
09.
..
..
.A
lcla
d14
21.
..
104
..
..
..
0.50
0–3.
000
1.2M
nP
late
&sh
eet
3003
SB
-209
..
..
..
Alc
lad
2122
..
.10
4.
..
..
.0.
051–
0.49
91.
2Mn–
1.0M
gP
late
&sh
eet
3004
SB
-209
..
..
..
Alc
lad
2222
..
.10
4.
..
..
.0.
500–
3.00
01.
2Mn–
1.0M
gP
late
&sh
eet
3004
SB
-209
..
..
..
Alc
lad
2423
..
.10
5.
..
..
.0.
051–
5.00
01M
g–0.
6Si–
0.25
Cr
Pla
te&
shee
t60
61
B20
9A
9505
0.
..
5050
18.
..
21.
..
105
..
..
..
Al–
1.5M
gP
late
&sh
eet
SB
-210
A91
060
..
.10
608.
521
..
.10
4.
..
..
.A
ll99
.6m
in.
Al
Sm
ls.
tube
WELDING DATA QW/QB-422
112
QW
/QB
-422
NO
NF
ER
RO
US
P-N
UM
BE
RS
AN
DS
-NU
MB
ER
S(C
ON
T’D
)(G
roup
ing
ofB
ase
Met
als
for
Qua
lific
atio
n)
Min
imum
Wel
ding
Bra
zing
Spe
cifi
edS
pec.
UN
ST
ype
orT
ensi
le,
P-
S-
P-
S-
Siz
e(s)
orN
omin
alP
rodu
ctN
o.N
o.G
rade
Allo
yks
iN
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.C
ondi
tion
Thi
ckne
ss,
in.
Com
posi
tion
For
m
SB
-210
..
..
..
Alc
lad
1321
..
.10
4.
..
..
.A
ll1.
2Mn
Sm
ls.
tube
3003
SB
-210
A93
003
..
.30
0314
21.
..
104
..
..
..
All
1.2M
nS
mls
.tu
beS
B-2
10A
9505
2.
..
5052
2522
..
.10
5.
..
..
.0.
018–
0.45
02.
5Mg–
0.25
Cr
Sm
ls.
tube
SB
-210
A95
154
..
.51
5430
22.
..
105
..
..
..
All
3.5M
g–0.
25C
rS
mls
.tu
beS
B-2
10A
9606
1.
..
6061
2423
..
.10
5.
..
..
.A
ll1M
g–0.
6Si–
0.25
Cr
Sm
ls.
tube
SB
-210
A96
063
..
.60
6317
23.
..
105
..
..
..
All
0.7M
g–0.
4Si
Sm
ls.
tube
B21
0A
9508
3.
..
5083
39.
..
25.
..
105
..
..
..
4.5M
g–0.
8Mn–
0.15
Cr
Sm
ls.
tube
B21
0A
9508
6.
..
5086
35.
..
21.
..
105
..
..
..
4.0M
g–0.
5Mn–
0.15
Cr
Sm
ls.
tube
B21
0A
9545
6.
..
5456
41.
..
25.
..
..
..
..
..
.5.
1Mg–
0.8M
n–0.
1Cr
Sm
ls.
tube
SB
-211
A96
061
..
.60
6124
23.
..
105
..
..
..
All
1Mg–
0.6S
i–0.
25C
rB
ar,
rod,
&w
ire
SB
-221
A91
060
..
.10
608.
521
..
.10
4.
..
..
.A
ll99
.6m
in.
Al
Bar
,ro
d,&
shap
esS
B-2
21A
9110
0.
..
1100
1121
..
.10
4.
..
..
.A
ll99
.0m
in.
Al
Bar
,ro
d,&
shap
esS
B-2
21A
9300
3.
..
3003
1421
..
.10
4.
..
..
.A
ll1.
2Mn
Bar
,ro
d,&
shap
esS
B-2
21A
9508
3.
..
5083
3925
..
.10
5.
..
..
.U
pth
ru5.
000
4.5M
g–0.
8Mn–
0.15
Cr
Bar
,ro
d,&
shap
esS
B-2
21A
9515
4.
..
5154
3022
..
.10
5.
..
..
.A
ll3.
5Mg–
0.25
Cr
Bar
,ro
d,&
shap
es
SB
-221
A95
454
..
.54
5431
22.
..
105
..
..
..
All
2.75
Mg–
0.8M
n–0.
1Cr
Bar
,ro
d,&
shap
esS
B-2
21A
9545
6.
..
5456
4125
..
.10
5.
..
..
.U
pth
ru5.
000
5.1M
g–0.
8Mn–
0.1C
rB
ar,
rod,
&sh
apes
SB
-221
A96
061
..
.60
6124
23.
..
105
..
..
..
All
1Mg–
0.6S
i–0.
25C
rB
ar,
rod,
&sh
apes
SB
-221
A96
063
..
.60
6317
23.
..
105
..
..
..
All
0.7M
g–0.
4Si
Bar
,ro
d,&
shap
es
SB
-234
A91
060
..
.10
608.
521
..
.10
4.
..
..
.A
ll99
.6m
in.
Al
Sm
ls.
tube
SB
-234
..
..
..
Alc
lad
1321
..
.10
4.
..
..
.A
ll1.
2Mn
Sm
ls.
tube
3003
SB
-234
A93
003
..
.30
0314
21.
..
104
..
..
..
All
1.2M
nS
mls
.tu
beS
B-2
34A
9505
2.
..
5052
2522
..
.10
5.
..
..
.A
ll2.
5Mg–
0.25
Cr
Sm
ls.
tube
SB
-234
A95
454
..
.54
5431
22.
..
105
..
..
..
All
2.75
Mg–
0.8M
n–0.
1Cr
Sm
ls.
tube
SB
-234
A96
061
..
.60
6124
23.
..
105
..
..
..
All
1Mg–
0.6S
i–0.
25C
rS
mls
.tu
be
SB
-241
A91
060
..
.10
608.
521
..
.10
4.
..
..
.A
ll99
.6m
in.
Al
Sm
ls.
pipe
&tu
beS
B-2
41A
9110
0.
..
1100
1121
..
.10
4.
..
..
.A
ll99
.0m
in.
Al
Sm
ls.
pipe
&tu
beS
B-2
41.
..
..
.A
lcla
d13
21.
..
104
..
..
..
All
1.2M
nS
mls
.pi
pe&
tube
3003
SB
-241
A93
003
..
.30
0314
21.
..
104
..
..
..
All
1.2M
nP
ipe
&tu
beS
B-2
41A
9505
2.
..
5052
2522
..
.10
5.
..
..
.A
ll2.
5Mg–
0.25
Cr
Sm
ls.
pipe
&tu
beS
B-2
41A
9508
3.
..
5083
3925
..
.10
5.
..
..
.U
pth
ru5.
000
4.5M
g–0.
8Mn–
0.15
Cr
Sm
ls.
pipe
&tu
be
SB
-241
A95
086
..
.50
8635
25.
..
105
..
..
..
Up
thru
5.00
04.
0Mg–
0.5M
n–0.
15C
rS
mls
.pi
pe&
tube
SB
-241
A95
454
..
.54
5431
22.
..
105
..
..
..
All
2.75
Mg–
0.8M
n–0.
1Cr
Sm
ls.
pipe
&tu
beS
B-2
41A
9545
6.
..
5456
4125
..
.10
5.
..
..
.U
pth
ru5.
000
5.1M
g–0.
8Mn–
0.1C
rS
mls
.pi
pe&
tube
SB
-241
A96
061
..
.60
6124
23.
..
105
..
..
..
All
1Mg–
0.6S
i–0.
25C
rS
mls
.pi
pe&
tube
SB
-241
A96
063
..
.60
6317
23.
..
105
..
..
..
All
0.7M
g–0.
4Si
Sm
ls.
pipe
&tu
be
QW/QB-422 1998 SECTION IX
98
113
QW
/QB
-422
NO
NF
ER
RO
US
P-N
UM
BE
RS
AN
DS
-NU
MB
ER
S(C
ON
T’D
)(G
roup
ing
ofB
ase
Met
als
for
Qua
lific
atio
n)
Min
imum
Wel
ding
Bra
zing
Spe
cifi
edS
pec.
UN
ST
ype
orT
ensi
le,
P-
S-
P-
S-
Siz
e(s)
orN
omin
alP
rodu
ctN
o.N
o.G
rade
Allo
yks
iN
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.C
ondi
tion
Thi
ckne
ss,
in.
Com
posi
tion
For
m
SB
-247
A93
003
..
.30
0314
21.
..
104
..
..
..
Up
thru
4.00
01.
2Mn
For
ging
sS
B-2
47A
9508
3.
..
5083
3825
..
.10
5.
..
..
.U
pth
ru4.
000
4.5M
g–0.
8Mn–
0.15
Cr
For
ging
sS
B-2
47A
9606
1.
..
6061
2423
..
.10
5.
..
..
.U
pth
ru8.
000
1Mg–
0.6S
i–0.
25C
rF
orgi
ngs
SB
-265
R50
250
1.
..
3551
..
.11
5.
..
..
..
..
Una
lloye
dT
iP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
SB
-265
R50
400
2.
..
5051
..
.11
5.
..
..
..
..
Una
lloye
dT
iP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
SB
-265
R50
550
3.
..
6552
..
.11
5.
..
..
..
..
Una
lloye
dT
iP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
SB
-265
R52
400
7.
..
5051
..
.11
5.
..
..
..
..
Allo
yed
0.18
Pd
Pla
te,
shee
t,&
stri
pS
B-2
65R
5340
012
..
.70
52.
..
115
..
..
..
..
.A
lloye
d0.
3Mo–
0.8N
iP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
SB
-265
R56
320
9.
..
9053
..
.11
5.
..
..
..
..
Allo
yed
3Al–
2.5V
Pla
te,
shee
t,&
stri
pS
B-2
65R
5240
216
..
.50
51.
..
115
..
..
..
..
.T
i–P
dP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
SB
-265
R52
250
11.
..
3551
..
.11
5.
..
..
..
..
Low
Fe–
Low
0–0.
18P
dP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
SB
-265
R52
252
17.
..
3551
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
.T
i–P
dP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
SB
-271
C95
200
..
..
..
6535
..
.10
8.
..
As
cast
..
.9A
lC
asti
ngs
SB
-271
C95
400
..
..
..
7535
..
.10
8.
..
As
cast
..
.11
Al
Cas
ting
s
B28
0C
1020
010
2.
..
30.
..
31.
..
107
..
..
..
99.9
5Cu+
Ag
Sm
ls.
tube
B28
0C
1200
012
0.
..
30.
..
31.
..
107
..
..
..
99.9
Cu+
Ag
Sm
ls.
tube
B28
0C
1220
012
2.
..
30.
..
31.
..
107
..
..
..
99.9
Cu+
Ag
Sm
ls.
tube
B28
3C
1100
0.
..
Cu
33.
..
31.
..
107
..
..
..
Cu
For
ging
sB
283
C37
700
..
.F
orgi
ngbr
ass
46.
..
..
..
..
107
..
.O
ver
11 /
260
Cu–
38Z
n–2P
bF
orgi
ngs
B28
3C
3770
0.
..
For
ging
bras
s50
..
..
..
..
.10
7.
..
Up
to1
1 /2,
incl
.60
Cu–
38Z
n–2P
bF
orgi
ngs
B28
3C
4640
0.
..
Nav
albr
ass
64.
..
32.
..
107
..
..
..
60C
u–39
Zn–
Sn
For
ging
sB
283
C65
500
..
.H
igh
Si
bron
ze52
..
.33
..
.10
7.
..
..
.97
Cu–
3Si
For
ging
sB
283
C67
500
..
.M
nbr
onze
72.
..
32.
..
107
..
..
..
59C
u–39
Zn–
Fe–
Sn
For
ging
s
B30
2C
1200
0.
..
..
.36
..
.31
..
.10
7.
..
..
.D
raw
n,99
.9C
u+A
gP
ipe
B30
2C
1220
0.
..
..
.36
..
.31
..
.10
7.
..
..
.D
raw
n,99
.9C
u+A
gP
ipe
SB
-308
A96
061
..
.60
6124
23.
..
105
..
..
..
All
1Mg–
0.6S
i–0.
25C
rS
hape
s
SB
-315
C65
500
..
..
..
5033
..
.10
7.
..
..
..
..
3.3S
iP
ipe
&tu
be
SB
-333
N10
001
..
..
..
100
44.
..
112
..
.A
nnea
led
0.18
75–2
.5in
cl.
62N
i–28
Mo–
5Fe
Pla
te,
shee
t,&
stri
pS
B-3
33N
1000
1.
..
..
.11
544
..
.11
2.
..
Ann
eale
dU
nder
0.18
7562
Ni–
28M
o–5F
eP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
SB
-333
N10
665
..
..
..
110
44.
..
112
..
.A
nnea
led
Und
er0.
1875
65N
i–28
Mo–
2Fe
Pla
te,
shee
t,&
stri
pS
B-3
33N
1066
5.
..
..
.11
044
..
.11
2.
..
Ann
eale
d0.
1875
–2.5
incl
.65
Ni–
28M
o–2F
eP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
SB
-335
N10
001
..
..
..
100
44.
..
112
..
.A
nnea
led
1.5–
3.5
incl
.62
Ni–
28M
o–5F
eR
odS
B-3
35N
1000
1.
..
..
.11
544
..
.11
2.
..
Ann
eale
d0.
3125
–1.5
incl
.62
Ni–
28M
o–5F
eR
odS
B-3
35N
1066
5.
..
..
.11
044
..
.11
2.
..
Ann
eale
d0.
3125
–3.5
incl
.65
Ni–
28M
o–2F
eR
od
SB
-337
R50
250
1.
..
3551
..
.11
5.
..
..
..
..
Una
lloye
dT
iS
mls
.&
wel
ded
pipe
SB
-337
R50
400
2.
..
5051
..
.11
5.
..
..
..
..
Una
lloye
dT
iS
mls
.&
wel
ded
pipe
SB
-337
R50
550
3.
..
6552
..
.11
5.
..
..
..
..
Una
lloye
dT
iS
mls
.&
wel
ded
pipe
SB
-337
R52
400
7.
..
5051
..
.11
5.
..
..
..
..
Allo
yed
0.18
Pd
Sm
ls.
&w
elde
dpi
peS
B-3
37R
5340
012
..
.70
52.
..
115
..
..
..
..
.A
lloye
d0.
3Mo–
0.8N
iS
mls
.&
wel
ded
pipe
WELDING DATA QW/QB-422
98
114
QW
/QB
-422
NO
NF
ER
RO
US
P-N
UM
BE
RS
AN
DS
-NU
MB
ER
S(C
ON
T’D
)(G
roup
ing
ofB
ase
Met
als
for
Qua
lific
atio
n)
Min
imum
Wel
ding
Bra
zing
Spe
cifi
edS
pec.
UN
ST
ype
orT
ensi
le,
P-
S-
P-
S-
Siz
e(s)
orN
omin
alP
rodu
ctN
o.N
o.G
rade
Allo
yks
iN
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.C
ondi
tion
Thi
ckne
ss,
in.
Com
posi
tion
For
m
SB
-337
R56
320
9.
..
9053
..
.11
5.
..
..
..
..
Allo
yed
3Al–
2.5V
Sm
ls.
&w
elde
dpi
pe
SB
-338
R50
250
1.
..
3551
..
.11
5.
..
..
..
..
Una
lloye
dT
iS
mls
.&
wel
ded
tube
SB
-338
R50
400
2.
..
5051
..
.11
5.
..
..
..
..
Una
lloye
dT
iS
mls
.&
wel
ded
tube
SB
-338
R50
550
3.
..
6552
..
.11
5.
..
..
..
..
Una
lloye
dT
iS
mls
.&
wel
ded
tube
SB
-338
R52
400
7.
..
5051
..
.11
5.
..
..
..
..
Allo
yed
0.18
Pd
Sm
ls.
&w
elde
dtu
beS
B-3
38R
5240
216
..
.50
51.
..
115
..
..
..
..
.U
nallo
yed
Ti
Sm
ls.
&w
elde
dtu
beS
B-3
38R
5340
012
..
.70
52.
..
115
..
..
..
..
.A
lloye
d0.
3Mo–
0.8N
iS
mls
.&
wel
ded
tube
SB
-338
R56
320
9.
..
9053
..
.11
5.
..
..
..
..
Allo
yed
3Al–
2.5V
Sm
ls.
&w
elde
dtu
be
B34
5A
9106
0.
..
1060
8.5
..
.21
..
.10
5.
..
..
.99
.5A
lS
mls
.pi
pe&
tube
B34
5A
9300
3.
..
3003
..
..
..
21.
..
104
..
..
..
1.2M
nS
mls
.pi
pe&
tube
B34
5A
9508
3.
..
5083
39.
..
25.
..
105
..
..
..
4.5M
g–0.
8Mn–
0.15
Cr
Sm
ls.
pipe
&tu
beB
345
A95
086
..
.50
8637
..
.21
..
.10
5.
..
..
.4M
g–0.
5Mn–
0.15
Cr
Sm
ls.
pipe
&tu
beB
345
A96
061
..
.60
6124
..
.23
..
.10
5.
..
..
.A
l–M
g–1S
i–C
uS
mls
.pi
pe&
tube
B34
5A
9606
3.
..
6063
17.
..
23.
..
105
..
..
..
Al–
Mg–
Si
Sm
ls.
pipe
&tu
be
SB
-348
R50
250
1.
..
3551
..
.11
5.
..
..
..
..
Una
lloye
dT
iB
ars
&bi
llets
SB
-348
R50
400
2.
..
5051
..
.11
5.
..
..
..
..
Una
lloye
dT
iB
ars
&bi
llets
SB
-348
R50
550
3.
..
6552
..
.11
5.
..
..
..
..
Una
lloye
dT
iB
ars
&bi
llets
SB
-348
R52
400
7.
..
5051
..
.11
5.
..
..
..
..
Allo
yed
0.18
Pd
Bar
s&
bille
tsS
B-3
48R
5340
012
..
.70
52.
..
115
..
..
..
..
.A
lloye
d0.
3Mo–
0.8N
iB
ars
&bi
llets
SB
-348
R52
402
16.
..
5051
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
.T
i-–P
dB
ars
&bi
llets
SB
-348
R56
320
9.
..
9053
..
.11
5.
..
..
..
..
Allo
yed
3Al–
2.5V
Bar
s&
bille
ts
A35
1J9
4603
HT
30.
..
65.
..
45.
..
111
..
..
..
13C
r–35
Ni–
5Mo
Cas
ting
s
SA
-351
J951
50C
N7M
..
.62
45.
..
111
..
..
..
..
.28
Ni–
19C
r–C
u–M
oC
asti
ngs
SA
-351
..
.C
T15
C.
..
6345
..
.11
1.
..
..
..
..
20C
r–32
Ni–
Cb
Cas
ting
s
SB
-359
C10
200
..
..
..
3031
..
.10
7.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
99.9
5Cu+
Ag
Sm
ls.
tube
SB
-359
C10
200
..
..
..
3631
..
.10
7.
..
Lig
htdr
awn
..
.99
.95C
u+A
gS
mls
.tu
beS
B-3
59C
1200
0.
..
..
.30
31.
..
107
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.99
.9C
u+A
gS
mls
.tu
beS
B-3
59C
1200
0.
..
..
.36
31.
..
107
..
.L
ight
draw
n.
..
99.9
Cu+
Ag
Sm
ls.
tube
SB
-359
C12
200
..
..
..
3031
..
.10
7.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
99.9
Cu+
Ag
Sm
ls.
tube
SB
-359
C12
200
..
..
..
3631
..
.10
7.
..
Lig
htdr
awn
..
.99
.9C
u+A
gS
mls
.tu
beS
B-3
59C
1420
0.
..
..
.30
31.
..
107
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.99
.4C
u+A
gS
mls
.tu
beS
B-3
59C
1420
0.
..
..
.36
31.
..
107
..
.L
ight
draw
n.
..
99.4
Cu+
Ag
Sm
ls.
tube
SB
-359
C19
200
..
..
..
3831
..
.10
7.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
99.7
Cu+
Fe
Sm
ls.
tube
SB
-359
C23
000
..
..
..
4032
..
.10
7.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
15Z
nS
mls
.tu
be
SB
-359
C44
300
..
..
..
4532
..
.10
7.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
28Z
n–1S
n–0.
06A
sS
mls
.tu
beS
B-3
59C
4440
0.
..
..
.45
32.
..
107
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.28
Zn–
1Sn–
0.06
Sb
Sm
ls.
tube
SB
-359
C44
500
..
..
..
4532
..
.10
7.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
28Z
n–1S
n–0.
06P
Sm
ls.
tube
SB
-359
C60
800
..
..
..
5035
..
.10
8.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
5.8A
lS
mls
.tu
beS
B-3
59C
6870
0.
..
..
.50
32.
..
108
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.20
Zn–
2Al
Sm
ls.
tube
SB
-359
C70
400
..
..
..
3834
..
.10
7.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
5.5N
iS
mls
.tu
be
QW/QB-422 1998 SECTION IX
115
QW
/QB
-422
NO
NF
ER
RO
US
P-N
UM
BE
RS
AN
DS
-NU
MB
ER
S(C
ON
T’D
)(G
roup
ing
ofB
ase
Met
als
for
Qua
lific
atio
n)
Min
imum
Wel
ding
Bra
zing
Spe
cifi
edS
pec.
UN
ST
ype
orT
ensi
le,
P-
S-
P-
S-
Siz
e(s)
orN
omin
alP
rodu
ctN
o.N
o.G
rade
Allo
yks
iN
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.C
ondi
tion
Thi
ckne
ss,
in.
Com
posi
tion
For
m
SB
-359
C70
600
..
..
..
4034
..
.10
7.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
10N
iS
mls
.tu
beS
B-3
59C
7100
0.
..
..
.45
34.
..
107
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.20
Ni
Sm
ls.
tube
SB
-359
C71
500
..
..
..
5234
..
.10
7.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
30N
iS
mls
.tu
be
B36
1A
9106
0.
..
WP
1060
8.
..
21.
..
104
..
..
..
99.5
Al
Fit
ting
sB
361
A91
100
..
.W
P11
0011
..
.21
..
.10
4.
..
..
.99
.0A
l–S
iF
itti
ngs
B36
1.
..
..
.W
PA
lcla
d13
..
.21
..
.10
4.
..
..
.A
l–M
g–1C
uF
itti
ngs
3003
B36
1A
9300
3.
..
WP
3003
14.
..
21.
..
104
..
..
..
Al–
Mg–
1Cu
Fit
ting
sB
361
A95
083
..
.50
8339
..
.25
..
.10
5.
..
..
.4.
5Mg–
0.8M
n–0.
15C
rF
itti
ngs
B36
1A
9515
4.
..
5154
30.
..
22.
..
105
..
..
..
3.5M
g–0.
25C
rF
itti
ngs
B36
1A
9606
1.
..
WP
6061
24.
..
23.
..
105
..
..
..
Al–
Mg–
1Si–
Cu
Fit
ting
sB
361
A96
063
..
.W
P60
6317
..
.23
..
.10
5.
..
..
.A
l–M
g–S
iF
itti
ngs
SB
-363
R50
250
WP
T1
..
.35
51.
..
115
..
..
..
..
.U
nallo
yed
Ti
Sm
ls.
&w
elde
dfi
ttin
gsS
B-3
63R
5040
0W
PT
2.
..
5051
..
.11
5.
..
..
..
..
Una
lloye
dT
iS
mls
.&
wel
ded
fitt
ings
SB
-363
R50
550
WP
T3
..
.65
52.
..
115
..
..
..
..
.U
nallo
yed
Ti
Sm
ls.
&w
elde
dfi
ttin
gsS
B-3
63R
5240
07
..
.60
51.
..
115
..
..
..
..
.A
lloye
d18
Pd
Sm
ls.
&w
elde
dpi
peS
B-3
63R
5340
012
..
.70
52.
..
115
..
..
..
..
.A
lloye
d0.
3Mo–
0.8N
iS
mls
.&
wel
ded
pipe
SB
-363
R56
320
WP
T-9
..
.90
53.
..
115
..
..
..
..
.A
lloye
d3A
l–2.
5VS
mls
.&
wel
ded
fitt
ings
SB
-366
N02
200
..
..
..
5541
..
..
..
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.99
Ni
Fit
ting
sS
B-3
66N
0220
1.
..
..
.50
41.
..
..
..
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
99N
iF
itti
ngs
SB
-366
N04
400
..
..
..
7042
..
..
..
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.67
Ni–
30C
uF
itti
ngs
SB
-366
N06
002
..
..
..
100
43.
..
..
..
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
47N
i–22
Cr–
18F
e–9M
oF
itti
ngs
SB
-366
N06
007
..
..
..
9045
..
..
..
..
.S
olut
ion
anne
aled
..
.47
Ni–
22C
r–19
Fe–
6Mo
Fit
ting
s
SB
-366
N06
022
..
..
..
100
44.
..
112
..
.S
olut
ion
anne
aled
..
.55
Ni–
21C
r–13
.5M
oF
itti
ngs
SB
-366
N06
030
..
..
..
8545
..
..
..
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.40
Ni–
29C
r–15
Fe–
5Mo
Fit
ting
s
SB
-366
N06
059
..
..
..
100
44.
..
..
..
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
59N
i–23
Cr–
16M
oF
itti
ngs
SB
-366
N06
455
..
..
..
100
44.
..
..
..
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
61N
i–15
Mo–
16C
rF
itti
ngs
SB
-366
N06
600
..
..
..
8043
..
..
..
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.72
Ni–
15C
r–8F
eF
itti
ngs
SB
-366
N06
625
..
..
..
110
43.
..
..
..
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
60N
i–22
Cr–
9Mo–
3.5C
bF
itti
ngs
SB
-366
N06
985
..
..
..
9045
..
..
..
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.47
Ni–
22C
r–20
Fe–
7Mo
Fit
ting
sS
B-3
66N
0802
0.
..
..
.80
44.
..
..
..
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
35N
i–35
Fe–
20C
r–C
bF
itti
ngs
SB
-366
N08
330
..
..
..
7046
..
..
..
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.35
Ni–
19C
r–1.
25S
lF
itti
ngs
SB
-366
N08
800
..
..
..
100
44.
..
..
..
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
33N
i–42
Fe–
21C
rF
itti
ngs
SB
-366
N08
925
..
..
..
8745
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
25N
i–20
Cr–
6Mo–
Cu–
NF
itti
ngs
SB
-366
N10
001
..
..
..
100
44.
..
..
..
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
62N
i–28
Mo–
5Fe
Fit
ting
s
WELDING DATA QW/QB-422
116
QW
/QB
-422
NO
NF
ER
RO
US
P-N
UM
BE
RS
AN
DS
-NU
MB
ER
S(C
ON
T’D
)(G
roup
ing
ofB
ase
Met
als
for
Qua
lific
atio
n)
Min
imum
Wel
ding
Bra
zing
Spe
cifi
edS
pec.
UN
ST
ype
orT
ensi
le,
P-
S-
P-
S-
Siz
e(s)
orN
omin
alP
rodu
ctN
o.N
o.G
rade
Allo
yks
iN
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.C
ondi
tion
Thi
ckne
ss,
in.
Com
posi
tion
For
m
SB
-366
N10
003
..
..
..
100
44.
..
..
..
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
70N
i–16
Mo–
7Cr–
5Fe
Fit
ting
sS
B-3
66N
1000
3.
..
..
.10
044
..
..
..
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.70
Ni–
16M
o–7C
r–5F
eF
itti
ngs
SB
-366
N10
276
..
..
..
100
44.
..
..
..
..
Sol
utio
nan
neal
ed.
..
54N
i–16
Mo–
15C
rF
itti
ngs
SB
-366
N10
665
..
..
..
100
44.
..
..
..
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
65N
i–28
Mo–
2Fe
Fit
ting
s
B36
6N
0803
1.
..
..
.94
..
.45
..
.11
1A
nnea
led
..
.31
Ni–
27C
r–5.
5Mo
Fit
ting
sB
366
N08
926
..
..
..
87.
..
45.
..
111
Sol
utio
ntr
eate
d.
..
25N
i–20
Cr–
6M–C
u–N
Fit
ting
s
SB
-367
R50
400
Gr.
C–2
..
.50
51.
..
115
..
..
..
..
.U
nallo
yed
Ti
Cas
ting
sS
B-3
67R
5055
0G
r.C
–3.
..
6552
..
.11
5.
..
..
..
..
Una
lloye
dT
iC
asti
ngs
SB
-369
C96
200
..
..
..
4534
..
.10
7.
..
As
cast
..
.10
Ni–
1.4F
e–0.
75N
bC
asti
ngs
SB
-381
R50
250
F–1
..
.35
51.
..
115
..
..
..
..
.U
nallo
yed
Ti
For
ging
sS
B-3
81R
5040
0F
–2.
..
5051
..
.11
5.
..
..
..
..
Una
lloye
dT
iF
orgi
ngs
SB
-381
R50
550
F–3
..
.65
52.
..
115
..
..
..
..
.U
nallo
yed
Ti
For
ging
sS
B-3
81R
5240
0F
–7.
..
5051
..
.11
5.
..
..
..
..
Allo
yed
0.18
Pd
For
ging
sS
B-3
81R
5240
2F
–16
..
.50
51.
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
Ti–
Pd
For
ging
sS
B-3
81R
5340
0F
–12
..
.70
52.
..
115
..
..
..
..
.A
lloye
d0.
3Mo–
0.8N
iF
orgi
ngs
SB
-381
R56
320
F–9
..
.90
53.
..
115
..
..
..
..
.A
lloye
d3A
l–2.
5VF
orgi
ngs
SB
-395
C10
200
..
..
..
3631
..
.10
7.
..
Lig
htdr
awn
..
.99
.95C
u+
Ag
Sm
ls.
tube
SB
-395
C12
000
..
..
..
3631
..
.10
7.
..
Lig
htdr
awn
..
.99
.9C
u+
Ag
Sm
ls.
tube
SB
-395
C12
200
..
..
..
3631
..
.10
7.
..
Lig
htdr
awn
..
.99
.9C
u+
Ag
Sm
ls.
tube
SB
-395
C14
200
..
..
..
3631
..
.10
7.
..
Lig
htdr
awn
..
.99
.4C
u+
Ag
Sm
ls.
tube
SB
-395
C19
200
..
..
..
3831
..
.10
7.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
99.7
Cu
+F
eS
mls
.tu
beS
B-3
95C
2300
0.
..
..
.40
32.
..
107
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.15
Zn
Sm
ls.
tube
SB
-395
C44
300
..
..
..
4532
..
.10
7.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
28Z
n–1S
n–0.
06A
sS
mls
.tu
beS
B-3
95C
4440
0.
..
..
.45
32.
..
107
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.28
Zn–
1Sn–
0.06
Sb
Sm
ls.
tube
SB
-395
C44
500
..
..
..
4532
..
.10
7.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
28Z
n–1S
n–0.
06P
Sm
ls.
tube
SB
-395
C60
800
..
..
..
5035
..
.10
8.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
5.8A
lS
mls
.tu
beS
B-3
95C
6870
0.
..
..
.50
32.
..
108
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.20
Zn–
2Al
Sm
ls.
tube
SB
-395
C70
600
..
..
..
4034
..
.10
7.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
10N
iS
mls
.tu
beS
B-3
95C
7100
0.
..
..
.45
34.
..
107
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.20
Ni
Sm
ls.
tube
SB
-395
C71
500
..
..
..
5234
..
.10
7.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
30N
iS
mls
.tu
beS
B-3
95C
7150
0.
..
..
.72
34.
..
107
..
.D
raw
n&
stre
ssre
l..
..
30N
iS
mls
.tu
be
SB
-407
N08
800
..
..
..
7545
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
33N
i–21
Cr
Sm
ls.
pipe
&tu
beS
B-4
07N
0881
0.
..
..
.65
45.
..
111
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.33
Ni–
21C
rS
mls
.pi
pe&
tube
SB
-407
N08
811
..
..
..
6545
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
33N
i–21
Cr–
1(A
l+
Ti)
Sm
ls.
pipe
&tu
be
SB
-408
N08
800
..
..
..
7545
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
33N
i–21
Cr
Rod
&ba
rS
B-4
08N
0881
0.
..
..
.65
45.
..
111
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.33
Ni–
21C
rR
od&
bar
QW/QB-422 1998 SECTION IX
117
QW
/QB
-422
NO
NF
ER
RO
US
P-N
UM
BE
RS
AN
DS
-NU
MB
ER
S(C
ON
T’D
)(G
roup
ing
ofB
ase
Met
als
for
Qua
lific
atio
n)
Min
imum
Wel
ding
Bra
zing
Spe
cifi
edS
pec.
UN
ST
ype
orT
ensi
le,
P-
S-
P-
S-
Siz
e(s)
orN
omin
alP
rodu
ctN
o.N
o.G
rade
Allo
yks
iN
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.C
ondi
tion
Thi
ckne
ss,
in.
Com
posi
tion
For
m
SB
-408
N08
811
..
..
..
6545
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
33N
i–21
Cr–
1(A
l+
Ti)
Rod
&ba
r
SB
-409
N08
800
..
..
..
7545
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
33N
i–21
Cr
Pla
te,
shee
t,&
stri
pS
B-4
09N
0881
0.
..
..
.65
45.
..
111
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.33
Ni–
21C
rP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
SB
-409
N08
811
..
..
..
6545
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
33N
i–21
Cr–
1(A
l+
Ti)
Pla
te,
shee
t,&
stri
p
SB
-423
N08
825
..
..
..
7545
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
dH
otfi
nish
ed42
Ni–
21.5
Cr–
3Mo–
2.3C
uS
mls
.pi
pe&
tube
SB
-423
N08
825
..
..
..
8545
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
dC
old
wor
ked
42N
i–21
.5C
r–3M
o–2.
3Cu
Sm
ls.
pipe
&tu
be
SB
-424
N08
825
..
..
..
8545
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
42N
i–21
.5C
r–3M
o–2.
3Cu
Pla
te,
shee
t,&
stri
p
SB
-425
N08
825
..
..
..
8545
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
42N
i–21
.5C
r–3M
o–2.
3Cu
Rod
&ba
r
SB
-434
N10
003
..
..
..
100
44.
..
112
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.70
Ni–
16M
o–7C
r–5F
eP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
SB
-435
N06
002
..
..
..
9543
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
47N
i–22
Cr–
9Mo–
18F
eP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
SB
-435
N06
230
..
..
..
110
47.
..
111
..
..
..
..
.53
Ni–
22C
r–14
W–C
o–F
e–M
oP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
SB
-435
R30
556
..
..
..
100
45.
..
111
..
..
..
..
.21
Ni–
30F
e–22
Cr–
18C
o–3M
o–3W
Pla
te,
shee
t,&
stri
p
SB
-443
N06
625
2.
..
100
43.
..
111
..
.S
olut
ion
anne
aled
..
.60
Ni–
22C
r–9M
o–3.
5Cb
Pla
te,
shee
t,&
stri
pS
B-4
43N
0662
51
..
.12
043
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
60N
i–22
Cr–
9Mo–
3.5C
bP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
SB
-443
N06
625
1.
..
110
43.
..
..
..
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
60N
i–22
Cr–
9Mo–
3.5C
bP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
SB
-444
N06
625
1.
..
120
43.
..
111
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.60
Ni–
22C
r–9M
o–3.
5Cb
Pip
e&
tube
SB
-444
N06
625
2.
..
100
43.
..
..
..
..
Sol
utio
nan
neal
ed.
..
60N
i–22
Cr–
9Mo–
3.5C
bP
ipe
&tu
be
SB
-446
N06
625
1.
..
120
43.
..
111
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.60
Ni–
22C
r–9M
o–3.
5Cb
Rod
&ba
rS
B-4
46N
0662
52
..
.10
043
..
..
..
..
.S
olut
ion
anne
aled
..
.60
Ni–
22C
r–9M
o–3.
5Cb
Rod
&ba
rS
B-4
62N
0802
0.
..
..
.80
45.
..
111
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.35
Ni–
35F
e–20
Cr–
Cb
For
ging
s
SB
-463
N08
020
..
..
..
8045
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
35N
i–35
Fe–
20C
r–C
bP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
SB
-463
N08
024
..
..
..
8045
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
37N
i–33
Fe–
23C
r–4M
o–1C
uP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
SB
-463
N08
026
..
..
..
8045
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
35N
i–24
Cr–
5Mo–
2Cu
Pla
te,
shee
t,&
stri
p
SB
-464
N08
020
..
..
..
8045
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
35N
i–35
Fe–
20C
r–C
bW
elde
dpi
peS
B-4
64N
0802
4.
..
..
.80
45.
..
111
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.37
Ni–
33F
e–23
Cr–
4Mo–
1Cu
Wel
ded
pipe
SB
-464
N08
026
..
..
..
8045
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
35N
i–24
Cr–
5Mo–
2Cu
Wel
ded
pipe
SB
-466
C70
600
..
..
..
3834
..
.10
7.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
10N
iP
ipe
&tu
beS
B-4
66C
7100
0.
..
..
.45
34.
..
107
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.20
Ni
Pip
e&
tube
SB
-466
C71
500
..
..
..
5034
..
.10
7.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
30N
iP
ipe
&tu
be
SB
-467
C70
600
..
..
..
3834
..
.10
7.
..
Ann
eale
d>
4.5
O.D
.10
Ni
Pip
eS
B-4
67C
7060
0.
..
..
.40
34.
..
107
..
.A
nnea
led
To
4.5
O.D
.10
Ni
Pip
eS
B-4
67C
7060
0.
..
..
.45
34.
..
107
..
.F
rom
anl’d
.st
rip
To
4.5
O.D
.10
Ni
Pip
eS
B-4
67C
7060
0.
..
..
.54
34.
..
107
..
.F
rom
cld.
rld.
stri
pT
o4.
5O
.D.
10N
iP
ipe
SB
-467
C71
500
..
..
..
4534
..
.10
7.
..
Ann
eale
d>
4.5
O.D
.30
Ni
Pip
eS
B-4
67C
7150
0.
..
..
.50
34.
..
107
..
.A
nnea
led
To
4.5
O.D
.30
Ni
Pip
e
WELDING DATA QW/QB-422
118
QW
/QB
-422
NO
NF
ER
RO
US
P-N
UM
BE
RS
AN
DS
-NU
MB
ER
S(C
ON
T’D
)(G
roup
ing
ofB
ase
Met
als
for
Qua
lific
atio
n)
Min
imum
Wel
ding
Bra
zing
Spe
cifi
edS
pec.
UN
ST
ype
orT
ensi
le,
P-
S-
P-
S-
Siz
e(s)
orN
omin
alP
rodu
ctN
o.N
o.G
rade
Allo
yks
iN
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.C
ondi
tion
Thi
ckne
ss,
in.
Com
posi
tion
For
m
SB
-468
N08
020
..
..
..
8045
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
35N
i–35
Fe–
20C
r–C
bW
elde
dtu
beS
B-4
68N
0802
4.
..
..
.80
45.
..
111
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.37
Ni–
33F
e–23
Cr–
4Mo–
1Cu
Wel
ded
tube
SB
-468
N08
026
..
..
..
8045
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
35N
i–24
Cr–
5Mo–
2Cu
Wel
ded
tube
SB
-473
N08
020
..
..
..
8045
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
35N
i–35
Fe–
20C
r–C
bB
ar
B49
1A
9300
330
03.
..
14.
..
21.
..
104
..
..
..
1.2M
nE
xtru
ded
tube
s
SB
-493
R60
702
R60
702
..
.55
61.
..
117
..
..
..
..
.U
nallo
yed
Zr
For
ging
sS
B-4
93R
6070
5R
6070
5.
..
7062
..
.11
7.
..
..
..
..
99.5
Zr–
2.5N
bF
orgi
ngs
SA
-494
N26
022
CX
2MW
..
.80
44.
..
..
..
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
59N
i–22
Cr–
14M
o–4F
e–3W
Cas
ting
s
SB
-505
C95
200
..
..
..
6835
..
.10
8.
..
As
cast
..
.9A
lC
asti
ngs
SB
-511
N08
330
..
..
..
7046
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
35N
i–19
Cr–
1.25
Si
Bar
s&
shap
es
SB
-514
N08
800
..
..
..
7545
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
33N
i–21
Cr
Wel
ded
pipe
SB
-514
N08
810
..
..
..
6545
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
33N
i–21
Cr
Wel
ded
pipe
SB
-515
N08
800
..
..
..
7545
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
33N
i–21
Cr
Wel
ded
tube
SB
-515
N08
810
..
..
..
6545
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
33N
i–21
Cr
Wel
ded
tube
SB
-515
N08
811
..
..
..
6545
..
..
..
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.33
Ni–
21C
r–1
(Al
+T
i)W
elde
dtu
be
SB
-516
N06
600
..
..
..
8043
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
72N
i–15
Cr–
8Fe
Wel
ded
tube
SB
-517
N06
600
..
..
..
8043
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
72N
i–15
Cr–
8Fe
Wel
ded
pipe
SB
-523
R60
702
R60
702
..
.55
61.
..
117
..
..
..
..
.U
nallo
yed
Zr
Sm
ls.
&w
elde
dtu
beS
B-5
23R
6070
5R
6070
5.
..
8062
..
.11
7.
..
..
..
..
99.5
Zr–
2.5N
bS
mls
.&
wel
ded
tube
SB
-535
N08
330
..
..
..
7046
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
35N
i–19
Cr–
1.25
Si
Sm
ls.
pipe
SB
-536
N08
330
..
..
..
7046
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
35N
i–19
Cr–
1.25
Si
Pla
te,
shee
t,&
stri
p
SB
-543
C12
200
..
..
..
3231
..
.10
7.
..
Lig
htco
ldw
orke
d.
..
99.9
Cu
+A
gW
elde
dtu
beS
B-5
43C
1940
0.
..
..
.45
31.
..
107
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.97
.5C
u+
Fe
+Z
nW
elde
dtu
beS
B-5
43C
1940
0.
..
..
.45
31.
..
107
..
.L
ight
cold
wor
ked
..
.97
.5C
u+
Fe
+Z
nW
elde
dtu
beS
B-5
43C
2300
0.
..
..
.40
32.
..
107
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.15
Zn
Wel
ded
tube
SB
-543
C23
000
..
..
..
4232
..
.10
7.
..
Lig
htco
ldw
orke
d.
..
15Z
nW
elde
dtu
beS
B-5
43C
4430
0.
..
..
.45
32.
..
107
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.28
Zn–
1Sn–
0.06
As
Wel
ded
tube
SB
-543
C44
400
..
..
..
4532
..
.10
7.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
28Z
n–1S
n–0.
06S
bW
elde
dtu
beS
B-5
43C
4450
0.
..
..
.45
32.
..
107
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.28
Zn–
1Sn–
0.06
PW
elde
dtu
beS
B-5
43C
6870
0.
..
..
.50
32.
..
108
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.20
Zn–
2Al
Wel
ded
tube
SB
-543
C70
400
..
..
..
3834
..
.10
7.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
5.5N
iW
elde
dtu
beS
B-5
43C
7060
0.
..
..
.40
34.
..
107
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.10
Ni
Wel
ded
tube
QW/QB-422 1998 SECTION IX
119
QW
/QB
-422
NO
NF
ER
RO
US
P-N
UM
BE
RS
AN
DS
-NU
MB
ER
S(C
ON
T’D
)(G
roup
ing
ofB
ase
Met
als
for
Qua
lific
atio
n)
Min
imum
Wel
ding
Bra
zing
Spe
cifi
edS
pec.
UN
ST
ype
orT
ensi
le,
P-
S-
P-
S-
Siz
e(s)
orN
omin
alP
rodu
ctN
o.N
o.G
rade
Allo
yks
iN
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.C
ondi
tion
Thi
ckne
ss,
in.
Com
posi
tion
For
m
SB
-543
C70
600
..
..
..
4534
..
.10
7.
..
Lig
htco
ldw
orke
d.
..
10N
iW
elde
dtu
beS
B-5
43C
7150
0.
..
..
.52
34.
..
107
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.30
Ni
Wel
ded
tube
SB
-543
C71
640
..
..
..
6334
..
.10
7.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
30.5
Ni–
2Fe–
2Mn
Wel
ded
tube
SB
-543
C71
640
..
..
..
7534
..
.10
7.
..
Lig
htco
ldw
orke
d.
..
30.5
Ni–
2Fe–
2Mn
Wel
ded
tube
B54
7.
..
Alc
lad
3003
..
.13
..
.21
..
.10
4.
..
..
.1.
2Mn
Wel
ded
tube
B54
7.
..
Alc
lad
3003
..
.13
..
.21
..
.10
4.
..
..
.1.
2Mn
Wel
ded
tube
B54
7A
9300
330
03O
..
.14
..
.21
..
.10
4.
..
..
.1.
2Mn
Wel
ded
tube
B54
7A
9300
330
03H
112
..
.14
..
.21
..
.10
4.
..
..
.1.
2Mn
Wel
ded
tube
B54
7A
9508
350
83O
..
.40
..
.25
..
.10
5.
..
..
.4.
5Mg–
0.8M
n–0.
15C
rW
elde
dtu
beB
547
A95
454
5454
O.
..
31.
..
22.
..
105
..
..
..
2.75
Mg–
0.8M
n–0.
1Cr
Wel
ded
tube
B54
7A
9545
454
54H
112
..
.31
..
.22
..
.10
5.
..
..
.2.
75M
g–0.
8Mn–
0.1C
rW
elde
dtu
beB
547
A96
061
6061
T4
..
.24
..
.23
..
.10
5.
..
..
.1M
g–0.
6Si–
0.25
Cr
Wel
ded
tube
B54
7A
9606
160
61T
451
..
.24
..
.23
..
.10
5.
..
..
.1M
g–0.
6Si–
0.25
Cr
Wel
ded
tube
B54
7A
9606
160
61T
6.
..
24.
..
23.
..
105
..
..
..
1Mg–
0.6S
i–0.
25C
rW
elde
dtu
beB
547
A96
061
6061
T65
1.
..
24.
..
23.
..
105
..
..
..
1Mg–
0.6S
i–0.
25C
rW
elde
dtu
be
SB
-550
R60
702
R60
702
..
.55
61.
..
117
..
..
..
..
.U
nallo
yed
Zr
Bar
&w
ire
SB
-550
R60
705
R60
705
..
.80
62.
..
117
..
..
..
..
.99
.5Z
r–2.
5Nb
Bar
&w
ire
SB
-551
R60
702
R60
702
..
.55
61.
..
117
..
..
..
..
.U
nallo
yed
Zr
Pla
te,
shee
t,&
stri
pS
B-5
51R
6070
5R
6070
5.
..
8062
..
.11
7.
..
..
..
..
99.5
Zr–
2.5N
bP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
SB
-564
N04
400
..
..
..
7042
..
.11
0.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
67N
i–30
Cu
For
ging
sS
B-5
64N
0602
2.
..
..
.10
044
..
.11
2.
..
Sol
utio
nan
neal
ed.
..
55N
i–21
Cr–
13.5
Mo
For
ging
sS
B-5
64N
0605
9.
..
..
.10
044
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
59N
i–23
Cr–
16M
oF
orgi
ngs
SB
-564
N06
600
..
..
..
8043
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
72N
i–15
Cr–
8Fe
For
ging
sS
B-5
64N
0662
5.
..
..
.11
043
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
d>
4–10
,in
cl.
60N
i–22
Cr–
9Mo–
3.5C
bF
orgi
ngs
SB
-564
N06
625
..
..
..
120
43.
..
111
..
.A
nnea
led
To
4,in
cl.
60N
i–22
Cr–
9Mo–
3.5C
bF
orgi
ngs
SB
-564
N06
690
..
..
..
8543
..
..
..
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.58
Ni–
29C
r–9F
eF
orgi
ngs
SB
-564
N08
800
..
..
..
7545
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
33N
i–21
Cr
For
ging
sS
B-5
64N
0881
0.
..
..
.65
45.
..
111
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.33
Ni–
21C
rF
orgi
ngs
SB
-564
N08
811
..
..
..
6545
..
..
..
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.33
Ni–
21C
r–1
(Al
+T
i)F
orgi
ngs
SB
-564
N10
276
..
..
..
100
44.
..
112
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.54
Ni–
16M
o–15
Cr
For
ging
s
B56
4N
0220
0.
..
..
.55
..
.41
..
.11
0.
..
..
.99
.0N
iF
orgi
ngs
B56
4N
0803
1.
..
..
.94
..
.45
..
.11
1S
olut
ion
anne
aled
..
.31
Ni–
27C
r–5.
5Mo
For
ging
sB
564
N08
811
..
..
..
65.
..
45.
..
111
Ann
eale
d.
..
33N
i–21
Cr–
1(A
l+T
i)F
orgi
ngs
SB
-572
N06
002
..
..
..
9543
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
47N
i–22
Cr–
9Mo–
18F
eR
odS
B-5
72N
0623
0.
..
..
.11
047
..
.11
1.
..
..
..
..
53N
i–22
Cr–
14W
–Co–
Fe–
Mo
Rod
SB
-572
R30
556
..
..
..
100
45.
..
111
..
..
..
..
.21
Ni–
30F
e–22
Cr–
18C
o–3M
o–3W
Rod
SB
-573
N10
003
..
..
..
100
44.
..
112
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.70
Ni–
16M
o–7C
r–5F
eR
od
SB
-574
N06
022
..
..
..
100
44.
..
112
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.55
Ni–
21C
r–13
.5M
oR
odS
B-5
74N
0605
9.
..
..
.10
044
..
.11
2.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
59N
i–23
Cr–
16M
oR
odS
B-5
74N
0645
5.
..
..
.10
044
..
.11
2.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
61N
i–16
Mo–
16C
rR
od
WELDING DATA QW/QB-422
120
QW
/QB
-422
NO
NF
ER
RO
US
P-N
UM
BE
RS
AN
DS
-NU
MB
ER
S(C
ON
T’D
)(G
roup
ing
ofB
ase
Met
als
for
Qua
lific
atio
n)
Min
imum
Wel
ding
Bra
zing
Spe
cifi
edS
pec.
UN
ST
ype
orT
ensi
le,
P-
S-
P-
S-
Siz
e(s)
orN
omin
alP
rodu
ctN
o.N
o.G
rade
Allo
yks
iN
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.C
ondi
tion
Thi
ckne
ss,
in.
Com
posi
tion
For
m
SB
-574
N10
276
..
..
..
100
44.
..
112
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.54
Ni–
16M
o–15
Cr
Rod
SB
-575
N06
022
..
..
..
100
44.
..
112
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.55
Ni–
21C
r–13
.5M
oP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
SB
-575
N06
059
..
..
..
100
44.
..
112
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.59
Ni–
23C
r–16
Mo
Pla
te,
shee
t,&
stri
pS
B-5
75N
0645
5.
..
..
.10
044
..
.11
2.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
61N
i–16
Mo–
16C
rP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
SB
-575
N10
276
..
..
..
100
44.
..
112
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.54
Ni–
16M
o–15
Cr
Pla
te,
shee
t,&
stri
p
SB
-581
N06
007
..
..
..
8545
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
d>
0.75
–3.5
47N
i–22
Cr–
19F
e–6M
oR
odS
B-5
81N
0600
7.
..
..
.90
45.
..
111
..
.A
nnea
led
0.31
25–0
.75
incl
.47
Ni–
22C
r–19
Fe–
6Mo
Rod
SB
-581
N06
030
..
..
..
8545
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
40N
i–29
Cr–
15F
e–5M
oR
odS
B-5
81N
0697
5.
..
..
.85
45.
..
111
..
.A
nnea
led
0.31
25–3
.549
Ni–
25C
r–18
Fe–
6Mo
Rod
SB
-581
N06
985
..
..
..
8545
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
d>
0.75
–3.5
incl
.47
Ni–
22C
r–20
Fe–
7Mo
Rod
SB
-581
N06
985
..
..
..
9045
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
d0.
3125
–0.7
5in
cl.
47N
i–22
Cr–
20F
e–7M
oR
od
SB
-582
N06
007
..
..
..
8545
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
d>
0.75
–2.5
incl
.47
Ni–
22C
r–19
Fe–
6Mo
Pla
te,
shee
t,&
stri
pS
B-5
82N
0600
7.
..
..
.90
45.
..
111
..
.A
nnea
led
Ove
r0.
020
47N
i–22
Cr–
19F
e–6M
oP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
SB
-582
N06
007
..
..
..
9045
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
d0.
1875
–0.7
5in
cl.
47N
i–22
Cr–
19F
e–6M
oP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
SB
-582
N06
030
..
..
..
8545
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
40N
i–29
Cr–
15F
e–5M
oP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
SB
-582
N06
975
..
..
..
8545
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
dO
ver
0.02
049
Ni–
25C
r–18
Fe–
6Mo
Pla
te,
shee
t,&
stri
p
SB
-582
N06
975
..
..
..
8545
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
d0.
1875
–2.5
incl
.49
Ni–
25C
r–18
Fe–
6Mo
Pla
te,
shee
t,&
stri
pS
B-5
82N
0698
5.
..
..
.85
45.
..
111
..
.A
nnea
led
>0.
75–2
.5in
cl.
47N
i–22
Cr–
20F
e–7M
oP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
SB
-582
N06
985
..
..
..
9045
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
d0.
3125
–0.7
5in
cl.
47N
i–22
Cr–
20F
e–7M
oP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
SB
-582
N06
985
..
..
..
9045
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
dO
ver
0.02
047
Ni–
22C
r–20
Fe–
7Mo
Pla
te,
shee
t,&
stri
p
SB
-599
N08
700
..
..
..
8045
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
25N
i–47
Fe–
21C
r–5M
oP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
SB
-619
N06
002
..
..
..
100
43.
..
111
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.47
Ni–
22C
r–9M
o–18
Fe
Wel
ded
pipe
SB
-619
N06
007
..
..
..
9045
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
47N
i–22
Cr–
19F
e–6M
oW
elde
dpi
peS
B-6
19N
0602
2.
..
..
.10
044
..
.11
2.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
55N
i–21
Cr–
13.5
Mo
Wel
ded
pipe
SB
-619
N06
030
..
..
..
8545
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
40N
i–29
Cr–
15F
e–5M
oW
elde
dpi
peS
B-6
19N
0605
9.
..
..
.10
044
..
.11
2.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
59N
i–23
Cr–
16M
oW
elde
dpi
peS
B-6
19N
0623
0.
..
..
.11
047
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
53N
i–22
Cr–
14W
–Co–
Fe–
Mo
Wel
ded
pipe
SB
-619
N06
455
..
..
..
100
44.
..
112
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.61
Ni–
16M
o–16
Cr
Wel
ded
pipe
SB
-619
N06
975
..
..
..
8545
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
49N
i–25
Cr–
18F
e–6M
oW
elde
dpi
peS
B-6
19N
0698
5.
..
..
.90
45.
..
111
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.47
Ni–
22C
r–20
Fe–
7Mo
Wel
ded
pipe
SB
-619
N08
320
..
..
..
7545
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
26N
i–22
Cr–
5Mo–
Ti
Wel
ded
pipe
SB
-619
N10
001
..
..
..
100
44.
..
112
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.62
Ni–
28M
o–5F
eW
elde
dpi
pe
SB
-619
N10
276
..
..
..
100
44.
..
112
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.54
Ni–
16M
o–15
Cr
Wel
ded
pipe
SB
-619
N10
665
..
..
..
110
44.
..
112
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.65
Ni–
28M
o–2F
eW
elde
dpi
peS
B-6
19R
3055
6.
..
..
.10
045
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
21N
i–30
Fe–
22C
r–18
Co–
3Mo–
3WW
elde
dpi
pe
B61
9N
0605
9.
..
..
.10
0.
..
44.
..
112
Ann
eale
d.
..
59N
i–23
Cr–
16M
oW
elde
dpi
peB
619
N08
031
..
..
..
94.
..
45.
..
111
Ann
eale
d.
..
31N
i–36
Fe–
27C
r–6M
oW
elde
dpi
pe
SB
-620
N08
320
..
..
..
7545
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
26N
i–22
Cr–
5Mo–
Ti
Pla
te,
shee
t,&
stri
p
QW/QB-422 1998 SECTION IX
121
QW
/QB
-422
NO
NF
ER
RO
US
P-N
UM
BE
RS
AN
DS
-NU
MB
ER
S(C
ON
T’D
)(G
roup
ing
ofB
ase
Met
als
for
Qua
lific
atio
n)
Min
imum
Wel
ding
Bra
zing
Spe
cifi
edS
pec.
UN
ST
ype
orT
ensi
le,
P-
S-
P-
S-
Siz
e(s)
orN
omin
alP
rodu
ctN
o.N
o.G
rade
Allo
yks
iN
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.C
ondi
tion
Thi
ckne
ss,
in.
Com
posi
tion
For
m
SB
-621
N08
320
..
..
..
7545
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
26N
i–22
Cr–
5Mo–
Ti
Rod
SB
-622
N06
002
..
..
..
100
43.
..
111
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.47
Ni–
22C
r–9M
o–18
Fe
Sm
ls.
pipe
&tu
beS
B-6
22N
0600
7.
..
..
.90
45.
..
111
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.47
Ni–
22C
r–19
Fe–
6Mo
Sm
ls.
pipe
&tu
beS
B-6
22N
0602
2.
..
..
.10
044
..
.11
2.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
55N
i–21
Cr–
13.5
Mo
Sm
ls.
pipe
&tu
beS
B-6
22N
0603
0.
..
..
.85
45.
..
111
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.40
Ni–
29C
r–15
Fe–
5Mo
Sm
ls.
pipe
&tu
beS
B-6
22N
0605
9.
..
..
.10
044
..
.11
2.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
59N
i–23
Cr–
16M
oS
mls
.pi
pe&
tube
SB
-622
N06
230
..
..
..
110
47.
..
111
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.53
Ni–
22C
r–14
W–C
o–F
e–M
oS
mls
.pi
pe&
tube
SB
-622
N06
455
..
..
..
100
44.
..
112
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.61
Ni–
16M
o–16
Cr
Sm
ls.
pipe
&tu
beS
B-6
22N
0697
5.
..
..
.85
45.
..
111
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.49
Ni–
25C
r–18
Fe–
6Mo
Sm
ls.
pipe
&tu
beS
B-6
22N
0698
5.
..
..
.90
45.
..
111
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.47
Ni–
22C
r–20
Fe–
7Mo
Sm
ls.
pipe
&tu
beS
B-6
22N
0832
0.
..
..
.75
45.
..
111
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.26
Ni–
22C
r–5M
o–T
iS
mls
.pi
pe&
tube
SB
-622
N10
001
..
..
..
100
44.
..
112
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.62
Ni–
28M
o–5F
eS
mls
.pi
pe&
tube
SB
-622
N10
276
..
..
..
100
44.
..
112
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.54
Ni–
16M
o–15
Cr
Sm
ls.
pipe
&tu
beS
B-6
22N
1066
5.
..
..
.11
044
..
.11
2.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
65N
i–28
Mo–
2Fe
Sm
ls.
pipe
&tu
beS
B-6
22R
3055
6.
..
..
.10
045
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
21N
i–30
Fe–
22C
r–18
Co–
3Mo–
3WS
mls
.pi
pe&
tube
B62
2N
0605
9.
..
..
.10
0.
..
44.
..
112
Sol
utio
nan
neal
ed.
..
59N
i–23
Cr–
16M
oS
mls
.pi
pe&
tube
B62
2N
0803
1.
..
..
.94
..
.45
..
.11
1S
olut
ion
anne
aled
..
.31
Ni–
27C
r–5.
5Mo
Sm
ls.
pipe
&tu
be
B62
5N
0892
6.
..
..
.87
..
.45
..
.11
1A
nnea
led
..
.25
Ni–
20C
r–6M
o–C
o–N
Pla
te,
shee
t,&
stri
p
SB
-625
N08
904
..
..
..
7145
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
44F
e–25
Ni–
21C
r–M
oP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
SB
-625
N08
925
..
..
..
8745
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
25N
i–20
Cr–
6Mo–
Cu–
NP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
SB
-626
N06
002
..
..
..
100
43.
..
111
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.47
Ni–
22C
r–9M
o–18
Fe
Wel
ded
tube
SB
-626
N06
007
..
..
..
9045
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
47N
i–22
Cr–
19F
e–6M
oW
elde
dtu
beS
B-6
26N
0602
2.
..
..
.10
044
..
.11
2.
..
Sol
utio
nan
neal
ed.
..
55N
i–21
Cr–
13.5
Mo
Wel
ded
tube
SB
-626
N06
030
..
..
..
8545
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
40N
i–29
Cr–
15F
e–5M
oW
elde
dtu
beS
B-6
26N
0623
0.
..
..
.11
047
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
53N
i–22
Cr–
14W
–Co–
Fe–
Mo
Wel
ded
tube
SB
-626
N06
059
..
..
..
100
44.
..
112
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.59
Ni–
23C
r–16
Mo
Wel
ded
tube
SB
-626
N06
455
..
..
..
100
44.
..
112
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.61
Ni–
16M
o–16
Cr
Wel
ded
tube
SB
-626
N06
975
..
..
..
8545
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
49N
i–25
Cr–
18F
e–6M
oW
elde
dtu
beS
B-6
26N
0698
5.
..
..
.90
45.
..
111
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.47
Ni–
22C
r–20
Fe–
7Mo
Wel
ded
tube
SB
-626
N08
320
..
..
..
7545
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
26N
i–22
Cr–
5Mo–
Ti
Wel
ded
tube
SB
-626
N10
001
..
..
..
100
44.
..
112
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.62
Ni–
28M
o–5F
eW
elde
dtu
be
SB
-626
N10
276
..
..
..
100
44.
..
112
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.54
Ni–
16M
o–15
Cr
Wel
ded
tube
SB
-626
N10
665
..
..
..
110
44.
..
112
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.65
Ni–
28M
o–2F
eW
elde
dtu
beS
B-6
26R
3055
6.
..
..
.10
045
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
21N
i–30
Fe–
22C
r–18
Co–
3Mo–
3WW
elde
dtu
be
B64
9N
0892
6.
..
..
.87
..
.45
..
.11
1S
olut
ion
trea
ted
..
.25
Ni–
20C
r–6M
o–C
u–N
Bar
&w
ire
SB
-649
N08
904
..
..
..
7145
..
.11
1.
..
Sol
utio
ntr
eate
d.
..
44F
e–25
Ni–
21C
r–M
oB
ar&
wir
eS
B-6
49N
0892
5.
..
..
.87
45.
..
111
..
.S
olut
ion
trea
ted
..
.25
Ni–
20C
r–6M
o–C
u–N
Bar
&w
ire
WELDING DATA QW/QB-422
98
122
QW
/QB
-422
NO
NF
ER
RO
US
P-N
UM
BE
RS
AN
DS
-NU
MB
ER
S(C
ON
T’D
)(G
roup
ing
ofB
ase
Met
als
for
Qua
lific
atio
n)
Min
imum
Wel
ding
Bra
zing
Spe
cifi
edS
pec.
UN
ST
ype
orT
ensi
le,
P-
S-
P-
S-
Siz
e(s)
orN
omin
alP
rodu
ctN
o.N
o.G
rade
Allo
yks
iN
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.C
ondi
tion
Thi
ckne
ss,
in.
Com
posi
tion
For
m
SB
-658
R60
702
R60
702
..
.55
61.
..
117
..
..
..
..
.U
nallo
yed
Zr
Sm
ls.
&w
elde
dpi
peS
B-6
58R
6070
5R
6070
5.
..
8062
..
.11
7.
..
..
..
..
95.5
Zr–
2.5N
bS
mls
.&
wel
ded
pipe
SB
-668
N08
028
..
..
..
7345
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
31N
i–31
Fe–
29C
r–M
oS
mls
.tu
be
SB
-672
N08
700
..
..
..
8045
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
dA
ll25
Ni–
47F
e–21
Cr–
5Mo
Bar
&w
ire
B67
3N
0892
6.
..
..
.87
..
.45
..
.11
1S
olut
ion
trea
ted
..
.25
Ni–
20C
r–6M
o–C
u–N
Wel
ded
pipe
SB
-673
N08
904
..
..
..
7145
..
.11
1.
..
Sol
utio
ntr
eate
dA
ll44
Fe–
25N
i–21
Cr–
Mo
Wel
ded
pipe
SB
-673
N08
925
..
..
..
8745
..
.11
1.
..
Sol
utio
ntr
eate
d.
..
25N
i–20
Cr–
6Mo–
Cu–
NW
elde
dpi
pe
SB
-674
N08
904
..
..
..
7145
..
.11
1.
..
Sol
utio
ntr
eate
dA
ll44
Fe–
25N
i–21
Cr–
Mo
Wel
ded
tube
SB
-674
N08
925
..
..
..
8745
..
.11
1.
..
Sol
utio
ntr
eate
d.
..
25N
i–20
Cr–
6Mo–
Cu–
NW
elde
dtu
be
B67
4N
0892
6.
..
..
.87
..
.45
..
.11
1S
olut
ion
trea
ted
..
.25
Ni–
20C
r–6M
o–C
u–N
Wel
ded
tube
SB
-675
N08
366
..
..
..
7545
..
.11
1.
..
Sol
utio
ntr
eate
dA
ll46
Fe–
24N
i–21
Cr–
6Mo
Wel
ded
pipe
SB
-675
N08
367
..
..
..
104
45.
..
111
..
.S
olut
ion
trea
ted
..
.46
Fe–
24N
i–21
Cr–
6Mo–
Cu–
NW
elde
dpi
pe
SB
-676
N08
366
..
..
..
7545
..
.11
1.
..
Sol
utio
ntr
eate
dA
ll46
Fe–
24N
i–21
Cr–
6Mo
Wel
ded
tube
SB
-676
N08
367
..
..
..
104
45.
..
111
..
.S
olut
ion
trea
ted
..
.46
Fe–
24N
i–21
Cr–
6Mo–
Cu–
NW
elde
dtu
be
B67
7N
0892
6.
..
..
.87
..
.45
..
.11
1S
olut
ion
trea
ted
..
.25
Ni–
20C
r–6M
o–C
u–N
Sm
ls.
pipe
&tu
be
SB
-677
N08
904
..
..
..
7145
..
.11
1.
..
Sol
utio
ntr
eate
dA
ll44
Fe–
25N
i–21
Cr–
Mo
Sm
ls.
pipe
&tu
beS
B-6
77N
0892
5.
..
..
.87
45.
..
111
..
.S
olut
ion
trea
ted
..
.25
Ni–
20C
r–6M
o–C
u–N
Sm
ls.
pipe
&tu
be
SB
-688
N08
366
..
..
..
7545
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
dA
ll46
Fe–
24N
i–21
Cr–
6Mo
Pla
te,
shee
t,&
stri
pS
B-6
88N
0836
7.
..
..
.10
445
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
46F
e–24
Ni–
21C
r–6M
o–C
u–N
Pla
te,
shee
t,&
stri
p
SB
-690
N08
366
..
..
..
7545
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
dA
ll46
Fe–
24N
i–21
Cr–
6Mo
Sm
ls.
pipe
&tu
beS
B-6
90N
0836
7.
..
..
.10
445
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
46F
e–24
Ni–
21C
r–6M
o–C
u–N
Sm
ls.
pipe
&tu
be
SB
-691
N08
366
..
..
..
7545
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
dA
ll46
Fe–
24N
i–21
Cr–
6Mo
Rod
,ba
r,&
wir
eS
B-6
91N
0836
7.
..
..
.10
445
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
46F
e–24
Ni–
21C
r–6M
o–C
u–N
Rod
,ba
r,&
wir
e
SB
-704
N06
625
..
..
..
120
43.
..
111
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.60
Ni–
22C
r–9M
o–3.
5Cb
Wel
ded
tube
SB
-704
N08
825
..
..
..
8545
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
42N
i–21
.5C
r–3M
o–2.
3Cu
Wel
ded
tube
SB
-705
N06
625
..
..
..
120
43.
..
111
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.60
Ni–
22C
r–9M
o–3.
5Cb
Wel
ded
pipe
SB
-705
N08
825
..
..
..
8545
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
42N
i–21
.5C
r–3M
o–2.
3Cu
Wel
ded
pipe
SB
-709
N08
028
..
..
..
7345
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
31N
i–31
Fe–
29C
r–M
oP
late
,sh
eet,
&st
rip
SB
-710
N08
330
..
..
..
7046
..
.11
1.
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
35N
i–19
Cr–
1.25
Si
Wel
ded
pipe
QW/QB-422 1998 SECTION IX
98
123
QW
/QB
-422
NO
NF
ER
RO
US
P-N
UM
BE
RS
AN
DS
-NU
MB
ER
S(C
ON
T’D
)(G
roup
ing
ofB
ase
Met
als
for
Qua
lific
atio
n)
Min
imum
Wel
ding
Bra
zing
Spe
cifi
edS
pec.
UN
ST
ype
orT
ensi
le,
P-
S-
P-
S-
Siz
e(s)
orN
omin
alP
rodu
ctN
o.N
o.G
rade
Allo
yks
iN
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.C
ondi
tion
Thi
ckne
ss,
in.
Com
posi
tion
For
m
SB
-729
N08
020
..
..
..
8045
..
..
..
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.35
Ni–
35F
e–20
Cr–
Cb
Sm
ls.
pipe
&tu
be
B72
5N
0220
0.
..
..
.55
..
.41
..
.11
0A
nnea
led
..
.99
.0N
iW
elde
dpi
pe
B81
9C
1220
0C
1220
0.
..
30.
..
..
..
..
107
..
..
..
99.9
Cu+
Ag
Wro
ught
pipe
B16
.18
C83
600
..
..
..
40.
..
..
..
..
107
..
..
..
5Sn–
5Zn–
5Pb
Cas
tfi
ttin
gsB
16.1
8C
8380
0.
..
..
.40
..
..
..
..
.10
7.
..
..
.4S
n–6.
5Zn–
6Pb
Cas
tfi
ttin
gsB
16.1
8C
8440
0.
..
..
.40
..
..
..
..
.10
7.
..
..
.2.
5Sn–
8.5Z
n–7P
bC
ast
fitt
ings
B16
.22
C10
200
..
..
..
30.
..
..
..
..
107
..
..
..
99.9
5Cu–
Ag
Wro
ught
pipe
B16
.22
C12
000
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
107
..
..
..
99.9
Cu+
Ag
Wro
ught
pipe
B16
.22
C12
200
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
107
..
..
..
99.9
Cu+
Ag
Wro
ught
pipe
B16
.22
C23
000
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
107
..
..
..
85C
u–15
Zn
Wro
ught
pipe
WELDING DATA QW/QB-422
98
124
QW
/QB
-422
NO
NF
ER
RO
US
P-N
UM
BE
RS
AN
DS
-NU
MB
ER
S(C
ON
T’D
)(G
roup
ing
ofB
ase
Met
als
for
Qua
lific
atio
n)
Min
imum
Wel
ding
Bra
zing
Spe
cifi
edS
pec.
UN
ST
ype
orT
ensi
le,
P-
S-
P-
S-
Siz
e(s)
orN
omin
alP
rodu
ctN
o.N
o.G
rade
Allo
yks
iN
o.N
o.N
o.N
o.C
ondi
tion
Thi
ckne
ss,
in.
Com
posi
tion
For
m
SB
-691
N08
367
..
..
..
104
45.
..
..
..
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
46F
e–24
Ni–
21C
r–6M
o–C
u–N
Rod
,ba
r,&
wir
e
SB
-704
N06
625
..
..
..
120
43.
..
..
..
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
60N
i–22
Cr–
9Mo–
3.5C
bW
elde
dtu
beS
B-7
04N
0882
5.
..
..
.85
45.
..
..
..
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
42N
i–21
.5C
r–3M
o–2.
3Cu
Wel
ded
tube
SB
-705
N06
625
..
..
..
120
43.
..
..
..
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
60N
i–22
Cr–
9Mo–
3.5C
bW
elde
dpi
peS
B-7
05N
0882
5.
..
..
.85
45.
..
..
..
..
Ann
eale
d.
..
42N
i–21
.5C
r–3M
o–2.
3Cu
Wel
ded
pipe
SB
-709
N08
028
..
..
..
7345
..
..
..
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.31
Ni–
31F
e–29
Cr–
Mo
Pla
te,
shee
t,&
stri
p
SB
-710
N08
330
..
..
..
7046
..
..
..
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.35
Ni–
19C
r–1.
25S
iW
elde
dpi
pe
SB
-729
N08
020
..
..
..
8045
..
..
..
..
.A
nnea
led
..
.35
Ni–
35F
e–20
Cr–
Cb
Sm
ls.
pipe
&tu
be
B72
5N
0220
0.
..
..
.55
..
.41
..
.11
0A
nnea
led
..
.99
.0N
iW
elde
dpi
pe
B81
9C
1220
0C
1220
0.
..
30.
..
..
..
..
107
..
..
..
99.9
Cu+
Ag
Wro
ught
pipe
B16
.18
C83
600
..
..
..
40.
..
..
..
..
107
..
..
..
5Sn–
5Zn–
5Pb
Cas
tfi
ttin
gsB
16.1
8C
8380
0.
..
..
.40
..
..
..
..
.10
7.
..
..
.4S
n–6.
5Zn–
6Pb
Cas
tfi
ttin
gsB
16.1
8C
8440
0.
..
..
.40
..
..
..
..
.10
7.
..
..
.2.
5Sn–
8.5Z
n–7P
bC
ast
fitt
ings
B16
.22
C10
200
..
..
..
30.
..
..
..
..
107
..
..
..
99.9
5Cu–
Ag
Wro
ught
pipe
B16
.22
C12
000
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
107
..
..
..
99.9
Cu+
Ag
Wro
ught
pipe
B16
.22
C12
200
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
107
..
..
..
99.9
Cu+
Ag
Wro
ught
pipe
B16
.22
C23
000
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
107
..
..
..
85C
u–15
Zn
Wro
ught
pipe
QW/QB-422 1998 SECTION IX
ASME B&PVC sec9$$$u25 05-17-99 07:39:57 pd: sec9 Rev 14.04
A99
98
QW-423 WELDING DATA QW-424.1
QW-423 Alternate Base Materials for WelderQualification
QW-423.1Base material used for welder qualificationmay be substituted for the P-Number material specifiedin the WPS in accordance with the following.
Base Metal(s) for Qualified ProductionWelder Qualification Base Metal(s)
P-No. 1 through P-No. 11, P-No. 1 through P-No. 11, P-P-No. 34, or P-No. 41 through No. 34, P-No. 41 through P-P-No. 47 No. 47 and unassigned met-
als of similar chemical com-position to these metals
P-No. 21 through P-No. 25 P-No. 21 through P-No. 25P-No. 51 through P-No. 53 or P- P-No. 51 through P-No. 53 and
No. 61 through P-No. 62 P-No. 61 through P-No. 62
QW-423.2 Metals used for welder qualification con-forming to national or international standards or specifi-cations may be considered as having the same P- orS-Number as an assigned metal provided it meets themechanical and chemical requirements of the assignedmetal. The base metal specification and correspondingP- or S-Number shall be recorded on the qualificationrecord.
QW-424 Base Metals Used for ProcedureQualification
QW-424.1 Base metals are assigned P-Numbers inQW/QB-422; metals which do not appear in QW/QB-422 are considered to be unassigned metals except asotherwise defined in QW-420.1 for base metals having
125
the same UNS numbers. Unassigned metals shall beidentified in the WPS and on the PQR by specification,type and grade, or by chemical analysis and mechanicalproperties. The minimum tensile strength shall be de-fined by the organization which specified the unassignedmetal if the tensile strength of that metal is not definedby the material specification.
Base Metal(s) Used forProcedure Qualification
Coupon Base Metals Qualified
One metal from a P-Number to Any metals assigned that P-any metal from the same P- NumberNumber
One metal from a P-Number to Any metal assigned the first P-any metal from any other P- Number to any metal assignedNumber the second P-Number
One metal from P-No. 3 to any Any P-No.3 metal to any metalmetal from P-No. 3 from P-No. 3 or P-No. 1
One metal from P-No. 4 to any Any P-No. 4 metal to any metalmetal from P-No. 4 from P-Nos. 4, 3, or 1
One metal from P-No. 5A to Any P-No. 5A metal to anyany metal from P-No. 5A metal from P-Nos. 5A, 4, 3,
or 1 metalsOne metal from P-No. 5A to a Any P-No. 5A metal to any
metal from P-No. 4, or P-No. metal assigned to P-No. 4, or3, or P-No. 1 P-No. 3, or P-No. 1
One metal from P-No. 4 to a Any P-No. 4 metal to any metalmetal from P-No. 3 or P- assigned to P-No. 3 or P-No. 1 No. 1
Any unassigned metal to the The unassigned metal to itselfsame unassigned metal
Any unassigned metal to any P- The unassigned metal to anyNumber metal metal assigned to the same P-
Number as the qualified metalAny unassigned metal to any The first unassigned metal to
other unassigned metal the second unassigned metal
ASME B&PVC sec9$$$u25 05-17-99 07:39:57 pd: sec9 Rev 14.04
QW-430 1998 SECTION IX QW-432
QW-430 F-NUMBERS
QW-431 General
The following F-Number grouping of electrodes andwelding rods in QW-432 is based essentially on theirusability characteristics, which fundamentally determinethe ability of welders to make satisfactory welds witha given filler metal. This grouping is made to reducethe number of welding procedure and performancequalifications, where this can logically be done. Thegrouping does not imply that base metals or filler metalswithin a group may be indiscriminately substituted for
A99QW-432F-NUMBERS
Grouping of Electrodes and Welding Rods for Qualification
QW F-No. ASME Specification No. AWS Classification No.
Steel and Steel Alloys
432.1 1 SFA-5.1 & 5.5 EXX20, EXX22, EXX24, EXX27, EXX281 SFA-5.4 EXX25, EXX262 SFA-5.1 & 5.5 EXX12, EXX13, EXX14, EXX193 SFA-5.1 & 5.5 EXX10, EXX11
4 SFA-5.1 & 5.5 EXX15, EXX16, EXX18, EXX484 SFA-5.4 other than austenitic and duplex EXX15, EXX16, EXX17
5 SFA-5.4 (austenitic and duplex) EXX15, EXX16, EXX17
6 SFA-5.2 RX6 SFA-5.17 FXX-EXX, FXX-ECX6 SFA-5.9 ERXX, ECXX, EQXX6 SFA-5.18 ERXXS-X, EXXC-X, EXXC-XX
6 SFA-5.20 EXXT-X6 SFA-5.22 EXXXT-X6 SFA-5.23 FXX-EXXX-X, FXX-ECXXX-X, and
FXX-EXXX-XN, FXX-ECXXX-XN6 SFA-5.25 FESXX-EXXXXX-EW6 SFA-5.26 EGXXS-X and EGXXT-X6 SFA-5.28 ERXXS-X and EXXC-X6 SFA-5.29 EXXTX-X6 SFA-5.30 INXXXX
Aluminum and Aluminum-Base Alloys
432.2 21 SFA-5.3 E1100, E300321 SFA-5.10 ER1100, R1100, ER1188, R118822 SFA-5.10 ER5554, ER5356, ER5556, ER5183,
R5183, ER5654, R5554, R5654, R5356,R5556
23 SFA-5.3 & 5.10 ER4009, ER4010, ER4043, ER4047,R4043, R4047, ER4145, R4009, R4010,R4011, R4145, ER4643, E4043, R4643
24 SFA-5.10 R-A356.0, R206.0, RC355.0, R357.0,R-A357.0
25 SFA-5.10 ER2319, R2319
126
a metal which was used in the qualification test withoutconsideration of the compatibility of the base and fillermetals from the standpoint of metallurgical properties,postweld heat treatment design and service requirements,and mechanical properties.
QW-432.1 Steel and Steel AlloysQW-432.2 Aluminum and Aluminum-Base AlloysQW-432.3 Copper and Copper-Base AlloysQW-432.4 Nickel and Nickel-Base AlloysQW-432.5 Titanium and Titanium AlloysQW-432.6 Zirconium and Zirconium AlloysQW-432.7 Hard-Facing Weld Metal Overlay
ASME B&PVC sec9$$$u25 05-17-99 07:39:57 pd: sec9 Rev 14.04
WELDING DATA QW-432
QW-432 (CONT’D)F-NUMBERS
Grouping of Electrodes and Welding Rods for Qualification
QW F-No. ASME Specification No. AWS Classification No.
Copper and Copper-Base Alloys
432.3 31 SFA-5.6 ECu31 SFA-5.7 ER Cu
432.3 32 SFA-5.6 ECuSi32 SFA-5.7 ERCuSi-A
33 SFA-5.6 ECuSn-A, ECuSn-C33 SFA-5.7 ERCuSn-A
34 SFA-5.6 ECuNi34 SFA-5.7 ERCuNi34 SFA-5.30 IN67
35 SFA-5.8 RBCuZn-A35 RBCuZn-B35 RBCuZn-C35 RBCuZn-D
36 SFA-5.6 ECuAl-A236 ECuAl-B36 SFA-5.7 ERCuAl-A136 ERCuAl-A236 ERCuAl-A3
37 SFA-5.6 ECuNiAl37 ECuMnNiAl37 SFA-5.7 ERCuNiAl37 ERCuMnNiAl
Nickel and Nickel-Base Alloys
432.4 41 SFA-5.11 ENi-141 SFA-5.14 ERNi-141 SFA-5.30 IN61
42 SFA-5.11 ENiCu-742 SFA-5.14 ERNiCu-742 SFA-5.14 ERNiCu-842 SFA-5.30 IN60
43 SFA-5.11 ENiCrFe-143 SFA-5.11 ENiCrFe-243 SFA-5.11 ENiCrFe-343 SFA-5.11 ENiCrFe-443 SFA-5.11 ENiCrFe-743 SFA-5.11 ENiCrFe-943 SFA-5.11 ENiCrFe-1043 SFA-5.11 ENiCrCoMo-143 SFA-5.11 ENiCrMo-243 SFA-5.11 ENiCrMo-343 SFA-5.11 ENiCrMo-643 SFA-5.11 ENiCrMo-1243 SFA-5.14 ERNiCr-343 SFA-5.14 ERNiCr-443 SFA-5.14 ERNiCr-6
127
ASME B&PVC sec9$$$u25 05-17-99 07:39:57 pd: sec9 Rev 14.04
QW-432 1998 SECTION IX
QW-432 (CONT’D)F-NUMBERS
Grouping of Electrodes and Welding Rods for Qualification
QW F-No. ASME Specification No. AWS Classification No.
Nickel and Nickel-Base Alloys (Cont’d)43 SFA-5.14 ERNiCrFe-543 SFA-5.14 ERNiCrFe-643 SFA-5.14 ERNiCrFe-743 SFA-5.14 ERNiCrFe-843 SFA-5.14 ERNiCrFe-1143 SFA-5.14 ERNiCrCoMo-143 SFA-5.14 ERNiCrMo-243 SFA-5.14 ERNiCrMo-3
432.4 43 SFA-5.30 IN8243 SFA-5.30 IN6243 SFA-5.30 IN6A
44 SFA-5.11 ENiMo-144 SFA-5.11 ENiMo-344 SFA-5.11 ENiMo-744 SFA-5.11 ENiMo-844 SFA-5.11 ENiMo-944 SFA-5.11 ENiMo-1044 SFA-5.11 ENiCrMo-444 SFA-5.11 ENiCrMo-544 SFA-5.11 ENiCrMo-744 SFA-5.11 ENiCrMo-1044 SFA-5.11 ENiMo-1344 SFA-5.11 ENiMo-14
44 SFA-5.14 ERNiMo-144 SFA-5.14 ERNiMo-2, ERNiMo-344 SFA-5.14 ERNiMo-7 (Alloy B-2)44 SFA-5.14 ERNiMo-844 SFA-5.14 ERNiMo-944 SFA-5.14 ERNiMo-1044 SFA-5.14 ERNiCrMo-444 SFA-5.14 ERNiCrMo-544 SFA-5.14 ERNiCrMo-7 (Alloy C-4)44 SFA-5.14 ERNiCrMo-1044 SFA-5.14 ERNiCrMo-1344 SFA-5.14 ERNiCrMo-1444 SFA-5.14 ERNiCrWMo-1
45 SFA-5.11 ENiCrMo-145 SFA-5.11 ENiCrMo-945 SFA-5.11 ENiCrMo-1145 SFA-5.14 ERNiCrMo-145 SFA-5.14 ERNiFeCr-145 SFA-5.14 ERNiCrMo-845 SFA-5.14 ERNiCrMo-945 SFA-5.14 ERNiCrMo-11
Titanium and Titanium Alloys432.5 51 SFA-5.16 ERTi-1, ERTi-2, ERTi-3, ERTi-4
52 SFA-5.16 ERTi-753 SFA-5.16 ERTi-9, ERTi-9ELI54 SFA-5.16 ERTi-12
Zirconium and Zirconium Alloys432.6 61 SFA-5.24 ERZr2
ERZr3ERZr4
Hard-Facing Weld Metal Overlay432.7 71 SFA-5.13 RXXX-X, EXXX-X
72 SFA-5.21 RXXX-X
128
QW-432 WELDING DATA QW-433
98 QW-433 Alternate F-Numbers for WelderPerformance Qualification
The following tables identify the filler metal orelectrode that the welder used during qualification test-ing as “Qualified With,” and the electrodes or fillermetals that the welder is qualified to use in productionwelding as “Qualified For.” See QW-432 for theF-Number assignments.
F-No. 1 F-No. 1 F-No. 2 F-No. 2 F-No. 3 F-No. 3 F-No. 4 F-No. 4 F-No. 5 F-No. 5Qualified With →With Without With Without With Without With Without With Without
Qualified For ↓ Backing Backing Backing Backing Backing Backing Backing Backing Backing Backing
F-No. 1 WithX X X X X X X X X X
Backing
F-No. 1 WithoutX
Backing
F-No. 2 WithX X X X X X
Backing
F-No. 2 WithoutX
Backing
F-No. 3 WithX X X X
Backing
F-No. 3 WithoutX
Backing
F-No. 4 WithX X
Backing
F-No. 4 WithoutX
Backing
F-No. 5 WithX X
Backing
F-No. 5 WithoutX
Backing
Qualified With Qualified For
Any F-No. 6 All F-No. 6 [Note (1)]
Any F-No. 21 through F-No. 25 All F-No. 21 through F-No. 25
Any F-No. 31, F-No. 32, F-No. Only the same F-Number as was33, F-No. 35, F-No. 36, or used during the qualificationF-No. 37 test
F-No. 34 or any F-No. 41 F-No. 34 and all F-No. 41through F-No. 45 through F-No. 45
Any F-No. 51 through F-No. 54 All F-No. 51 through F-No. 54
Any F-No. 61 All F-No. 61
Any F-No. 71 through F-No. 72 Only the same F-Number as wasused during the qualificationtest
NOTE:(1) Deposited weld metal made using a bare rod not covered by an
SFA Specification but which conforms to an analysis listed inQW-442 shall be considered to be classified as F-No. 6.
129
QW-440 1998 SECTION IX QW-441
QW-440 WELD METAL CHEMICALCOMPOSITION
QW-441 General
Identification of weld metal chemical compositiondesignated on the PQR and WPS shall be as given inQW-404.5.
98 QW-442A-NUMBERS
Classification of Ferrous Weld Metal Analysis for Procedure Qualification
Analysis, % [Note (1)]Types of Weld
A-No. Deposit C Cr Mo Ni Mn Si
1 Mild Steel 0.20 . . . . . . . . . 1.60 1.00
2 Carbon-Molybdenum 0.15 0.50 0.40–0.65 . . . 1.60 1.00
3 Chrome (0.4% to 2%)–Molybdenum 0.15 0.40–2.00 0.40–0.65 . . . 1.60 1.004 Chrome (2% to 6%)–Molybdenum 0.15 2.00–6.00 0.40–1.50 . . . 1.60 2.005 Chrome (6% to 10.5%)–Molybdenum 0.15 6.00–10.50 0.40–1.50 . . . 1.20 2.00
6 Chrome-Martensitic 0.15 11.00–15.00 0.70 . . . 2.00 1.00
7 Chrome-Ferritic 0.15 11.00–30.00 1.00 . . . 1.00 3.00
8 Chromium–Nickel 0.15 14.50–30.00 4.00 7.50–15.00 2.50 1.009 Chromium–Nickel 0.30 19.00–30.00 6.00 15.00–37.00 2.50 1.00
10 Nickel to 4% 0.15 . . . 0.55 0.80–4.00 1.70 1.00
11 Manganese–Molybdenum 0.17 . . . 0.25–0.75 0.85 1.25–2.25 1.00
12 Nickel–Chrome—Molybdenum 0.15 1.50 0.25–0.80 1.25–2.80 0.75–2.25 1.00
NOTE:(1) Single values shown above are maximum.
130
WELDING DATA QW-451.1
QW
-450
SP
EC
IME
NS
QW
-451
Pro
cedu
reQ
ualif
icat
ion
Thi
ckne
ssLi
mits
and
Tes
tS
peci
men
s
QW
-451
.1G
RO
OV
E-W
EL
DT
EN
SIO
NT
ES
TS
AN
DT
RA
NS
VE
RS
E-B
EN
DT
ES
TS
Ran
geof
Thi
ckne
ssT
Thi
ckne
sst
ofD
epos
ited
Wel
dof
Bas
eM
etal
Qua
lifie
d,in
.M
etal
Qua
lifie
d,in
.T
ype
and
Num
ber
ofT
ests
Req
uire
d[N
ote
(1)]
[Not
e(1
)](T
ensi
onan
dG
uide
d-B
end
Tes
ts)
[Not
e(4
)]
Thi
ckne
ssT
ofT
est
Max
.T
ensi
onS
ide
Ben
dF
ace
Ben
dR
oot
Ben
dC
oupo
nW
elde
d,in
.M
in.
Max
.Q
W-1
50Q
W-1
60Q
W-1
60Q
W-1
60
Les
sth
an1/ 1
6T
2T
2t
2.
..
22
1/ 1
6to
3/ 8
,in
cl.
1/ 1
62
T2
t2
Not
e(3
)2
2
Ove
r3/ 8
,bu
tle
ssth
an3/ 4
3/ 1
62
T2
t2
Not
e(3
)2
2
3/ 4
tole
ssth
an1
1/ 2
3/ 1
62
T2
tw
hen
t<
3/ 4
2(5
)4
..
..
..
3/ 4
tole
ssth
an1
1/ 2
3/ 1
62
T2
Tw
hen
t≥
3/ 4
2(5
)4
..
..
..
11/ 2
and
over
3/ 1
68
(2)
2t
whe
nt
<3/ 4
2(5
)4
..
..
..
11/ 2
and
over
3/ 1
68
(2)
8(2
)w
hen
t≥
3/ 4
2(5
)4
..
..
..
NO
TE
S:
(1)
See
QW
-40
3(.
2,
.3,
.6,
.9,
.10
),Q
W-4
04
.32
,an
dQ
W-4
07
.4fo
rfu
rthe
rli
mit
son
rang
eof
thic
knes
squ
alif
ied.
Als
o,se
eQ
W-2
02
(.2
,.3
,.4
)fo
ral
low
able
exce
ptio
ns.
(2)
For
the
wel
ding
proc
esse
sof
QW
-40
3.7
only
;ot
herw
ise
per
Not
e(1
)or
2T
,or
2t,
whi
chev
eris
appl
icab
le.
(3)
Fou
rsi
de-b
end
test
sm
aybe
subs
titu
ted
for
the
requ
ired
face
-an
dro
ot-b
end
test
s,w
hen
thic
knes
sT
is3/ 8
in.
and
over
.(4
)F
orco
mbi
nati
onof
wel
ding
proc
edur
es,
see
QW
-20
0.4
.(5
)S
eeQ
W-1
51
(.1
,.2
,.3
)fo
rde
tail
son
mul
tipl
esp
ecim
ens
whe
nco
upon
thic
knes
ses
are
over
1in
.
131
QW-451.2 1998 SECTION IX
QW
-451
.2G
RO
OV
E-W
EL
DT
EN
SIO
NT
ES
TS
AN
DL
ON
GIT
UD
INA
L-B
EN
DT
ES
TS
Ran
geof
Thi
ckne
ssT
Thi
ckne
sst
ofT
ype
and
Num
ber
ofT
ests
Req
uire
dof
Bas
eM
etal
Qua
lifie
d,in
.D
epos
ited
Wel
dM
etal
(Ten
sion
and
Gui
ded-
Ben
dT
ests
)[N
ote
(1)]
Qua
lifie
d,in
.[N
ote
(2)]
[Not
e(1
)]T
hick
ness
Tof
Tes
tT
ensi
onF
ace
Ben
dR
oot
Ben
dC
oupo
nW
elde
d,in
.M
in.
Max
.M
ax.
QW
-150
QW
-160
QW
-160
Les
sth
an1/ 1
6T
2T
2t
22
21/ 1
6to
3/ 8
,in
cl.
1/ 1
62
T2
t2
22
Ove
r3/ 8
3/ 1
62
T2
t2
22
NO
TE
S:
(1)
See
QW
-40
3(.
2,
.3,
.6,
.7,
.9,
.10
),Q
W-4
04
.32
,an
dQ
W-4
07
.4fo
rfu
rthe
rli
mit
son
rang
eof
thic
knes
squ
alif
ied.
The
sear
eal
soap
plic
able
tode
posi
ted
wel
dm
etal
thic
knes
ses.
Als
o,se
eQ
W-2
02
(.2
,.3
,.4
)fo
ral
low
able
exce
ptio
ns.
(2)
For
com
bina
tion
ofw
eldi
ngpr
oced
ures
,se
eQ
W-2
00
.4.
132
ASME B&PVC sec9$$$u25 05-17-99 07:39:57 pd: sec9 Rev 14.04
QW-451.3 WELDING DATA QW-451.4
QW-451.3 A99
FILLET-WELD TESTS11
Type and Number of TestsType of Thickness of Test Required [[QW-462.4(a) or QW-462.4(d)]]Joint Coupons as Welded, in. Range Qualified Macro
Fillet Per QW-462.4(a) All fillet sizes on all base 5metal thicknesses and alldiameters
Fillet Per QW-462.4(d) 4
NOTE:(1) A production assembly mockup may be substituted in accordance with QW-181.1.1. When a production assembly mockup is used, the range
qualified shall be limited to the fillet weld size, base metal thickness, and configuration of the mockup. Alternatively, multiple productionassembly mockups may be qualified. The range of thickness of the base metal qualified shall be no less than the thickness of the thinnermember tested and no greater than the thickness of the thicker member tested. The range for fillet weld sizes qualified shall be limited tono less than the smallest fillet weld tested and no greater than the largest fillet weld tested. The configuration of production assemblies shallbe the same as that used in the production assembly mockup.
QW-451.4FILLET WELDS QUALIFIED BY GROOVE-WELD TESTS
Thickness T of TestCoupon (Plate or Pipe) Type and Number of Tests
as Welded Range Qualified Required
All groove tests All fillet sizes on all base Fillet welds are qualified whenmetal thicknesses and all the groove weld is qualifieddiameters in accordance with either
QW-451.1 or QW-451.2(see QW-202.2)
133
ASME B&PVC sec9$$$u25 05-17-99 07:39:57 pd: sec9 Rev 14.04
QW-452 1998 SECTION IX QW-452.1
QW
-452
Per
form
ance
Qua
lific
atio
nT
hick
ness
Lim
itsan
dT
est
Spe
cim
ens
QW
-452
.1T
RA
NS
VE
RS
E-B
EN
DT
ES
TS
Thi
ckne
sst
ofT
ype
and
Num
ber
ofD
epos
ited
Wel
dM
etal
Tes
tsR
equi
red
Qua
lifie
d,in
.[N
ote
(2)]
(Gui
ded-
Ben
dT
ests
)(S
eeQ
W-3
10.1
)[N
otes
(3),
(4),
(8)]
Thi
ckne
ssof
Roo
tB
end
Typ
eof
Tes
tC
oupo
nM
ax.
Sid
eB
end
Fac
eB
end
[Not
e(5
)]Jo
int
Wel
ded,
in.
[Not
e(1
)]Q
W-4
62.2
QW
-462
.3(a
)Q
W-4
62.3
(a)
Gro
ove
Up
to3/ 8
,in
cl.
2t
Not
e(6
)1
1G
roov
eO
ver
3/ 8
but
less
than
3/ 4
2t
Not
e(7
)1
1G
roov
e3/ 4
and
over
Max
.to
bew
elde
d2
..
..
..
NO
TE
S:
(1)
Whe
nus
ing
one,
two,
orm
ore
wel
ders
,th
eth
ickn
ess
tof
the
depo
site
dw
eld
met
alfo
rea
chw
elde
rw
ith
each
proc
ess
shal
lbe
dete
rmin
edan
dus
edin
divi
dual
lyin
the
Thi
ckne
ssco
lum
n.(2
)T
wo
orm
ore
pipe
test
coup
ons
ofdi
ffer
ent
thic
knes
ses
may
beus
edto
dete
rmin
eth
ede
posi
ted
wel
dm
etal
thic
knes
squ
alif
ied
and
that
thic
knes
sm
aybe
appl
ied
topr
oduc
tion
wel
dsto
the
smal
lest
diam
eter
for
whi
chth
ew
elde
ris
qual
ifie
din
acco
rdan
cew
ith
QW
-45
2.3
.(3
)T
hick
ness
ofte
stco
upon
of3/ 4
in.
orov
ersh
all
beus
edfo
rqu
alif
ying
aco
mbi
nati
onof
thre
eor
mor
ew
elde
rsea
chof
whi
chm
ayus
eth
esa
me
ora
diff
eren
tw
eldi
ngpr
oces
s.(4
)T
oqu
alif
yfo
rpo
siti
ons
5G
and
6G
,as
pres
crib
edin
QW
-30
2.3
,tw
oro
otan
dtw
ofa
ce-b
end
spec
imen
sor
four
side
bend
spec
imen
s,as
appl
icab
leto
the
test
coup
onth
ickn
ess,
are
requ
ired
.(5
)F
ace-
and
root
-ben
dte
sts
may
beus
edto
qual
ify
aco
mbi
nati
onte
stof
:(a
)on
ew
elde
rus
ing
two
wel
ding
proc
esse
s;or
(b)
two
wel
ders
usin
gth
esa
me
ora
diff
eren
tw
eldi
ngpr
oces
s.(6
)F
ora
3/ 8
in.
thic
kco
upon
,a
side
-ben
dte
stm
aybe
subs
titu
ted
for
each
ofth
ere
quir
edfa
ce-
and
root
-ben
dte
sts.
(7)
Asi
de-b
end
test
may
besu
bsti
tute
dfo
rea
chof
the
requ
ired
face
-an
dro
ot-b
end
test
s.(8
)T
est
coup
ons
shal
lbe
visu
ally
exam
ined
per
QW
-30
2.4
.
134
QW-452.2 WELDING DATA QW-452.3
QW-452.2LONGITUDINAL-BEND TESTS
Type and Number of TestsRequired
(Guided-Bend Tests)[Note (2)]
Thickness Thickness t of DepositedTest Coupon Weld Metal Qualified, in. Face Bend Root Bend
Type of Welded, in. [Note (3)] [Note (3)]Joint [Note (1)] Max. QW-462.3(b) QW-462.3(b)
Groove Up to 3/8, incl. 2t 1 1Groove Over 3/8 2t 1 1
NOTES:(1) When using one, two, or more welders, the thickness t of the deposited weld metal for each welder with
each process shall be determined and used individually in the Thickness column.(2) Thickness of test coupon of 3/4 in. or over shall be used for qualifying a combination of three or more
welders, each of which may use the same or a different welding process.(3) Face- and root-bend tests may be used to qualify a combination test of:
(a) one welder using two welding processes; or(b) two welders using the same or a different welding process.
QW-452.3GROOVE-WELD DIAMETER LIMITS1,2
Outside DiameterQualified, in.
Outside Diameterof Test Coupon, in. Min. Max.
Less than 1 Size welded Unlimited
1 to less than 27/8 1 Unlimited
27/8 and over 27/8 Unlimited
NOTES:(1) Type and number of tests required shall be in accordance with
QW-452.1.(2) 27/8 in. O.D. is the equivalent of NPS 21/2.
135
QW-452.4 1998 SECTION IX QW-452.6
QW-452.4SMALL DIAMETER FILLET-WELD TEST1,2
Outside Diameter Minimum Outside Diameter Thicknessof Test Coupon, in. Qualified, in. Qualified
Less than 1 Size welded All
1 to less than 27/8 1 All
27/8 and over 27/8 All
NOTES:(1) Type and number of tests required shall be in accordance with QW-452.5.(2) 27/8 in. O.D. is considered the equivalent of NPS 21/2.
QW-452.5FILLET-WELD TEST2
Type and Number of TestsRequired [QW-462.4(b) or QW-
Thickness of 462.4(c)]Test Coupon as
Type of Joint Welded, in. Range Qualified Macro Fracture
Tee fillet 3/16 – 3/8 All base material thicknesses, 1 1fillet sizes, and diameters27/8 O.D. and over (1)
Less than 3/16 T to 2T base material thickness, 1 1T maximum fillet size, and alldiameters 27/8 O.D. and over (1)
NOTES:(1) 27/8 in. O.D. is considered the equivalent of NPS 21/2. For smaller diameter qualifications, refer to QW-452.4 or QW-452.6.(2) Production assembly mockups may be substituted in accordance with QW-181.2.1. When production assembly mockups are used, range
qualified shall be limited to the fillet sizes, base metal thicknesses, and configuration of the mockup.
QW-452.6FILLET QUALIFICATION BY GROOVE-WELD TESTS
Thickness of Test Coupon Type and Number of TestsType of Joint as Welded, in. Range Qualified Required
Any groove All thicknesses All base material thicknesses, Fillet welds are qualified when afillet sizes, and diameters welder /welding operator quali-
fies on a groove weld test
136
QW-453 WELDING DATA
QW-453PROCEDURE/PERFORMANCE QUALIFICATION THICKNESS LIMITS AND TEST
SPECIMENS FOR HARD-FACING (WEAR-RESISTANT) AND CORROSION-RESISTANT OVERLAYS
Corrosion-Resistant [Note (1)] Hard-facing Overlay (Wear-Resistant)Overlay [Note (2)]
Thickness of Test Nominal Base Metal Type & Number of Nominal Base Metal Type & NumberCoupon (T ) Thickness Qualified (T ) Tests Required Thickness Qualified (T ) of Tests Required
Procedure QualificationTesting
Less than 1 in. T T qualified to unlimited
1 in. to unlimited 6 T qualified up to 1 in.
1 in. to unlimited 6Notes: (4), (5), and (9) Notes: (3), (7), (8), and (9)1 in. and over T
PerformanceQualificationTesting
Less than 1 in. T T qualified to unlimited
1 in. to unlimited 6 T qualified to unlimited
1 in. to unlimited 6Note (6) Notes (8) and (10)1 in. and over T
NOTES:(1) The qualification test coupon shall consist of base metal not less than 6 in. × 6 in. The weld overlay cladding shall be a minimum of 11/2
in. wide by approximately 6 in. long. For qualification on pipe, the pipe length shall be a minimum of 6 in., and a minimum diameter toallow the required number of test specimens. The weld overlay shall be continuous around the circumference of the test coupon. For processes(performance qualification only) depositing a weld bead width greater than 1/2 in. wide, the weld overlay shall consist of a minimum ofthree weld beads in the first layer.
(2) The test base metal coupon shall have minimum dimensions of 6 in. wide × approximately 6 in. long with a hard-faced layer a minimumof 11/2 in. wide × 6 in. long. The minimum hard-faced thickness shall be as specified in the Welding Procedure Specification. Alternatively,the qualification may be performed on a test base metal coupon which represents the size of the production part. For qualification on pipe,the pipe length shall be 6 in. minimum, and of a minimum diameter to allow the required number of test specimens. The weld overlay shallbe continuous around the circumference of the test coupon.
(3) The hard-facing surface shall be examined by the liquid penetrant method and shall meet the acceptance standards in QW-195.2 or asspecified in the WPS. Surface conditioning prior to liquid penetrant examination is permitted.
(4) The corrosion-resistant surface shall be examined by the liquid penetrant method and shall meet the acceptance standards as specified inQW-195.
(5) Following the liquid penetrant examination, four guided side-bend tests shall be made from the test coupon in accordance with QW-161.The test specimens shall be cut so that there are either two specimens parallel and two specimens perpendicular to the direction of thewelding, or four specimens perpendicular to the direction of the welding. For coupons which are less than 3/8 in. thick, the width of theside-bend specimens may be reduced to the thickness of the test coupon. The side-bend specimens shall be removed from locations specifiedin QW-462.5(c) or QW-462.5(d).
(6) The test coupon shall be sectioned to make side-bend test specimens perpendicular to the direction of the welding in accordance with QW-161. Test specimens shall be removed at locations specified in QW-462.5(c) or QW-462.5(d).
(7) After surface conditioning to the minimum thickness specified in the WPS, a minimum of three hardness readings shall be made on eachof the specimens from the locations shown in QW-462.5(b) or QW-462.5(e). All readings shall meet the requirements of the WPS.
(8) The base metal shall be sectioned transversely to the direction of the hard-facing overlay. The two faces of the hard-facing exposed bysectioning shall be polished and etched with a suitable etchant and shall be visually examined with ×5 magnification for cracks in the basemetal or the heat affected zone, lack of fusion, or other linear defects. The overlay and the base metal shall meet the requirements specifiedin the WPS. All exposed faces shall be examined. See QW-462.5(b) for pipe and QW-462.5(e) for plate.
(9) When a chemical composition is specified in the WPS, chemical analysis specimens shall be removed at locations specified in QW-462.5(b)or QW-462.5(e). The chemical analysis shall be performed in accordance with QW-462.5(a) and shall be within the range specified in theWPS. This chemical analysis is not required when a chemical composition is not specified on the WPS.
(10) At a thickness greater than or equal to the minimum thickness specified in the WPS, the weld surface shall be examined by the liquidpenetrant method and shall meet the acceptance standards in QW-195.2 or as specified in the WPS. Surface conditioning prior to liquidpenetrant examination is permitted.
137
QW-461.1 1998 SECTION IX
QW-460 GRAPHICS
QW-461 Positions
QW-461.1 POSITIONS OF WELDS — GROOVE WELDS
138
WELDING DATA QW-461.2
QW-461.2 POSITIONS OF WELDS — FILLET WELDS
139
QW-461.3 1998 SECTION IX QW-461.5
QW-461.3 GROOVE WELDS IN PLATE — TEST POSITIONS
QW-461.4 GROOVE WELDS IN PIPE — TEST POSITIONS
QW-461.5 FILLET WELDS IN PLATE — TEST POSITIONS
140
WELDING DATA QW-461.6
QW-461.6 FILLET WELDS IN PIPE — TEST POSITIONS
141
QW-461.8 1998 SECTION IX
QW-461.7 STUD WELDS — TEST POSITIONS
QW-461.8 STUD WELDS — WELDING POSITIONS
142
WELDING DATA QW-461.9
QW-461.9PERFORMANCE QUALIFICATION — POSITION AND DIAMETER LIMITATIONS
(Within the Other Limitations of QW-303)
Position and Type Weld Qualified [Note (1)]
Qualification Test Groove Fillet
Plate and Pipe Pipe PlateWeld Position Over 24 in. O.D. ≤ 24 in. O.D. and Pipe
Plate — Groove 1G F F [Note (2)] F2G F,H F,H [Note (2)] F,H3G F,V F [Note (2)] F,H,V4G F,O F [Note (2)] F,H,O
3G and 4G F,V,O F [Note (2)] All2G, 3G, and 4G All F,H [Note (2)] All
Special Positions (SP) SP,F SP,F SP,F
Plate — Fillet 1F . . . . . . F [Note (2)]2F . . . . . . F,H [Note (2)]3F . . . . . . F,H,V [Note (2)]4F . . . . . . F,H,O [Note (2)]
3F and 4F . . . . . . All [Note (2)]Special Positions (SP) . . . . . . SP,F [Note (2)]
Pipe — Groove [Note (3)] 1G F F F2G F,H F,H F,H5G F,V,O F,V,O All6G All All All
2G and 5G All All AllSpecial Positions (SP) SP,F SP,F SP,F
Pipe — Fillet [Note (3)] 1F . . . . . . F2F . . . . . . F,H
2FR . . . . . . F,H4F . . . . . . F,H,O5F . . . . . . All
Special Positions (SP) . . . . . . SP,F
NOTES:(1) Positions of welding as shown in QW-461.1 and QW-461.2.
F p FlatH p HorizontalV p VerticalO p Overhead
(2) Pipe 27/8 in. O.D. and over.(3) See diameter restrictions in QW-452.3, QW-452.4, and QW-452.6.
143
QW-461.3–QW-461.5 1998 SECTION IX QW-462.1(a)
QW-462 Test Specimens
The purpose of the QW-462 figures is to give themanufacturer or contractor guidance in dimensioningtest specimens for tests required for procedure andperformance qualifications. Unless a minimum, maxi-mum, or tolerance is given in the figures (or as QW-150, QW-160, or QW-180 requires), the dimensions
QW-462.1(a) TENSION — REDUCED SECTION — PLATE
144
are to be considered approximate. All welding processesand filler material to be qualified must be included inthe test specimen.
x p coupon thickness including reinforcementy p specimen thicknessT p coupon thickness excluding reinforcementW p specimen width,3⁄4 in.
WELDING DATA QW-462.1(c)
QW-462.1(b) TENSION — REDUCED SECTION — PIPE
QW-462.1(c) TENSION — REDUCED SECTIONALTERNATE FOR PIPE
145
QW-462.1(d) 1998 SECTION IX QW-462.1(e)
QW-462.1(d) TENSION — REDUCED SECTION — TURNED SPECIMENS
QW-462.1(e) TENSION — FULL SECTION — SMALLDIAMETER PIPE
146
WELDING DATA QW-462.2
QW-462.2 SIDE BEND
147
QW-462.3(a) 1998 SECTION IX QW-462.3(b)
QW-462.3(a) FACE AND ROOT BENDS — TRANSVERSE1,2
QW-462.3(b) FACE AND ROOT BENDS —LONGITUDINAL1
148
QW-462.4(a) WELDING DATA QW-462.4(b)
QW-462.4(a) FILLET WELDS — PROCEDURE
QW-462.4(b) FILLET WELDS — PERFORMANCE
149
QW-462.4(c) 1998 SECTION IX
QW-462.4(c) FILLET WELDS IN PIPE — PERFORMANCE
150
WELDING DATA QW-462.4(d)
QW-462.4(d) FILLET WELDS IN PIPE — PROCEDURE
151
QW-462.5(a) 1998 SECTION IX
QW-462.5(a) CHEMICAL ANALYSIS AND HARDNESS SPECIMEN CORROSION-RESISTANT ANDHARDFACING WELD METAL OVERLAY
152
WELDING DATA QW-462.5(b)
QW-462.5(b) CHEMICAL ANALYSIS SPECIMEN, HARDFACING OVERLAY HARDNESS,AND MACRO TEST LOCATION(S) FOR CORROSION-RESISTANT AND HARDFACING
WELD METAL OVERLAY
153
QW-462.5(c) 1998 SECTION IX
QW-462.5(c) PIPE BEND SPECIMEN — CORROSION-RESISTANT WELD METAL OVERLAY
154
WELDING DATA QW-462.5(d)
QW-462.5(d) PLATE BEND SPECIMENS — CORROSION-RESISTANT WELD METAL OVERLAY
155
QW-462.5(e) 1998 SECTION IX
QW-462.5(e) PLATE MACRO, HARDNESS, AND CHEMICAL ANALYSIS SPECIMENS —CORROSION-RESISTANT AND HARDFACING WELD METAL OVERLAY
156
QW-462.7 WELDING DATA QW-462.8
QW-462.7 RESISTANCE SEAM WELD
QW-462.8 SPOT WELDS IN SHEETS
157
QW-462.9 1998 SECTION IX
QW-462.9 SPOT WELDS IN SHEET
158
ASME B&PVC sec9$$$u25 05-17-99 07:39:57 pd: sec9 Rev 14.04
WELDING DATA QW-462.10
A99QW-462.10SHEAR STRENGTH REQUIREMENTS FOR SPOT OR PROJECTION WELD SPECIMENS
P-No. 1 Through P-No. 11 and P-No. 41 Through P-No. 47 Metals
Ultimate Strength Ultimate Strength below90,000 to 149,000 psi 90,000 psi
Nominal Thickness lb per spot lb per spotof Thinner Sheet,
in. min min avg min min avg
0.009 130 160 100 1250.010 160 195 115 1400.012 200 245 150 1850.016 295 365 215 2600.018 340 415 250 3050.020 390 480 280 3450.022 450 550 330 4050.025 530 655 400 4950.028 635 785 465 5750.032 775 955 565 6950.036 920 1,140 690 8600.040 1,065 1,310 815 1,0000.045 1,285 1,585 1,005 1,2400.050 1,505 1,855 1,195 1,4750.056 1,770 2,185 1,460 1,8000.063 2,110 2,595 1,760 2,1700.071 2,535 3,125 2,080 2,5600.080 3,005 3,705 2,455 3,0250.090 3,515 4,335 2,885 3,5600.100 4,000 4,935 3,300 4,0700.112 4,545 5,610 3,795 4,6750.125 5,065 6,250 4,300 5,310
159
ASME B&PVC sec9$$$u25 05-17-99 07:39:57 pd: sec9 Rev 14.04
QW-462.11 1998 SECTION IX
A99
QW-462.11SHEAR STRENGTH REQUIREMENTS FOR SPOT OR PROJECTION WELD SPECIMENS
P-No. 21 Through P-No. 25 Aluminum Alloys
Ultimate Strength Ultimate Strength Ultimate Strength below35,000 to 55,999 psi 19,500 to 34,999 psi 19,500 psi
Nominal Thickness lb per spot lb per spot lb per spotof Thinner Sheet,
in. min min avg min min avg min min avg
0.010 50 65 — — — —0.012 65 85 30 40 20 250.016 100 125 70 90 50 650.018 115 145 85 110 65 850.020 135 170 100 125 80 1000.022 155 195 120 150 95 1200.025 175 200 145 185 110 1400.028 205 260 175 220 135 1700.032 235 295 210 265 165 2100.036 275 345 255 320 195 2450.040 310 390 300 375 225 2850.045 370 465 350 440 260 3250.050 430 540 400 500 295 3700.050 515 645 475 595 340 4250.063 610 765 570 715 395 4950.071 720 900 645 810 450 5650.080 855 1,070 765 960 525 6600.090 1,000 1,250 870 1,090 595 7450.100 1,170 1,465 940 1,175 675 8450.112 1,340 1,675 1,000 1,255 735 9200.125 1,625 2,035 1,050 1,315 785 9850.140 1,920 2,400 — — — —0.160 2,440 3,050 — — — —0.180 3,000 3,750 — — — —0.190 3,240 4,050 — — — —0.250 6,400 8,000 — — — —
160
QW-463.1(a) WELDING DATA QW-463.1(c)
QW-463 Order of Removal
QW-463.1(b) PLATES — 3⁄4 in. AND OVERQW-463.1(a) PLATES — LESS THAN 3⁄4 in. THICKNESS AND ALTERNATE FROM 3⁄8 in.THICKNESS PROCEDURE QUALIFICATION BUT LESS THAN 3⁄4 in. THICKNESS
PROCEDURE QUALIFICATION
QW-463.1(c) PLATES — LONGITUDINAL PROCEDURE QUALIFICATION
161
QW-463.1(d) 1998 SECTION IX QW-463.1(e)
QW-463.1(d) PROCEDURE QUALIFICATION
QW-463.1(e) PROCEDURE QUALIFICATION
162
WELDING DATA QW-463.1(f)
QW-463.1(f) NOTCH-TOUGHNESS TEST SPECIMEN LOCATION
163
QW-463.2(a) 1998 SECTION IX QW-463.2(c)
QW-463.2(b) PLATES — 3⁄4 in. AND OVERQW-463.2(a) PLATES — LESS THAN 3⁄4 in.THICKNESS AND ALTERNATE FROM 3⁄8 in. BUTTHICKNESS PERFORMANCE QUALIFICATION
LESS THAN 3⁄4 in. THICKNESSPERFORMANCE QUALIFICATION
QW-463.2(c) PLATES — LONGITUDINAL PERFORMANCE QUALIFICATION
164
QW-463.2(d) WELDING DATA QW-463.2(f)
QW-463.2(e) PERFORMANCE QUALIFICATIONQW-463.2(d) PERFORMANCE QUALIFICATION
QW-463.2(f) PIPE — 10 in. ASSEMBLY PERFORMANCEQUALIFICATION
165
QW-463.2(g) 1998 SECTION IX
QW-463.2(g) 6 in. OR 8 in. ASSEMBLY PERFORMANCE QUALIFICATION
166
ASME B&PVC sec9$$$u25 05-17-99 07:39:57 pd: sec9 Rev 14.04
WELDING DATA QW-463.2(h)
QW-463.2(h) PERFORMANCE QUALIFICATION
167
ASME B&PVC sec9$$$u25 05-17-99 07:39:57 pd: sec9 Rev 14.04
QW-466 1998 SECTION IX QW-466.1
QW-466 Test Jigs
QW-466.1 TEST JIG DIMENSIONSA99
168
WELDING DATA QW-466.2
QW-466.2 GUIDED-BEND ROLLER JIG
169
QW-466.3 1998 SECTION IX
QW-466.3 GUIDED-BEND WRAP AROUND JIG
170
WELDING DATA QW-466.4
QW-466.4 STUD-WELD BEND JIG
171
QW-466.5 1998 SECTION IX
QW-466.5 TORQUE TESTING ARRANGEMENT FOR STUD WELDS
172
WELDING DATA QW-466.6
QW-466.6 SUGGESTED TYPE TENSILE TEST FIGURE FOR STUD WELDS
173
QW-469.1 1998 SECTION IX QW-469.2
QW-469 Typical Test Joints
QW-469.2 ALTERNATIVE BUTT JOINTQW-469.1 BUTT JOINT
174
ASME B&PVC sec9$$$u25 05-17-99 07:39:57 pd: sec9 Rev 14.04
QW-470 WELDING DATA QW-473.3
QW-470 ETCHING — PROCESSES ANDREAGENTS
QW-471 General
The surfaces to be etched should be smoothed by filing,machining, or grinding on metallographic papers. Withdifferent alloys and tempers, the etching period will varyfrom a few seconds to several minutes, and should be con-tinued until the desiredcontrast isobtained. As aprotectionfrom the fumes liberated during the etching process, thisworkshouldbe doneunderahood.After etching, thespeci-mens should be thoroughly rinsed and then dried with ablast of warm air. Coating the surface with a thin clear lac-quer will preserve the appearance.
QW-472 For Ferrous Metals
Etching solutions suitable for carbon and low alloysteels, together with directions for their use, are sug-gested as follows.
QW-472.1 Hydrochloric Acid. Hydrochloric (muri-atic) acid and water, equal parts, by volume. Thesolution should be kept at or near the boiling temperatureduring the etching process. The specimens are to beimmersed in the solution for a sufficient period of timeto reveal all lack of soundness that might exist at theircross-sectional surfaces.
QW-472.2 Ammonium Persulfate.One part of am-monium persulfate to nine parts of water, by weight.The solution should be used at room temperature, andshould be applied by vigorously rubbing the surfaceto be etched with a piece of cotton saturated with thesolution. The etching process should be continued untilthere is a clear definition of the structure in the weld.
QW-472.3 Iodine and Potassium Iodide.One partof powdered iodine (solid form), two parts of powderedpotassium iodide, and ten parts of water, all by weight.The solution should be used at room temperature, andbrushed on the surface to be etched until there is aclear definition or outline of the weld.
QW-472.4 Nitric Acid. One part of nitric acid andthree parts of water, by volume.
CAUTION: Always pour the acid into the water. Nitric acid causesbad stains and severe burns.
The solution may be used at room temperature andapplied to the surface to be etched with a glass stirringrod. The specimens may also be placed in a boilingsolution of the acid, but the work should be done ina well-ventilated room. The etching process should becontinued for a sufficient period of time to reveal all
175
lack of soundness that might exist at the cross-sectionalsurfaces of the weld.
QW-473 For Nonferrous Metals
The following etching reagents and directions fortheir use are suggested for revealing the macrostructure.
QW-473.1 Aluminum and Aluminum-Base Alloys
Hydrochloric acid (concentrated) 15 mlHydrofluoric acid (48%) 10 mlWater 85 ml
This solution is to be used at room temperature, andetching is accomplished by either swabbing or immers-ing the specimen.
QW-473.2 For Copper and Copper-Base Alloys:Cold Concentrated Nitric Acid. Etching is accom-plished by either flooding or immersing the specimenfor several seconds under a hood. After rinsing witha flood of water, the process is repeated with a 50-50 solution of concentrated nitric acid and water.
In the case of the silicon bronze alloys, it may benecessary to swab the surface to remove a white (SiO2)deposit.
QW-473.3 For Nickel and Nickel-Base Alloys
Material Formula
Nickel Nitric Acid or Lepito’s EtchLow Carbon Nickel Nitric Acid or Lepito’s EtchNickel–Copper (400) Nitric Acid or Lepito’s EtchNickel–Chromium–Iron Aqua Regia or Lepito’s Etch
(600 and 800)
MAKEUP OF FORMULAS FOR AQUA REGIA ANDLEPITO’S ETCH
Aqua Lepito’sRegia Etch[(1), (3)] [(2), (3)]
Nitric Acid, Concentrated — HNO3 1 part 3 mlHydrochloric Acid, Concentrated — 2 parts 10 ml
HCLAmmonium Sulfate — . . . 1.5 g
(NH4)2(SO4)Ferric Chloride — FeCl3 . . . 2.5 gWater . . . 7.5 ml
NOTES:(1) Warm the parts for faster action.(2) Mix solution as follows:
(a) Dissolve (NH4)2(SO4) in H2O.(b) Dissolve powdered FeCl3 in warm HCl.(c) Mix (a) and (b) above and add HNO3.
(3) Etching is accomplished by either swabbing or immersing thespecimen.
ASME B&PVC sec9$$$u25 05-17-99 07:39:57 pd: sec9 Rev 14.04
A99
A99
QW-473.4 1998 SECTION IX QW/QB-492
QW-473.4 For Titanium
Kroll’s Etch Keller’s Etch
Hydrofluoric acid (48%) 1 to 3 ml 1⁄2 mlNitric acid (concentrated) 2 to 6 ml 21⁄2 mlHydrochloric Acid . . . 11⁄2 ml
(concentrated)Water To make 100 ml To make 100 ml
QW-473.5 For Zirconium
Hydrofluoric acid 3 mlNitric acid (concentrated) 22 mlWater 22 ml
Apply by swab and rinse in cold water.These are general purpose etchants which are applied
at room temperature by swabbing or immersion of thespecimen.
QW-490 DEFINITIONS
QW/QB-491 General
Definitions of the more common terms relating towelding/brazing are defined in QW/QB-492. These areidentical to, or substantially in agreement with thedefinitions of the American Welding Society document,AWS A3.0, Standard Welding Terms and Definitions.There are terms listed that are specific to ASME SectionIX and are not presently defined in AWS A3.0. Severaldefinitions have been modified slightly from A3.0 soas to better define the context/intent as used in ASMESection IX.
QW/QB-492 Definitions
arc seam weld— a seam weld made by an arc weldingprocess.
arc spot weld— a spot weld made by an arc weldingprocess
arc strike — any inadvertent discontinuity resultingfrom an arc, consisting of any localized remelted metal,heat-affected metal, or change in the surface profile ofany metal object. The arc may be caused by arcwelding electrodes, magnetic inspection prods, or frayedelectrical cable.
arc welding — a group of welding processes whereincoalescence is produced by heating with an arc or arcs,with or without the application of pressure, and withor without the use of filler metal
176
as-brazed — adj. pertaining to the condition ofbrazements after brazing, prior to any subsequent ther-mal, mechanical, or chemical treatments
as-welded— adj. pertaining to the condition of weldmetal, welded joints, and weldments after welding butprior to any subsequent thermal, mechanical, or chemicaltreatments
backgouging— the removal of weld metal and basemetal from the weld root side of a welded joint tofacilitate complete fusion and complete joint penetrationupon subsequent welding from that side
backhand welding— a welding technique in whichthe welding torch or gun is directed opposite to theprogress of welding
backing — a material placed at the root of a weldjoint for the purpose of supporting molten weld metalso as to facilitate complete joint penetration. The mate-rial may or may not fuse into the joint. See retainer.
backing gas— a gas, such as argon, helium, nitrogen,or reactive gas, which is employed to exclude oxygenfrom the root side (opposite from the welding side) ofweld joints
base metal— the metal or alloy that is welded, brazed,or cut
bond line (brazing and thermal spraying)— the crosssection of the interface between a braze or thermalspray deposit and the substrate
braze — a joint produced by heating an assembly tosuitable temperatures and by using a filler metal havinga liquidus above 840°F and below the solidus of thebase materials. The filler metal is distributed betweenthe closely fitted surfaces of the joint by capillaryaction.
brazer— one who performs a manual or semiautomaticbrazing operation
brazing — a group of metal joining processes whichproduces coalescence of materials by heating them toa suitable temperature, and by using a filler metalhaving a liquidus above 840°F and below the solidusof the base materials. The filler metal is distributedbetween the closely fitted surfaces of the joint bycapillary action.
brazing, automatic— brazing with equipment whichperforms the brazing operation without constant observa-tion and adjustment by a brazing operator. The equip-ment may or may not perform the loading and unloadingof the work.
ASME B&PVC sec9$$$u25 05-17-99 07:39:57 pd: sec9 Rev 14.04
QW/QB-492 WELDING DATA QW/QB-492
brazing, block (BB)— a brazing process that uses heatfrom heated blocks applied to the joint. This is anobsolete or seldom used process.
brazing, dip (DB)— a brazing process in which theheat required is furnished by a molten chemical ormetal bath. When a molten chemical bath is used, thebath may act as a flux; when a molten metal bath isused, the bath provides the filler metal.
brazing, furnace (FB)— a brazing process in whichthe workpieces are placed in a furnace and heated tothe brazing temperature
brazing, induction (IB)— a brazing process that usesheat from the resistance of the workpieces to inducedelectric current
brazing, machine— brazing with equipment whichperforms the brazing operation under the constant obser-vation and control of a brazing operator. The equipmentmay or may not perform the loading and unloading ofthe work.
brazing, manual— a brazing operation performed andcontrolled completely by hand. See automatic brazingand machine brazing.
brazing, resistance (RB)— a brazing process that usesheat from the resistance to electric current flow in acircuit of which the workpieces are a part
brazing, semiautomatic— brazing with equipmentwhich controls only the brazing filler metal feed. Theadvance of the brazing is manually controlled.
brazing, torch (TB)— a brazing process that uses heatfrom a fuel gas flare
brazing operator — one who operates machine orautomatic brazing equipment
brazing temperature— the temperature to which thebase metal(s) is heated to enable the filler metal towet the base metal(s) and form a brazed joint
brazing temperature range— the temperature rangewithin which brazing can be conducted
build-up of base metal/restoration of base metal thick-ness— this is the application of a weld material toa base metal so as to restore the design thickness and/or structural integrity. This build-up may be with achemistry different from the base metal chemistry whichhas been qualified via a standard butt welded testcoupon. Also, may be called base metal repair orbuildup.
butt joint — a joint between two members alignedapproximately in the same plane
177
buttering — the addition of material, by welding, onone or both faces of a joint, prior to the preparationof the joint for final welding, for the purpose ofproviding a suitable transition weld deposit for thesubsequent completion of the joint
clad brazing sheet— a metal sheet on which one orboth sides are clad with brazing filler metal
coalescence— the growing together or growth intoone body of the materials being welded
complete fusion— fusion which has occurred over theentire base material surfaces intended for welding, andbetween all layers and passes
composite— a material consisting of two or morediscrete materials with each material retaining its physi-cal identity
consumable insert— filler metal that is placed at thejoint root before welding, and is intended to be com-pletely fused into the root to become part of the weld
contact tube— a device which transfers current to acontinuous electrode
corner joint — a joint between two members locatedapproximately at right angles to each other in the formof an L
coupon— see test coupon
crack — a fracture-type discontinuity characterized bya sharp tip and high ratio of length and width toopening displacement
defect — a discontinuity or discontinuities that bynature or accumulated effect (for example, total cracklength) render a part or product unable to meet minimumapplicable acceptance standards or specifications. Thisterm designates rejectability. See also discontinuityand flaw.
direct current electrode negative (DCEN)— the ar-rangement of direct current arc welding leads in whichthe electrode is the negative pole and the workpieceis the positive pole of the welding arc
direct current electrode positive (DCEP)— the arrange-ment of direct current arc welding leads in which theelectrode is the positive pole and the workpiece is thenegative pole of the welding arc
discontinuity— an interruption of the typical structureof a material, such as a lack of homogeneity in itsmechanical, metallurgical, or physical characteristics.A discontinuity is not necessarily a defect. See alsodefect and flaw.
double-welded joint— a joint that is welded fromboth sides
ASME B&PVC sec9$$$u25 05-17-99 07:39:57 pd: sec9 Rev 14.04
QW/QB-492 1998 SECTION IX QW/QB-492
double-welded lap joint— a lap joint in which theoverlapped edges of the members to be joined arewelded along the edges of both members
dwell — the time during which the electrode rests atany point in each oscillating swing or traverse
electrode, arc welding— a component of the weldingcircuit through which current is conducted
electrode, bare— a filler metal electrode that has beenproduced as a wire, strip, or bar with no coating orcovering other than that incidental to its manufactureor preservation
electrode, carbon— a nonfiller material electrode usedin arc welding and cutting, consisting of a carbon orgraphite rod, which may be coated with copper orother materials
electrode, composite— any of a number of multicompo-nent filler metal electrodes in various physical forms,such as stranded wires, tubes, and covered wire
electrode, covered— a composite filler metal electrodeconsisting of a core of a bare electrode or metal-coredelectrode to which a covering sufficient to provide aslag layer on the weld metal has been applied. Thecovering may contain materials providing such functionsas shielding from the atmosphere, deoxidation, and arcstabilization, and can serve as a source of metallicadditions to the weld.
electrode, electroslag welding— a filler metal compo-nent of the welding circuit through which current isconducted between the electrode guiding member andthe molten slag
NOTE: Bare electrodes and composite electrodes as defined underarc welding electrode are used for electroslag welding. A consumableguide may also be used as part of the electroslag welding electrodesystem.
electrode, emissive— a filler metal electrode consistingof a core of a bare electrode or a composite electrodeto which a very light coating has been applied toproduce a stable arc
electrode, flux-cored— a composite filler metal elec-trode consisting of a metal tube or other hollow configu-ration containing ingredients to provide such functionsas shielding atmosphere, deoxidation, arc stabilization,and slag formation. Alloying materials may be includedin the core. External shielding may or may not be used.
electrode, lightly coated— a filler metal electrodeconsisting of a metal wire with a light coating appliedsubsequent to the drawing operation, primarily forstabilizing the arc
178
electrode, metal— a filler or nonfiller metal electrodeused in arc welding and cutting that consists of a metalwire or rod that has been manufactured by any methodand that is either bare or covered
electrode, metal-cored— a composite filler metal elec-trode consisting of a metal tube or other hollow configu-ration containing alloying ingredients. Minor amountsof ingredients providing such functions as arc stabiliza-tion and fluxing of oxides may be included. Externalshielding gas may or may not be used.
electrode, resistance welding— the part of a resistancewelding machine through which the welding currentand, in most cases, force are applied directly to theworkpiece. The electrode may be in the form of arotating wheel, rotating roll, bar, cylinder, plate, clamp,chuck, or modification thereof.
electrode, stranded— a composite filler metal electrodeconsisting of stranded wires which may mechanicallyenclose materials to improve properties, stabilize thearc, or provide shielding
electrode, tungsten— a nonfiller metal electrode usedin arc welding, arc cutting, and plasma spraying, madeprincipally of tungsten
face feed— the application of filler metal to the joint,usually by hand, during brazing and soldering or welding
ferrite number— an arbitrary, standardized value desig-nating the ferrite content of an austenitic stainless steelweld metal. It should be used in place of percentferrite or volume percent ferrite on a direct one-to-onereplacement basis. See the latest edition of AWS A4.2,Standard Procedures for Calibrating Magnetic Instru-ments to Measure the Delta Ferrite Content of AusteniticStainless Steel Weld Metal.
filler metal — the metal or alloy to be added in makinga welded, brazed, or soldered joint
filler metal, brazing— the metal or alloy used as afiller metal in brazing, which has a liquidus above450°C (840°F) and below the solidus of the base metal
filler metal, powder— filler metal in particle form
filler metal, supplemental— in electroslag welding orin a welding process in which there is an arc betweenone or more consumable electrodes and the workpiece,a powder, solid, or composite material that is introducedinto the weld other than the consumable electrode(s)
fillet weld — a weld of approximately triangular crosssection joining two surfaces approximately at rightangles to each other in a lap joint, tee joint, orcorner joint
flaw — an undesirable discontinuity. See also defect.
ASME B&PVC sec9$$$u25 05-17-99 07:39:57 pd: sec9 Rev 14.04
QW/QB-492 WELDING DATA QW/QB-492
flux (brazing)— material used to prevent, dissolve, orfacilitate removal of oxides and other undesirable sur-face substances
flux (welding) — a fusible mineral material which ismelted by the welding heat. Fluxes may be granularor solid coatings. Fluxes serve to stabilize the weldingarc, shield all or part of the molten weld pool fromthe atmosphere, and may or may not evolve shieldinggas by decomposition. Flux melted during welding iscalled slag.
flux, active (SAW)— a flux from which the amountof elements deposited in the weld metal is dependentupon the welding conditions, primarily arc voltage
flux, alloy (SAW)— a flux which provides alloyingelements in the weld metal deposit
flux, neutral (SAW)— a flux which will not cause asignificant change in the weld metal composition whenthere is a large change in the arc voltage
flux cover— metal bath dip brazing and dip soldering.A layer of molten flux over the molten filler metal bath.
forehand welding— a welding technique in which thewelding torch or gun is directed toward the progressof welding
frequency— the completed number of cycles whichthe oscillating head makes in 1 min or other specifiedtime increment
fuel gas — a gas such as acetylene, natural gas,hydrogen, propane, stabilized methylacetylene propa-diene, and other fuels normally used with oxygen inone of the oxyfuel processes and for heating
fused spray deposit (thermal spraying)— a self-fluxingthermal spray deposit which is subsequently heated tocoalescence within itself and with the substrate
fusion (fusion welding)— the melting together of fillermetal and base metal, or of base metal only, to producea weld
fusion line — in a weldment, the interface betweenweld metal and base metal, or between base metalparts when filler metal is not used
gas backing— see backing gas
globular transfer (arc welding)— a type of metaltransfer in which molten filler metal is transferredacross the arc in large droplets
groove weld— a weld made in a groove formed withina single member or in the groove between two membersto be joined. The standard types of groove weld areas follows:
179
square groove weldsingle-Vee groove weldsingle-bevel groove weldsingle-U groove weldsingle-J groove weldsingle-flare-bevel groove weldsingle-flare-Vee groove welddouble-Vee groove welddouble-bevel groove welddouble-U groove welddouble-J groove welddouble-flare-bevel groove welddouble-flare-Vee groove weld
heat-affected zone— that portion of the base metalwhich has not been melted, but whose mechanicalproperties or microstructures have been altered by theheat of welding or cutting
interpass temperature— the highest temperature inthe weld joint immediately prior to welding, or in thecase of multiple pass welds, the highest temperaturein the section of the previously deposited weld metal,immediately before the next pass is started
joint — the junction of members or the edges ofmembers which are to be joined or have been joined
joint penetration— the distance the weld metal extendsfrom the weld face into a joint, exclusive of weldreinforcement
keyhole welding— a technique in which a concentratedheat source penetrates partially or completely througha workpiece, forming a hole (keyhole) at the leadingedge of the weld pool. As the heat source progresses,the molten metal fills in behind the hole to form theweld bead.
lap or overlap — the distance measured between theedges of two plates when overlapping to form the joint
lap joint — a joint between two overlapping membersin parallel planes
lower transformation temperature— the temperatureat which austenite begins to form during heating
melt-in— a technique of welding in which the intensityof a concentrated heat source is so adjusted that aweld pass can be produced from filler metal added tothe leading edge of the molten weld metal
overlay, corrosion-resistant weld metal— depositionof one or more layers of weld metal to the surface ofa base material in an effort to improve the corrosionresistance properties of the surface. This would beapplied at a level above the minimum design thickness asa nonstructural component of the overall wall thickness.
ASME B&PVC sec9$$$u25 05-17-99 07:39:57 pd: sec9 Rev 14.04
QW/QB-492 1998 SECTION IX QW/QB-492
overlay, hardfacing weld metal— deposition of oneor more layers of weld metal to the surface of amaterial in an effort to improve the wear resistanceproperties of the surface. This would be applied at a levelabove the minimum design thickness as a nonstructuralcomponent of the overall wall thickness.
overlay, weld metal— one or more layers of weldmetal on the surface of a base metal to obtain desiredproperties and/or dimensions
oxyfuel gas cutting (OFC)— a group of cutting pro-cesses used to sever metals by means of the chemicalreaction of oxygen with the base metal at elevatedtemperatures. The necessary temperature is maintainedby means of gas flames obtained from the combustionof a specified fuel gas and oxygen.
pass— a single progression of a welding or surfacingoperation along a joint, weld deposit, or substrate. Theresult of a pass is a weld bead or layer.
pass, cover— a final or cap pass(es) on the face ofa weld
pass, filler — term used, usually in pipe welding, todescribe the pass(es) between the hot pass and thecover pass
pass, hot— term used, usually in pipe welding, todescribe the bead placed just over the root bead
pass, wash— pass to correct minor surface aberrationsand/or prepare the surface for nondestructive testing
peel test— a destructive method of testing that mechani-cally separates a lap joint by peeling
peening — the mechanical working of metals usingimpact blows
performance qualification— the demonstration of awelder’s or welding operator’s ability to produce weldsmeeting prescribed standards
plug weld — a circular weld made through a hole inone member of a lap or tee joint, joining that memberto the other. The walls of the hole may or may notbe parallel, and the hole may be partially or completelyfilled with weld metal. (A fillet-welded hole or a spotweld should not be construed as conforming to thisdefinition.)
polarity, reverse— the arrangement of direct currentarc welding leads with the work as the negative poleand the electrode as the positive pole of the weldingarc; a synonym for direct current electrode positive
polarity, straight — the arrangement of direct currentarc welding leads in which the work is the positivepole and the electrode is the negative pole of the
180
welding arc; a synonym for direct current electrodenegative
postbraze heat treatment— any heat treatment subse-quent to brazing
postheating— the application of heat to an assemblyafter welding, brazing, soldering, thermal spraying, orthermal cutting
postweld heat treatment— any heat treatment subse-quent to welding
powder — see filler metal, powder
preheat maintenance— practice of maintaining theminimum specified preheat temperature, or some speci-fied higher temperature for some required time intervalafter welding or thermal spraying is finished or untilpost weld heat treatment is initiated
preheat temperature— the minimum temperature inthe weld joint preparation immediately prior to thewelding; or in the case of multiple pass welds, theminimum temperature in the section of the previouslydeposited weld metal, immediately prior to welding
preheating— the application of heat to the base metalimmediately before a welding or cutting operation toachieve a specified minimum preheat temperature
pulsed power welding— any arc welding method inwhich the power is cyclically programmed to pulse sothat effective but short duration values of a parametercan be utilized. Such short duration values are signifi-cantly different from the average value of the parameter.Equivalent terms are pulsed voltage or pulsed currentwelding. See also pulsed spray welding.
pulsed spray welding— an arc welding process variationin which the current is pulsed to utilize the advantagesof the spray mode of metal transfer at average currentsequal to or less than the globular to spray transitioncurrent
rabbet joint — typical design is indicated in QB-462.1(c), QB-462.4, QB-463.1(c), and QB-463.2(a)
retainer— nonconsumable material, metallic or nonme-tallic, which is used to contain or shape molten weldmetal. See backing.
seal weld— any weld designed primarily to providea specific degree of tightness against leakage
seam weld— a continuous weld made between orupon overlapping members in which coalescence maystart and occur on the faying surfaces, or may haveproceeded from the surface of one member. The continu-ous weld may consist of a single weld bead or a seriesof overlapping spot welds. See resistance welding.
ASME B&PVC sec9$$$u25 05-17-99 07:39:57 pd: sec9 Rev 14.04
QW/QB-492 WELDING DATA QW/QB-492
short-circuiting transfer (gas metal-arc welding)—metal transfer in which molten metal from a consumableelectrode is deposited during repeated short circuits.See also globular transfer and spray transfer.
single-welded joint— a joint welded from one side only
single-welded lap joint— a lap joint in which theoverlapped edges of the members to be joined arewelded along the edge of one member only
slag inclusion— nonmetallic solid material entrappedin weld metal or between weld metal and base metal
specimen— refer to test specimen
spot weld— a weld made between or upon overlappingmembers in which coalescence may start and occur onthe faying surfaces or may proceed from the outersurface of one member. The weld cross section (planview) is approximately circular.
spray-fuse — a method of surfacing consisting ofdepositing finely divided particles of material in themolten or semimolten condition onto a base metalsurface followed by the application of heat to fusethe particles and form a metallurgical bond with thebase metal
spray transfer (arc welding)— metal transfer in whichmolten metal from a consumable electrode is propelledaxially across the arc in small droplets
stringer bead— a type of weld bead made withoutappreciable weaving motion. See also weave bead.
surfacing — the application by welding, brazing, orthermal spraying of a layer(s) of material to a surfaceto obtain desired properties or dimensions, as opposedto making a joint
tee joint (T) — a joint between two members locatedapproximately at right angles to each other in the formof a T
test coupon— a weld or braze assembly for procedureor performance qualification testing. The coupon maybe any product from plate, pipe, tube, etc., and maybe a fillet weld, overlay, deposited weld metal, etc.
test specimen— a sample of a test coupon for specifictest. The specimen may be a bend test, tension test,impact test, chemical analysis, macrotest, etc. A speci-men may be a complete test coupon, for example, inradiographic testing or small diameter pipe tensiontesting.
thermal cutting (TC)— a group of cutting processesthat severs or removes metal by localized melting,burning, or vaporizing of the workpieces
181
throat, actual (of fillet)— the shortest distance fromthe root of a fillet weld to its face
throat, effective (of fillet)— the minimum distanceminus any reinforcement from the root of a weld toits face
throat, theoretical (of fillet)— the distance from thebeginning of the root of the joint perpendicular to thehypotenuse of the largest right triangle that can beinscribed within the fillet-weld cross section
undercut— a groove melted into the base metal adjacentto the weld toe or weld root and left unfilled byweld metal
upper transformation temperature— the temperatureat which transformation of the ferrite to austenite iscompleted during heating
usability— a measure of the relative ease of applicationof a filler metal to make a sound weld or braze joint
weave bead— a type of weld bead made with transverseof a T oscillation
weld — a localized coalescence of metals or nonmetalsproduced either by heating the materials to the weldingtemperature, with or without the application of pressure,or by the application of pressure alone and with orwithout the use of filler material
weld, autogenous— a fusion weld made without fil-ler metal
weld bead— a weld deposit resulting from a pass.See stringer bead and weave bead.
weld face — the exposed surface of a weld on theside from which welding was done
weld metal— that portion of a weld which has beenmelted during welding
weld reinforcement— weld metal on the face or rootof a groove weld in excess of the metal necessary forthe specified weld size
weld size: groove welds— the depth of chamferingplus any penetration beyond the chamfering, resultingin the strength carrying dimension of the weld
weld size: for equal leg fillet welds— the leg lengthsof the largest isosceles right triangle which can beinscribed within the fillet weld cross section
weld size: for unequal leg fillet welds— the leg lengthsof the largest right triangle which can be inscribedwithin the fillet weld cross section
welder — one who performs manual or semiautomaticwelding
ASME B&PVC sec9$$$u25 05-17-99 07:39:57 pd: sec9 Rev 14.04
QW/QB-492 1998 SECTION IX QW/QB-492
welding, arc stud (SW)— an arc welding process thatuses an arc between a metal stud, or similar part, andthe other workpiece. The process is used without fillermetal, with or without shielding gas or flux, with orwithout partial shielding from a ceramic or graphiteferrule surrounding the stud, and with the applicationof pressure after the faying surfaces are sufficientlyheated.
welding, automatic— welding with equipment whichperforms the welding operation without adjustment ofthe controls by a welding operator. The equipment mayor may not perform the loading and unloading of thework. See machine welding.
welding, consumable guide electroslag— an electroslagwelding process variation in which filler metal is sup-plied by an electrode and its guiding member
welding, electrogas (EGW)— an arc welding processthat uses an arc between a continuous filler metalelectrode and the weld pool, employing approximatelyvertical welding progression with retainers to confinethe molten weld metal. The process is used with orwithout an externally supplied shielding gas and withoutthe application of pressure. The electrodes may beeither flux cored or solid. Shielding for use with solidelectrodes is obtained from a gas or gas mixture.Shielding for use with flux-cored electrodes may ormay not be obtained from an externally supplied gasor mixture.
welding, electron beam (EBW)— a welding processthat produces coalescence with a concentrated beamcomposed primarily of high velocity electrons, imping-ing on the joint. The process is used without shieldinggas and without the application of pressure.
welding, electroslag (ESW)— a welding process pro-ducing coalescence of metals with molten slag whichmelts the filler metal and the surfaces of the work tobe welded. The molten weld pool is shielded by thisslag which moves along the full cross section of thejoint as welding progresses. The process is initiatedby an arc which heats the slag. The arc is thenextinguished and the conductive slag is maintained ina molten condition by its resistance to electric currentpassing between the electrode and the work. See electro-slag welding electrode and consumable guide electroslagwelding.
welding, flux-cored arc (FCAW)— a gas metal-arcwelding process that uses an arc between a continuousfiller metal electrode and the weld pool. The processis used with shielding gas from a flux contained withinthe tubular electrode, with or without additional
182
shielding from an externally supplied gas, and withoutthe application of pressure.
welding, friction (FRW)— a solid state welding processthat produces a weld under compressive force contactof workpieces rotating or moving relative to one anotherto produce heat and plastically displace material fromthe faying surfaces
welding, friction, inertia and continuous drive— pro-cesses and types of friction welding (solid state weldingprocess) wherein coalescence is produced after heatingis obtained from mechanically induced sliding motionbetween rubbing surfaces held together under pressure.Inertia welding utilizes all of the kinetic energy storedin a revolving flywheel spindle system. Continuousdrive friction welding utilizes the energy provided bya continuous drive source such as an electric or hydraulicmotor.
welding, gas metal-arc (GMAW)— an arc weldingprocess that uses an arc between a continuous fillermetal electrode and the weld pool. The process is usedwith shielding from an externally supplied gas andwithout the application of pressure.
welding, gas metal-arc, pulsed arc (GMAW-P)— avariation of the gas metal-arc welding process in whichthe current is pulsed. See also pulsed power welding.
welding, gas metal-arc, short-circuiting arc (GMAW-S) — a variation of the gas metal-arc welding processin which the consumable electrode is deposited duringrepeated short circuits. See also short-circuiting transfer.
welding, gas tungsten-arc (GTAW)— an arc weldingprocess which produces coalescence of metals by heat-ing them with an arc between a tungsten (nonconsum-able) electrode and the work. Shielding is obtainedfrom a gas or gas mixture. Pressure may or may notbe used and filler metal may or may not be used.(This process has sometimes been called TIG welding,a nonpreferred term.)
welding, gas tungsten-arc, pulsed arc (GTAW-P)— avariation of the gas tungsten-arc welding process inwhich the current is pulsed. See also pulsed powerwelding.
welding, induction (IW)— a welding process thatproduces coalescence of metals by the heat obtainedfrom resistance of the workpieces to the flow of inducedhigh frequency welding current with or without theapplication of pressure. The effect of the high-frequencywelding current is to concentrate the welding heat atthe desired location.
welding, laser beam (LBW)— a welding process whichproduces coalescence of materials with the heat obtained
ASME B&PVC sec9$$$u25 05-17-99 07:39:57 pd: sec9 Rev 14.04
QW/QB-492 WELDING DATA QW/QB-492
from the application of a concentrated coherent lightbeam impinging upon the members to be joined
welding, machine— welding with equipment whichperforms the welding operation under the constantobservation and control of a welding operator. Theequipment may or may not perform the loading andunloading of the work. See automatic welding.
welding, manual— welding wherein the entire weldingoperation is performed and controlled by hand
welding, operator— one who operates machine orautomatic welding equipment
welding, oxyfuel gas (OFW)— a group of weldingprocesses which produces coalescence by heating mate-rials with an oxyfuel gas flame or flames, with orwithout the application of pressure, and with or withoutthe use of filler metal
welding, plasma-arc (PAW)— an arc welding processwhich produces coalescence of metals by heating themwith a constricted arc between an electrode and theworkpiece (transferred arc), or the electrode and theconstricting nozzle (nontransferred arc). Shielding isobtained from the hot, ionized gas issuing from thetorch orifice which may be supplemented by an auxiliarysource of shielding gas. Shielding gas may be an inertgas or a mixture of gases. Pressure may or may notbe used, and filler metal may or may not be supplied.
welding, projection (PW)— a resistance welding pro-cess that produces coalescence by the heat obtainedfrom the resistance of the flow of welding current. Theresulting welds are localized at predetermined points byprojections, embossments, or intersections. The metals tobe joined lap over each other.
welding, resistance (RW)— a group of welding pro-cesses that produces coalescence of the faying surfaceswith the heat obtained from resistance of the workpiecesto the flow of the welding current in a circuit of whichthe workpieces are a part, and by the application ofpressure
welding, resistance seam (RSEW)— a resistance weld-ing process that produces a weld at the faying surfaces
182.1
of overlapped parts progressively along a length of ajoint. The weld may be made with overlapping weldnuggets, a continuous weld nugget, or by forging thejoint as it is heated to the welding temperature byresistance to the flow of the welding current.
welding, resistance spot (RSW)— a resistance weldingprocess that produces a weld at the faying surfaces ofa joint by the heat obtained from resistance to theflow of welding current through the workpieces fromelectrodes that serve to concentrate the welding currentand pressure at the weld area
welding, resistance stud— a resistance welding processwherein coalescence is produced by the heat obtainedfrom resistance to electric current at the interface be-tween the stud and the workpiece, until the surfacesto be joined are properly heated, when they are broughttogether under pressure
welding, semiautomatic arc— arc welding with equip-ment which controls only the filler metal feed. Theadvance of the welding is manually controlled.
welding, shielded metal-arc (SMAW)— an arc weldingprocess with an arc between a covered electrode andthe weld pool. The process is used with shielding fromthe decomposition of the electrode covering, withoutthe application of pressure, and with filler metal fromthe electrode
welding, stud— a general term for the joining of ametal stud or similar part to a workpiece. Weldingmay be accomplished by arc, resistance, friction, orother suitable process with or without external gasshielding.
welding, submerged-arc (SAW)— an arc welding pro-cess that uses an arc or arcs between a bare metalelectrode or electrodes and the weld pool. The arc andmolten metal are shielded by a blanket of granular fluxon the workpieces. The process is used without pressureand with filler metal from the electrode and sometimesfrom a supplemental source (welding rod, flux, or metalgranules).
weldment— an assembly whose constituent parts arejoined by welding, or parts which contain weld metaloverlay